What did ANZ Group Holdings Limited announce?
ANZ Group Holdings Limited (NZX: ANZ) filed “ANZ 2025 ESG Documents” with NZX on 9 November 2025, as an esg announcement.
From the announcement:“Report ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZ) today released its 2025 ESG Report. It has been approved for distribution by ANZ’s Board of Directors.”
- Which company?
- ANZ Group Holdings Limited (NZX: ANZ)
- When was it filed?
- 9 November 2025
- Where is the original?
- NZX announcement
ANZ 2025 ESG Documents
ANZ Group Holdings Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia
ABN 16 659 510 791
10 November 2025
Market Announcements Office
ASX Limited
Exchange Place
Level 27
39 Martin Place
SYDNEY NSW 2000
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZ) today released its 2025 ESG Report.
It has been approved for distribution by ANZ’s Board of Directors.
Yours faithfully
Simon Pordage
Company Secretary
ANZ Group Holdings Limited
2025
ESG Report
Approved for distribution by ANZ Group Holding Limited’s Board.
Our ambition is for ANZ to unlock
our potential to win the preference
of customers, shareholders and
the community.
Our ESG approach is focused on responding to
our seven most material ESG issues:
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Information
technology
Responsible
customer
engagement
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Acknowledgement of Country
and Traditional Owners
ANZ acknowledges the
Traditional Custodians of
Country throughout Australia
and recognises their continuing
connection to lands, skies and
waterways. We pay our respects
to Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander cultures, and to Elders
past and present.
Whakatauākī, ANZ
New Zealand’s Proverb
Tākiri-ā-Rangi
The expansive universe above
Tākiri-ā-Nuku
The beauty of the proceeding
lands below
Tākiri te Awatea
A new dawn beckons
Kia Puāwai ki te Ao
A blossoming to the world
Te Kare ā-Roto e
With ripples of compassion
and hope for all.
Improving
non-financial risk
management
We are continually seeking to improve our reporting suite and welcome feedback
on our ESG and climate reporting. Please address any questions, comments or
suggestions to esg@anz.com
B
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and governance 2
Our 2025 reporting suite 2
Disclaimer and important notices 3
CEO’s message 4
Our ambition and strategy 5
About our business 6
Governance 7
What matters most to
our stakeholders 10
Stakeholder engagement 12
Our ESG targets and performance 13
2025 ESG targets performance
summary 13
Improving non-financial risk
management 16
Ethics, conduct and culture 18
Code of Conduct 18
Whistleblower Program 19
Responsible customer engagement 20
Putting our customers first 20
Supporting customers in need of
extra care 22
Financial hardship 24
Customer complaints 26
Environmental sustainability 27
Our Climate and Environment Strategy 27
Supporting our customers’ transition
through financing 29
Financial wellbeing 30
Financial education programs 30
Housing 32
Suitable and affordable housing 32
Information security 34
Fraud and scams 34
Cyber security 36
Data protection and privacy 37
Regulation and risk management 38
Financial crime 38
Social and environmental
risk management 39
Managing ESG risks and opportunities
in our supply chain 41
Digital banking experience 42
Banking in the Pacific 42
Diversity and inclusion 43
Diversity and inclusion 43
Gender pay equality 44
Gender balance 45
First Nations Strategy 46
ANZ’s commitment to Māori 47
Accessibility and inclusion 48
Employee experience 49
Simplifying the bank 49
Engagement and wellbeing 50
Developing our people 51
Human rights 52
Human rights 52
Thriving communities 53
Community investment 53
Appendix 54
Glossary of terms 56
Independent Assurance
Statement 58
Contents
1
ComprehensiveKey messages
About this report
Our 2025 ESG Report provides
stakeholders with detailed information
on ANZ’s ESG performance and
challenges. This report covers ANZ Group
Holdings Limited (ANZGHL) ABN 16 659
510 791 and its subsidiaries’, referred to
as “ANZ” or “the Group” or “our” or “we”.
ANZ has prepared this report in
accordance with the GRI Universal
Standards 2021. A GRI Content Index is
provided in our 2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack available at anz.com/
esgreport.
In 2019 we were a founding signatory to
the United Nations Principles for
Responsible Banking. We have reported
our Responsible Banking Progress
Statement in our 2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack available at anz.com/
esgreport.
KPMG has performed assurance over
the disclosures in this report. A copy
of KPMG’s limited assurance conclusion
can be found on pages 58-59.
Reporting boundaries and periods
This report covers ANZ's operations over
which, unless otherwise stated, we have
control for the financial year commencing
on 1 October 2024 and ending 30
September 2025, referred to as “2025”
throughout the report, unless otherwise
stated. Where data is still maturing and
may only be for a part of our operations,
the data boundary will be noted.
The processes, approaches and
policies described in this report may vary
in application across ANZ’s operations,
for example, to reflect specific legal
requirements of the jurisdictions in
which ANZ operates.
Suncorp Bank
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired
100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the
immediate holding company of Norfina
Limited (ABN 66 010 831 722) (previously
called Suncorp-Metway Limited)
(“Suncorp Bank”).
Following the acquisition, Suncorp Bank
commenced a phased transition to adopt
the policies and processes of ANZ. During
the transition period, Suncorp Bank will be
subject to a combination of ANZ and
Suncorp Bank policies. As part of the
ongoing transition, Suncorp Bank will seek
to align to ANZ policies and practices,
where appropriate. Where Suncorp Bank
is included or excluded in programs,
policies, standards or metrics throughout
the report, this is denoted, noting Suncorp
Bank is excluded from prior year metrics,
unless otherwise stated.
Suncorp Bank’s operations continue to be
supervised by key regulatory bodies, and
seeks to meet all due diligence obligations
mandated by law.
The following ANZ policies, which embed
our approach to ESG, currently apply to
Suncorp Bank:
• Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption
Business Integrity Policy
• Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption
Third-Party Due Diligence Standard
• Anti-Fraud Policy
• Code of Conduct
• Diversity and Inclusion Policy
• Equal Opportunity, Bullying and
Harassment Policy
• Information Security Policy
• Non-Financial Risk Policy
• Performance and Remuneration
Policy – Group
1
• Procurement Policy
• Third-Party Risk Management
Framework
• Supplier Code of Practice
• Wellbeing and Safety Policy
• Whistleblower Policy
During the reporting year Suncorp Bank
retained the following policies:
• Anti-Money Laundering, Counter-
Terrorism Financing and Sanctions
Policy
• Competition Policy
• Complaints Management Policy
• Privacy Management Policy
• Responsible Banking Policy
• Security Management Policy
• Operational Resilience Policy
• Credit Risk Management Policy
Reading this report
Words underlined like ‘this’ are
explained in the Glossary of terms
on pages 56-57. Monetary amounts
in this document are reported in
Australian dollars (AUD), unless
otherwise stated. Throughout this
report, the sum of parts within
charts and commentary may not
equal totals due to rounding.
1. The Suncorp Bank Performance and Remuneration Policy forms part of, and should be read in conjunction with, the ANZ Group Performance and Remuneration Policy.
Our 2025 reporting suite
Where to find
Annual
Report
Full Year
Results
announce-
ments
Corporate
Governance
Statement
Climate
Report
ESG
Report
ESG Data
and
Frameworks
Pack
Modern Slavery
and Human
Trafficking
Statement
Voluntary Tax
Transparency
Report
Financial
Governance
Strategy
Risk
ESG disclosures
and performance
Climate disclosures
and performance
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
2
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Disclaimer and important notices
The material in this report contains
general background information about
the Group’s activities current as at
7 November 2025. It is information
given in summary form and does not
purport to be complete. It has a
sustainability focus and does not
reflect the totality of the Group’s
business activities. For a more
complete overview of the Group’s
business, see the 2025 Annual Report
available at anz.com/annualreport.
It is not intended to be and should not
be relied upon as advice to investors
or potential investors, and does not
take into account the investment
objectives, financial situation or needs
of any particular investor. These should
be considered, with or without
professional advice, when deciding if
an investment is appropriate.
Forward-looking statements
This report may contain forward-
looking statements or opinions
including statements regarding our
intent, belief or current expectations
with respect to the Group’s business
operations, market conditions, results
of operations and financial condition,
sustainability objectives or targets, and
risk management practices. Those
matters are subject to risks and
uncertainties that could cause the
actual results and financial position of
the Group to differ materially from the
information presented herein. When
used in the report, the words
‘forecast’, ‘estimate’, ‘goal’, ‘target’,
‘indicator ’, ‘plan’, ‘pathway ’, ‘ambition’,
‘modelling’, ‘project’, ‘intend’,
‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’,
‘probabilit y ’, ‘risk ’, ‘will’, ‘seek ’, ‘would’,
‘could’, ‘should’ and similar
expressions, as they relate to the
Group and its management, are
intended to identify forward-looking
statements or opinions.
Those statements are usually
predictive in character; or may be
affected by inaccurate assumptions
or unknown risks and uncertainties
or may differ materially from results
ultimately achieved. As such, these
statements should not be relied upon
when making investment decisions.
There can be no assurance that actual
outcomes will not differ materially from
any forward-looking statements or
opinions contained herein.
Also see the notice about climate-related
information on this page which may affect
climate-related forward-looking
statements or opinions.
The forward-looking statements or
opinions only speak as at 7 November
2025 and no representation is made as
to their correctness on or after this date.
No member of the Group undertakes to
publicly release the result of any revisions
to these statements to reflect events or
circumstances after this date to reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events.
Climate-related information
This report may contain climate-related
statements, including in relation to
climate-related risks and opportunities,
climate-related goals and ambitions,
emissions reduction pathways and
climate projections. While the statements
were prepared in good faith, climate-
related statements are subject to
significant uncertainty, challenges and
risks that may affect their usefulness,
accuracy and completeness, including:
1. Availability and reliability of data –
emissions and climate-related data
may be incomplete, inconsistent,
unreliable or unavailable (including
information from the Group’s
customers), and it may be necessary
to rely on assumptions, estimates or
proxies where that is the case.
2. Uncertain methodologies and modelling
methodologies, frameworks and
standards used for calculations of
climate-related metrics, modelling and
climate data are not universally applied,
are rapidly evolving and subject to
change. This may impact the data
modelling, approaches, and targets
used in preparation of this report.
3. Complexity of calculations and
estimates – estimating financed or
facilitated emissions (including
allocating emissions to banking
activities) and emissions reduction is
complex and relies on assumptions
and judgments, often made in respect
of long periods of time.
4. Changes to climate-related governing
frameworks – changes to climate-
related policy, laws, regulations and
market practices, standards and
developments, including those resulting
from legal proceedings and regulatory
investigations.
The information in this notice should
be read with the qualifications,
limitations and guidance included
throughout this report and in:
Appendix 5 ANZ Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology
included in the 2025 Climate Report
available at anz.com/esgreport
Appendix 7 Scope 1, Scope 2 and
Scope 3 Operational Greenhouse Gas
Emissions Reporting Methodology
included in the 2025 Climate Report
available at anz.com/esgreport
ANZ Social and Environmental
Sustainability Target Methodology
available at anz.com/esgreport
2025 ESG Data and Frameworks Pack
available at anz.com/esgreport
5. Lack of consistency in definitions
and climate-science terminology
subject to changes – definitions
and standards for climate-related
data and assessment frameworks
used across industries and
jurisdictions may vary, and
terminology and concepts relating
to climate science and
decarbonisation pathways may
evolve and change over time. These
inconsistencies and changes can
also make comparisons between
different organisations’ climate
targets and achievements difficult
or inappropriate.
6. Reliance on third parties for data or
involvement – the Group may need
to rely on assistance, data or other
information from external data and
methodology providers or other third
parties, which may also be subject
to change and uncertainty.
Additionally, action and continuing
participation of third parties, such
as stakeholders, may be required
(including financial institutions and
governmental and non-
governmental organisations).
Due to these uncertainties, challenges
and risks, statements, assumptions,
judgments, calculations, estimates
or proxies made or used by the
Group may turn out to be incorrect,
inaccurate or incomplete. Readers
should conduct their own independent
analysis and not rely on the information
for investment decision-making.
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
3
CEO’s
message
Nuno Matos
Chief Executive Officer
Across our communities in Australia and
New Zealand, access to affordable
housing and cost of living continue to be
a key focus. Pleasingly, we have funded
and facilitated more than $892 million
this year against our target of delivering
$10 billion of more affordable, accessible
and sustainable homes to buy and rent by
the end of 2030. We have also continued
to deliver our financial education programs
– MoneyMinded, MoneyBusiness and
Saver Plus – reaching more than 126,000
participants this year.
Our Climate and Environment Strategy
sets out our objective to be a trusted
partner for our customers, supporting
them to adapt and become more resilient
to a changing environment and economy.
We continue to make progress against our
climate and environment targets, including
funding and facilitating more than
$84 billion towards our $100 billion target
in social and environmental activities by
2030. This is discussed in more detail in
our 2025 Climate Report.
Our teams are continuing to work hard to
put our customers first by keeping their
money safe, reviewing and adjusting our
capabilities to manage the security of
customer information, and helping to
detect and prevent scams - something
we know is of the utmost importance.
By improving our customer propositions,
we also seek to support inclusion and
economic self-determination through our
First Nations Strategy in Australia and
our Tākiri-ā-Rangi Te Ao Māori Strategy
in New Zealand.
A key area of focus is improving our
management of non-financial risk to
improve customer outcomes. We
acknowledge our existing non-financial
risk management practices have not met
expectations and recognise we have more
work to do to uplift our management of
non-financial risk and to improve risk
culture across the bank.
Importantly, in October 2025 we also
launched our refreshed strategy, ANZ
2030, based on our ambition to unlock
our potential to win the preference of
customers, shareholders and the
community. You can learn more about
ANZ 2030 in our 2025 Annual Report.
A cultural reset is fundamental to
fulfilling these responsibilities and
meeting the expectations of regulators,
communities and other stakeholders.
A key element of this change is a keen
focus on simplifying the bank to deliver
for our customers and improving our
risk management. I believe we will be
a better bank with an energised and
engaged workforce to enable the
delivery of market-leading services to
our customers that our teams can be
proud of.
Delivering long-term value to our
shareholders and meeting the evolving
needs of our customers requires
continuous improvement and purposeful
action. Effective management of ESG risks
and opportunities enhances our ability to
serve customers responsibly, strengthens
governance, reduces risk and supports
more sustainable financial outcomes for
our shareholders.
This ESG Report sets out our performance against a
range of ESG risks and opportunities where we have
the greatest impact as a financial institution.
Nuno Matos
Chief Executive Officer
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
4
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Our ambition and strategy
Our ambition is for ANZ to unlock our potential to
win the preference of customers, shareholders and
the community.
For more information about ANZ 2030
see our 2025 Annual Report available
at anz.com/annualreport
Delivering on this vision
In delivering these priorities, we are supported by our core enablers:
CulturePeople Technology
Our strategy is focused on four strategic pillars:
Customer first
With market leading,
differentiated and
superior propositions,
we will raise the standard
of every digital and
human interaction for
our customers.
Simplicity
To set the market standard
for productivity, we will
deliver organisational
simplification, divest
non-core assets and
improve efficiency.
Resilience
Leading the industry in trust,
safety and risk management,
we will adhere to the highest
standards of non-financial risk
management and strengthen
end-to-end accountability
across the bank.
Delivering value
To sustainably improve
our financial performance,
we will create lasting value
by delivering higher
returning growth and
results that matter for
our stakeholders.
5
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Our business model
Australia Retail
Banking products and services
provided to Australian consumers
including home loans, deposits,
credit cards and personal loans.
Australia Commercial
Banking products and services
provided to small-to-medium
enterprises, large commercial
customers and high-net-worth
individuals and family groups in
Australia.
Institutional
Services to institutional and
corporate clients, including
governments, via Transaction
Banking, Corporate Finance,
and Markets business units.
Suncorp Bank
Banking and related services
to retail, commercial, small
and medium enterprises and
agribusiness customers in Australia.
New Zealand
Banking products and services
provided to New Zealand
customers through Personal,
Business and Agribusiness units.
Pacific
Banking products and services
provided to retail and commercial
customers, and to governments
located in the Pacific region.
Group Centre
Supporting functions including technology, property, risk management, financial management,
treasury, human resources, corporate affairs, and shareholder functions. It also includes minority
investments in Asia and interests in the ANZ Non-Bank Group.
ANZ provides banking and financial products and services
to more than 11 million customers
1
across 29 markets.
About our business
1. Includes Suncorp Bank.
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
6
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Our ESG governance framework is
evolving with our ESG approach
and the expectations of our
stakeholders. This year, the
following changes have occurred
relating to committees with
oversight of our ESG approach and
climate risks and opportunities:
The Board Ethics, Environment,
Social and Governance (EESG)
Committee was discontinued
and its responsibilities
reallocated, as appropriate,
to the Board and its sub-
committees.
The management Ethics
and Responsible Business
Committee (ERBC) was
discontinued and where
appropriate, matters previously
considered by the ERBC are
referred to the Executive
Committee (ExCo).
1
A new and more focused
management Climate and
Environment Committee (CEC)
was established in March
2025 reporting to ExCo.
Governance
ANZ Board and committees
ANZ Group Holdings Limited’s Board
(Board) is responsible for oversight of
the Group. The Board, with the support
of its committees, is also responsible
for overseeing ANZ’s governance
framework. The framework seeks to
provide for effective and responsible
decision making, assisting ANZ to deliver
on its strategy and purpose.
The Board and each Board
committee has its own charter
setting out its roles and
responsibilities available at
anz.com/corporategovernance
More information on ANZ’s
governance framework is provided
in the 2025 Corporate Governance
Statement available at
anz.com/corporategovernance
Board skills and experience
The Board has the collective skills,
capabilities and experience needed to
allow the Board to perform its role and
discharge its responsibilities. The 2025
Corporate Governance Statement (refer
to anz.com/corporategovernance) details
the categories that the Board considers
relevant to assessing the collective skills
and experience of the Board and is what
the Board is looking for in its own
composition. One of the categories
is sustainability, including climate.
Principal Board
committees
Audit
Committee
Risk
Committee
People
and Culture
Committee
Digital Business
and Technology
Committee
Nomination and
Board Operations
Committee
Board of Directors
1. Executive Committee (ExCo) comprises ANZ’s most senior executives. The members of ExCo are available on ANZ’s website at anz.com/exco.
Our governance framework seeks to provide a structure
for effective and responsible decision making at ANZ.
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
7
ANZ Group Holdings Limited Board
Audit Committee
Oversees financial
reporting principles
and policies, controls
and procedures.
Risk Committee
Oversees the
implementation and
operation of the
Group’s Risk
Management
Framework, including
climate risk.
Responsible for
endorsing the Risk
Appetite Statement.
People and
Culture Committee
Oversees the
effective operation of
the Performance and
Remuneration
Framework, and
other Talent and
Culture matters.
Digital Business
and Technology
Committee
Oversees the
Group’s digital
transformation,
data, technology-
related innovation
and information/
cyber security
strategies.
Nomination and
Board Operations
Committee
Oversees matters to
do with the proper
functioning of the
Board, including in
relation to ongoing
composition and
overall Board
operations.
The Board and management committee structure below outlines relevant committees that have
oversight of ESG risks and opportunities across the Group. It reflects changes to our ESG governance
structure this year with the Board committee changes effective from 5 September 2025.
Board committees
Support activities
Key management committees
Credit and Market Risk
Committee
Primary Group
management
forum responsible for the
oversight and control of
credit, market and other
material financial risks
across the Group.
Chaired by the Chief Risk
O fficer.
Executive Committee
Comprises ANZ’s most
senior executives. A
delegations of authority
framework outlines those
matters delegated to the
Chief Executive Officer
(CEO) and other members
of senior management.
Chaired by the CEO.
Climate and Environment
Committee
A decision-making
committee that is responsible
for the execution of our
Climate and Environment
Strategy. This includes past,
current and emerging climate
and environment risks and
opportunities and climate
and environment targets.
Chaired by the Group
Executive, Institutional.
(Established March 2025)
Operational Risk
Executive Committee
The primary senior
executive management
forum responsible for
overseeing non-financial
risks, expected and
unexpected risk profile
and the related control
environment across the
Group.
Chaired by the Chief Risk
O fficer.
Climate and Environment Forum
Responsible for overseeing delivery of our C&E Strategy,
and provides recommendations and escalations to the
CEC, Board and other management committees.
(Established February 2025)
Climate Disclosure Program Steering Committee
Responsible for overseeing delivery of the Group-wide
Climate Disclosure Program to meet Australian mandatory
climate-related disclosure requirements.
(Established October 2024)
Alongside climate-focused committees, during 2025 the Executive Committee is supported by the Group ESG function
(reporting to the Group Head Corporate Affairs) to monitor social and environmental impacts across industries, customers,
and communities. Key activities include:
• Managing ESG risks and opportunities through senior executive decision-making processes.
• Advising on social and environmental issues influencing lending decisions, including public policy, regulation, and
community expectations.
• Delivering financial education programs (Saver Plus, MoneyMinded, MoneyBusiness) and overseeing employee
volunteering and community investment initiatives.
• Providing guidance on ESG and climate disclosures, including emerging reporting standards and frameworks.
Support is also provided by other teams on matters including supporting customers in need of extra care, First Nations
Strategy and Tākiri-Ā-Rangi Te Ao Māori Strategy, health and safety, and diversity and inclusion.
Other management
committees and forums
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
8
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
ESG focus areas of Board
management and committees
During 2025, we engaged on a range
of ESG topics with our Board, senior
executives, regulators, government and
non-government organisations. This
provides opportunities to build knowledge,
including about our most material ESG
issues discussed on pages 10-11 and
listed below.
Board EESG Committee and
Management ERBC
This year, the Board EESG
1
Committee
and management ERBC
2
considered
topics, including:
Modern slavery and human rights
Accessibility
Whistleblower Program
ESG external operating
environment
Climate and Environment Strategy
Climate-related targets including
sectoral pathways
Preparation for mandatory
climate-related disclosures in
Australia
Customer engagement on
climate and nature, including
our Large Emitters Engagement
Program
Governance over ESG targets
The setting of ESG targets is reviewed by ExCo and approved by the Board.
Targets are also monitored by ExCo and the Board. For more information on
governance over climate-related targets, including sectoral pathways, see page 7
of our 2025 Climate Report available at anz.com/esgreport.
1. The Board EESG Committee had its last meeting in May
2025. 2. ERBC was discontinued in July 2025. 3. These
are a subset of ANZ’s ESG targets. Targets that contribute
to ANZ’s Group Scorecard are set out on page 13.
Executive remuneration
ANZ’s Remuneration Report within
our 2025 Annual Report, available at
anz.com/annualreport, details how
performance and remuneration
outcomes are determined for our
most senior leaders.
The CEO’s Short Term Variable
Remuneration (STVR) is assessed
against the ANZ Group Scorecard,
adjusted by the ‘How’ Modifier,
which takes into consideration the
CEO’s leadership of ANZ’s values
and behaviours and ANZ’s risk and
compliance standards.
Performance objectives are set for
Disclosed Executives through Divisional
Scorecards, aligned with the ANZ
Group Scorecard. For Disclosed
Executives, STVR is assessed on
‘What’ assessment (ANZ Group
Scorecard and Divisional Scorecard) x
‘How’ Modifier. The weighting to
Divisional Scorecards varies from 50%
to 75% for Disclosed Executives.
ANZ’s Group Scorecard includes relevant
objectives and key performance indicators
(KPIs). For example, the 2025 Group
Scorecard includes delivery against
Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG) objectives and KPIs, such as:
Strengthen our reputation; enhancing our
employee value proposition and our social
license to operate:
Improved Inclusion Index
Deliver environmental ESG targets
as planned
3
Divisional Scorecards also include
objectives and KPIs as relevant to the
particular business. Group/Divisional
Scorecards are not designed to capture
all of our ESG targets – however our senior
leaders are accountable for ensuring we
focus on and seek to adhere to our
commitments and policies.
For more information on climate risk
governance, refer to the 2025 Climate
Report available at anz.com/esgreport
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
9
This year, we have conducted
a materiality assessment
where we engage with
internal and external
stakeholders to seek to
identify and assess our most
material ESG issues. The
results help inform our
business practices, ESG
targets and key topics in
our external ESG reporting.
What matters most to our stakeholders
Environmental sustainability remains one of the highest priority issues
identified by our stakeholders, in terms of both risks and opportunities.
Ethics, conduct and culture remains top of mind for stakeholders, particularly
the importance of trust.
Financial wellbeing, for customers and the broader community, was noted
as integral to the role of a bank.
Housing was identified by many of our stakeholders as a long-term issue of
profound impact.
Information security, encompassing cyber security and financial crime, was
raised by many, including the potential for cyber threats to cause reputational
damage, and the rapidly evolving and sophisticated nature of scams.
Responsible customer engagement, such as the need for ANZ to support
customers, including those experiencing financial hardship.
Improving non-financial risk management was highlighted in response
to the court enforceable undertaking from the Australian Prudential Regulation
Authority (APRA) and resolution agreement with the Australian Securities and
Investments Commission (ASIC). For more information on these matters see
p a g e s 1 6 -1 7.
Our most material ESG issues
ANZ's most material ESG issues are largely consistent with
our 2024 assessment, with the addition this year of improving
non-financial risk management.
Our assessment process
A list of ESG topics for stakeholder
feedback was prepared drawing from
investor priorities, themes from leading
ESG researchers, sustainability reporting
standards (e.g. Sustainability Accounting
Standards Board (SASB)), media analysis,
industry research, peer reviews and our
operating environment.
External and internal views were sought
to prioritise and validate issues through
stakeholder surveys in Australia, New
Zealand and the Pacific, and through
interviews with institutional investors,
consumer and environmental non-
government organisations, community
partners, customers and employees.
Our approach asked stakeholders to
consider in what areas ANZ has the most
impact (positive and negative) on the
economy, environment and people
(including their human rights), as well as
the impact these issues may have on the
Group’s ability to create value through its
financial or operating performance.
We asked stakeholders to consider
what impacts may be actual or potential,
short-term or long-term, intended or
unintended, and reversible or irreversible.
Stakeholders used significant judgement
when identifying ESG issues and in
assessing their impacts.
Our assessment process involved using
the quantitative survey data to guide the
ranking and consolidating of topics. This
was overlayed with qualitative feedback
from stakeholder surveys and interviews,
and discussions with ANZ senior
executives and the Board to validate and
approve the ESG issues considered the
most material.
Our assessment approach is in
accordance with the GRI Standard G3:
Material Topics 2021 and considers
the SASB Conceptual Framework 2017.
A GRI Content Index is provided in our
2025 ESG Data and Frameworks Pack
available at anz.com/esgreport.
01. Identifying
02. Prioritising
04. Disclosing
03. Validating
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
10
ANZ 2025 ESG ReportANZ 2025 ESG Report
Our most material ESG issues (not ranked)
Material issueDescription of issue
1
Location of disclosure
Environmental
sustainability
Climate change and the energy transition, nature
including biodiversity, circular economy, and ANZ’s
own emissions
2025 Climate Report available at
anz.com/esgreport
2025 ESG Report, pages 27-29
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Corporate values, conduct and culture, and corporate
governance
2025 ESG Report, pages 18-19
Financial
wellbeing
Customer and community financial wellbeing2025 ESG Report, pages 30-31
HousingHousing access, affordability and sustainability2025 ESG Report, pages 32-33
Information
security
Financial crime prevention (including fraud and scams),
cyber security and data management (including
privacy and security)
2025 ESG Report, pages 34-37
Responsible
customer
engagement
Responsible marketing, sales and lending practices;
fair, accessible and affordable products and services;
customer support (e.g. hardship), experience and
satisfaction
2025 ESG Report, pages 20-26
Improving
non-financial risk
management
Financial system risk and resilience, regulatory compliance,
anti-money laundering (AML), counter-terrorism financing
(CTF), anti-bribery and anti-corruption (ABAC)
2025 ESG Report, pages 16-17, 38-41
1. The survey included a more granular list of topics, which were then aggregated into the issues set out in this table. Sub-topics within an individual issue were not necessarily
identified as ‘material’ in their own right.
Our foundational ESG issues (not ranked)
Our foundational ESG issues are topics that continue to be fundamental to our license to operate and are also included in this report.
Material issueDescription of issue
1
Location of disclosure
Digital banking
experience
Digital innovation and emerging technology, including
artificial intelligence
2025 ESG Report, page 42
Diversity and
inclusion
Diversity, equity and inclusion; Indigenous rights and
cultural heritage (e.g. First Nations in Australia, Ta n g ata
Whenua Aotearoa and other Indigenous peoples)
2025 ESG Report, pages 43-48
Employee
experience
Workforce planning, attraction and retention, including
remuneration; employee support (e.g. health, safety,
wellbeing and engagement)
2025 ESG Report, pages 49-51
Human rightsHuman rights and modern slavery, supply chain
management and procurement that is sustainable,
responsible and diverse
2025 ESG Report, page 52
Thriving
communities
Community engagement, investment and contribution2025 ESG Report, page 53
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
11
One of the ways we help create long-term value and deliver on our business
strategy is through a collaborative approach to building and maintaining relationships
with stakeholders.
Stakeholder engagement
1. This list is not exhaustive or exclusive to one stakeholder group. 2. Key memberships include the Australian Banking Association, the Business Council of Australia, the New Zealand Banking
Association, and Business New Zealand. Our key membership payments are included in the 2025 ESG Data and Frameworks Pack available at anz.com/esgreport.
Our approach to stakeholder engagement aims to provide direct access for stakeholders, allowing us to respond to issues and consider
stakeholder concerns when making decisions.
Outlined below are the material topics raised by our stakeholders throughout the year.
Our stakeholders How we engage
Material topics identified through
our engagement
1
CustomersWe engage with customers via our branch network, home loan specialists,
contact centres, private bankers, relationship managers and digital channels.
• Access to capital and lending
services for businesses
• Conduct and ethical culture
• Cost of living
• Customer protection from fraud
and scams
• Financial inclusion, including
financial education programs
• Financial performance and
shareholder returns
• Implementation of the revised
Banking Code of Practice
• Integration of Suncorp Bank
• Macroeconomic, geopolitical
and localised issues impacting
customers, including impact of
tariffs
• New business strategy and
organisational change
• Regional and rural banking
access
• Regulatory engagement and
compliance, including ASIC and
APRA matters
• Remuneration and reward
• Support for customers
experiencing vulnerability
• Supporting our customers’
transition to net zero
• Technology and artificial
intelligence
EmployeesOur employee engagement surveys and employee listening strategies are
an opportunity for employees to provide feedback and insights on our
behaviours, values and culture; and their experience working at ANZ.
GovernmentWe listen to, and seek to engage with, Ministers from state and national
government, and public officials, including through participation in
government consultations and parliamentary inquiries.
Industry
associations
2
and bodies
We are members of a number of industry associations and bodies. Through
these memberships we contribute to discussions and submissions on
industry-wide economic, social and environmental issues affecting our
customers, shareholders and the broader community.
Non-government
organisations
We engage with non-government organisations (NGOs) through
relationships that benefit our customers, stakeholders and the broader
community. This enables us to understand perspectives from external
stakeholders and build our knowledge.
Regulators ANZ has relationships with more than 800 regulatory bodies globally. These
bodies play an important role in enabling financial stability, protecting
consumers, preventing fraud and maintaining trust in the financial system.
ANZ is committed to dealing with regulatory bodies in an open, constructive
and cooperative way. Our engagement with regulators includes meetings,
correspondence, breach notifications, regulatory enforcement matters,
requests for information, and reviews or inspections.
ShareholdersWe provide shareholders with information in a timely manner through our
reporting suite, announcements and briefings to the market, Annual General
Meeting, shareholder communications and a dedicated shareholder
website.
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
12
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Continuing targets
Concluding targets
Our ESG targets and performance
Our ESG targets support the delivery of our business practices, strategy and
purpose. This year, four of our ESG targets concluded and three were achieved.
For our operational emissions target, we achieved four of the five sub-targets.
Related targets are summarised below.
Ta rg e t
1
headlineEnd date and outcomeFurther details
Savings program pilots2025 Achieved2025 ESG Report, pages 14, 31, 42
Large Emitters Engagement Program (LEEP)
2
2025 Achieved2025 ESG Report, page 14
2025 Climate Report, pages 12-15
Operational emissions and non-emissions
2
2025, 20302025 ESG Report, page 14
2025 Climate Report, pages 52-53
• Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
Achieved
• Renewable electricityNot achieved
• WaterAchieved
• WasteAchieved
• PaperAchieved
New Zealand retail lending
2
2025 Achieved2025 ESG Report, pages 14, 33
2025 Climate Report, page 17
Gender equity targets
3,4
20252025 ESG Report, pages 14, 45
2025 Corporate Goverance
Statement, page 22
• Key Management PersonnelNot achieved
• Women in LeadershipAchieved
We have withdrawn our financial resilience target in 2025 after identifying anomalies in the calculation methodology.
Ta rg e t
1
headlineEnd date and statusFurther details
$10 billion social and affordable housing2030 Continuing2025 ESG Report, pages 15, 32-33
$100 billion social and environmental activites
2
2030 Continuing2025 ESG Report, pages 15, 29
2025 Climate Report, page 31
Sectoral pathways
4
2030 Continuing2025 ESG Report, page 15
2025 Climate Report, pages 32-51
Operational emissions
5
• Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
2030 Rebaselined2025 ESG Report, page 15
2025 Climate Report, pages 52-53
Gender equity targets
5
20262025 ESG Report, pages 15
2025 Corporate Governance
Statement, page 22
• Key Management PersonnelContinuing
• Women in LeadershipRebaselined
1. Targets exclude Suncorp Bank unless otherwise stated. 2. Target contributes to ANZ’s 2025 Group Scorecard (Deliver environmental ESG targets as planned). Refer to the
Remuneration Report contained within the 2025 Annual Report available at anz.com/annualreport. 3. Target contributes to ANZ’s 2025 Group Scorecard (Improved inclusion index).
Refer to the Remuneration Report contained within the 2025 Annual Report available at anz.com/annualreport. 4. Our 2025 Climate Report available at anz.com/esgreport details
important information about the scope of our sectoral pathways. Revised pathways and targets include customers of Suncorp Bank that meet our in-scope criteria for inclusion in our
pathways. 5. Includes Suncorp Bank.
13
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Ta rg et s
1
2025 outcomes and performance
Savings program pilots
Pilot a savings program
2
for people on lower incomes
in Fiji and Vanuatu by end 2025, with at least 80% of
participants having demonstrated a savings habit
3
upon
completion. (Pacific)
Achieved
The savings program
2
pilots were successfully completed in Fiji and
Vanuatu. Both pilots exceeded their targets, with 85% of participants
in Fiji and 90% of participants in Vanuatu demonstrating a savings
habit
3
upon completion. A third pilot commenced in Solomon Islands.
Large Emitters Engagement Program (LEEP)
Enhance our management of climate risks and opportunities
by intensifying our engagement with our largest emitting
business customers. We will expect and encourage them to
strengthen their low carbon transition plans, by focusing our
engagement and raised expectations on our 100 largest
emitting business customers with the aim that by end 2025,
compared to their starting point more customers are assessed
as being in a ‘mature’ phase of their low carbon transition plans.
Achieved
45 customers were assessed as being in a ‘mature’ phase of their low
carbon transition plans, up from 42 in 2024.
4
Operational emissions and non-emissions
Reduce the direct impact of our business activities on the environment
5
by:
Reducing combined Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
85% by 2025 and 90% by 2030 (against 2015
baseline);
6
Achieved
Our combined Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions have decreased by
96% since 2015.
Being powered by the equivalent of 100% renewable
electricity by 2025;
7
Not achieved
97% of ANZ's electricity needs were from renewable sources, just falling
short of our target of 100%. This was principally due to the absence of
recognised schemes or renewable electricity infrastructure in Papua
New Guinea and Pacific countries.
Reducing water consumption
8
by 40% by 2025
(against 2017 baseline);
Achieved
Our water consumption has decreased by 61% since 2017.
Reducing waste to landfill
9
by 40% by 2025
(against 2017 baseline);
Achieved
Our waste to landfill has decreased by 79% since 2017.
Reducing paper consumption (both office and ANZ
originated customer paper use) by 70% by 2025
(against 2015 baseline).
Achieved
Our paper consumption has decreased by 77% since 2015.
New Zealand retail lending
Helping New Zealand homeowners improve the
sustainability of their homes and/or reduce their transport
emissions through discounted lending of at least NZ$825m
in aggregate to at least 19,700 households by end 2025.
(New Zealand)
Achieved
Since October 2020 we have supported 23,397 households into
healthier homes and NZ$938.86 million lending through:
• Our Healthy Home Loan Package;
• Our Good Energy Home Loan Top Up;
• Interest-free Insulation Loans.
10
Gender equity targets
11
Maintain representation of women as Key Management
Personnel (KMP)
12
of at least 40%.
Not achieved
As at 30 September 2025, women as KMP
12
has decreased from four
out of ten, to three out of nine and is now below target at 33%. When
the recently announced permanent Executive Committee
13
appointments
of Stephen White, Pedro Rodeia, Christine Palmer and Donald Patra
commence from October to December 2025, women as KMP will
increase back to 40%.
Increase the representation of Women in Leadership (WIL)
by 1.2 percentage points (ppt) from baseline of 39.0%.
14
Achieved
We have exceeded our WIL target this year by 0.3 ppt to 40.5% – an
annual increase of 1.5 ppt.
1. Targets exclude Suncorp Bank unless otherwise stated. 2. Saver Plus. 3. Eight out of 10 months saving (as per Saver Plus program), measured by participant survey data. 4. In 2024, 42
customers were assessed as ‘Mature’. Between 2024 and 2025, four of our 100 largest emitting customers upgraded to ‘Mature’, and one customer who was assessed as ‘Mature’ in 2024 was
removed from LEEP due to acquisition. In 2025, we expanded LEEP to additional customers subject to the Safeguard Mechanism, certain customers in our sectoral pathways and other large
emitters. Within this expanded LEEP cohort, there are 77 customers assessed in the 'Mature' phase as at end 2025. For further detail, refer to page 12 in the 2025 Climate Report available at anz.
com/esgreport. 5. Environmental reporting year is 1 July – 30 June, in line with the Australian regulatory reporting year. 6. Using a market-based method for Scope 2 calculations. Refer to Appendix
7 Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 Operational Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reporting Methodology in the 2025 Climate Report available at anz.com/esgreport. 7. Self-generated renewable
electricity, direct procurement from offsite grid connected generators e.g. Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) and default delivered renewable electricity from the grid, supported by credible
attributes in accordance with RE100 technical guidelines. 8. Total potable water consumed from ANZ’s global properties. From 2021 includes global water consumption values, 2018 – 2020 values
represent water consumption in our Australian commercial offices (>10,000m2) excluding 347 Kent Street which was sold in the 2020 reporting year. 9. Total waste to landfill generated from ANZ’s
global properties. From 2021 includes global waste consumption values, 2018 – 2020 values include Australia and New Zealand only. 10. Product discontinued in July 2022. 11. Includes Suncorp
Bank. 12. ‘Senior Executive’ means “KMP”, which means Chief Executive Officer and Disclosed Executives as set out in the Remuneration Report contained within the 2025 Annual Report. 13.
Executive Committee (ExCo) comprises ANZ’s most senior executives. The members of ExCo are available at anz.com/exco. 14. FY24 Women in Leadership result of 38.8% excluded Suncorp
Bank, whereas FY24 Women in Leadership baseline for FY25 Women in Leadership target is 39.0% including Suncorp Bank.
Concluding targets, including outcomes and performance
14
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
1. For further detail on ANZ’s approach for assessing the eligibility of transactions for inclusion towards the target, refer to the ANZ Social and Environmental Sustainability Target
Methodology available at anz.com/esgreport. 2. Targets exclude Suncorp Bank unless otherwise stated. 3. Eligible housing transactions that also meet the eligibility criteria for the
social and environmental target to achieve $100 billion by end 2030 may contribute towards both targets. 4. FY25 includes transactions validated as eligible for inclusion in the target
from 21/09/2024 to 19/09/2025. 5. Our 2025 Climate Report available at anz.com/esgreport details important information about the scope of our sectoral pathways. Revised
pathways and targets include customers of Suncorp Bank that meet our in-scope criteria for inclusion in our pathways. 6. Includes Suncorp Bank. 7. ‘Senior Executive’ means “KMP”,
which means Chief Executive Officer and Disclosed Executives as set out in the Remuneration Report contained within the 2025 Annual Report.
Targets continuing in 2026, including performance update, and new targets
In 2026 we will continue our $10 billion social and affordable housing target, $100 billion social and environmental activities
target
1
, and sectoral pathways and targets. Both the 2025 and 2030 combined Scope 1 and Scope 2 operational
emissions reduction targets have now been achieved. Since the 2030 target was achieved earlier than expected, a more
ambitious 2030 target with a revised baseline has been set. We have also rebaselined our gender equity targets.
Ta rg et
2
2025 performance or status
End date
$10 billion social and affordable housing
Fund and facilitate at least $10 billion of investment
by end 2030, including $750 million in 2025, to deliver
homes to buy and rent that are more affordable,
accessible or sustainable.
3
Since October 2018, we have funded and facilitated
$7.37 billion to support the delivery of more affordable,
accessible or sustainable homes to buy and rent. This
includes $892.79 million allocated towards the target in
2025
4
, exceeding our $750 million 2025 sub-target.
2030
$100 billion social and environmental activities
Fund and facilitate at least $100 billion by end 2030,
including $18.5 billion in 2025, in social and
environmental activities through customer transactions
and direct investments by ANZ. This includes initiatives
that aim to help lower carbon emissions, protect
nature, increase access to affordable housing and
promote financial wellbeing.
1
Since 1 April 2023, we have contributed $84.72 billion
towards the target, across 412 customer transactions,
of which $42.09 billion is funded, $38.96 billion is
facilitated, and $3.67 billion is from direct investment
through 61 bond purchases. This includes $45.75 billion
allocated towards the target in 2025
4
, exceeding our
$18.5 billion 2025 sub-target.
2030
Sectoral pathways
5
Sectoral pathways and 2030 interim targets in place
for 10 sectors or sub-sectors, to transition lending to
net zero financed emissions by 2050.
Eight are ‘on-track’, two are ‘close to on-track’, and none
are ‘off-track’.
For more information, refer to pages 32-51 of the 2025
Climate Report available at anz.com/esgreport.
2030
Operational emissions
6
Reducing combined Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
by 85% by 2030 (against a 2024 baseline).
Having achieved our 2030 target of a 90% reduction
(against a 2015 baseline) earlier than expected, we have
revised our combined Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
reduction target with a more ambitious baseline year of
2024.
2030
Gender equity targets
6
Increase representation of women as Key Management
Personnel
7
to at least 40%.
Increase the representation of Women in Leadership by
1 percentage point from baseline of 40.5%.
Rebaselined targets for 2026.2026
15
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Improving non-financial
risk management
Material ESG issue
Non-financial risk
management
Strengthening non-financial risk
management is a strategic imperative
for ANZ to protect customers, enable
resilient operations, and sustain trust
in the bank’s integrity.
Robust non-financial risk management
practices underpin a strong, resilient bank
that delivers for all customers, and therefore
for shareholders. We acknowledge our
existing NFR management practices have
not always met expectations and
recognise we have more work to do to
uplift our management of NFR and to
improve risk culture across the bank.
Regulatory oversight
ANZ’s non-financial risk management
is a key priority for its core regulators.
On 3 April 2025, the bank confirmed
it had entered a court enforceable
undertaking (CEU) with APRA for matters
relating to NFR management practices
and risk culture across the Group. In
addition to accepting the CEU, APRA
required that ANZ to hold a further
operational risk capital overlay of $250
million, taking ANZ’s total operational risk
capital overlay to $1 billion.
ANZ’s response to the CEU
As part of the CEU agreed with APRA,
ANZ appointed an independent reviewer
to identify root causes and behavioural
drivers of shortcomings in ANZ’s
non-financial risk management
practices and risk culture.
The enterprise-wide review informed
the development of ANZ’s Root Cause
Remediation Plan (RCRP) which was
submitted to APRA on 30 September 2025.
The RCRP includes a defined set of Target
States and outlines deliverables across
seven core workstreams including
Governance, Accountability and Operating
Model, NFR Framework and Processes,
Culture, Performance and Remuneration,
Capabilities, and Data and Systems.
The RCRP was approved by APRA on
7 November 2025. Its approval marks
the next phase in the delivery of our
obligations under the CEU.
Delivering on the RCRP
ANZ has an opportunity to improve the
way it operates to ensure it is providing
customers a simple, efficient, and reliable
service that meets their needs, keeps its
promises, and consistently delivers the
experience they should expect from ANZ.
ANZ expects to spend approximately
$150 million on implementing the plan
required under the RCRP in 2026.
This will be funded by de-prioritising
other initiatives.
Delivering on the RCRP is a multi-year
process. This work will take approximately
three years with the first year dedicated
to design, followed by two years to
implement and embed.
ANZ will emerge a stronger, confident
organisation with solid risk management
and customers at its core.
ANZ have appointed Promontory to
provide independent assurance of its
progress against the RCRP and reports
outlining progress will be available on
anz.com.
Establishment of an
Enterprise NFR Program
To lead the bank in its NFR uplift and
response to the CEU, ANZ has established
an Enterprise Non-Financial Risk Program,
Program PACT (People, Accountability,
Customers and Trust).
Program PACT, alongside the prioritisation
of Critical Risk Programs (CRPs) like the
Retail ASIC matters and Global Markets
remediation responses, reflects a
commitment to deeply embed NFR
frameworks, governance (see "Settlement
of ASIC investigation" section on page 17),
practices and behaviours that improve
customer outcomes by driving sustainable
business outcomes and risk ownership
- underpinned by a proactive culture and
disciplined execution.
Over the next three years, the focus
of Program PACT is on demonstrating
that our approach to NFR management
is embedded and sustainable. It will be
measured not by task completion but
proof of:
Behavioural adoption
Reinforce a culture where risk is
proactively managed, and where
divisional leaders are empowered
- and expected - to own and
prioritise NFR management.
Governance maturity
Strong governance is the bridge
between intent and action. ANZ
is committed to ensure that the
systems, frameworks, and controls
introduced – not only for the
Enterprise NFR Program – are
consistently maintained and applied
to other programs across the bank.
Outcome delivery
Following behavioural change and
governance, ANZ committed to
deliver the intended outcomes and
demonstrate impact. ANZ needs
to do what it said it will do–on time,
to standard, and with external
validation from the Independent
Reviewer and APRA.
Continuous improvement
Across the bank, ANZ will be able to
consistently identify, detect, improve
on and fix NFR deficiencies.
16
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
ANZ's relationship
with regulators
ANZ has relationships with
more than 800 regulatory bodies
globally. These bodies play an
important role in enabling
financial stability, protecting
consumers, preventing fraud and
maintaining trust in the financial
system. ANZ is committed to
dealing with regulatory bodies
in an open, constructive and
cooperative way.
Responding to the CEU
ANZ’s response to the CEU
has culture at its core. Its
commitment extends beyond
the design, implementation,
and embedding of a
framework and system. It
encompasses critical focus
areas such as leadership,
NFR capability, and a
strengthened control and
process environment – all
of which is underpinned by
the enterprise-wide cultural
change the CEU requires.
The program is business
owned and led.
Settlement of ASIC investigation
On 15 September 2025, ANZ
announced it had reached an
agreement with Australia’s
financial regulator, ASIC, to resolve
five regulatory investigations into
our Australian Markets business
(Institutional) and Australia
Retail division.
Under the agreement, which is
subject to Federal Court approval,
ANZ has agreed to pay a total penalty
of $240 million. ANZ is undertaking
specific remediation programs in both
its Australia Retail division and Australian
Markets business, which have
interdependencies with the broader
matters covered under the APRA CEU.
Australia Retail
The agreement covers three key issues:
1. Hardship support – Some customers
didn’t receive timely support when they
were struggling financially, because ANZ
didn’t respond within required timeframes.
2. Deceased estates – ANZ didn’t always
respond to families in a timely way, and
some accounts were charged fees after
a customer had passed away.
3. Online Saver accounts – Some eligible
customers missed out on bonus interest
they were promised due to system and
process errors, and ANZ didn’t always
show correct rates on its application form.
Markets
The penalty for our Markets business
relates to two separate issues:
1. Role as Duration Manager for an
AOFM Bond Issuance
• ANZ was appointed by the Australian
Office of Financial Management (AOFM)
to act as the Duration Manager for
a large bond issuance in April 2023.
• ANZ agreed with ASIC that in its role as
Duration Manager, it didn’t adequately
communicate with the AOFM about the
intended manner of its trading or the
progress of its hedging activity, given
the timing and manner of ANZ’s trading.
This was unconscionable conduct.
• ANZ also failed to accurately report to
the AOFM after the transaction and in
doing so, made false or misleading
representations and agreed that in
carrying out its role as Duration
Manager, ANZ breached some of
its licence obligations.
• ASIC has not alleged that ANZ engaged
in market manipulation or over-hedging
on the AOFM issuance. All of ANZ’s
trading as Duration Manager was to
hedge the risk borne by it in connection
with our role.
2. Incorrect data reporting
ANZ provided inaccurate monthly
secondary bond turnover data to the
AOFM over a period of almost two years
and made a false annual attestation to the
AOFM about that data. ANZ also failed to
comply with its breach reporting
obligations in relation to the inaccurate
data reporting.
17
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
The Code requires that all ANZ
employees and contractors:
are ethical and professional;
act with integrity;
treat everyone with dignity and
respect;
manage conflicts of interest;
protect privacy and
confidentiality;
comply with the Code, policies
and the law; and
call out unacceptable behaviour
and stand up for what is right.
Code of Conduct
ANZ’s Code of Conduct
(the Code) sets the
standards for behaviour
expected at ANZ.
Our approach
The Code is supported by a suite of
policies that are regularly reviewed to
ensure they reflect legislative changes
and good practice.
ANZ also expects partners (including
suppliers, service providers and other
relevant third parties) to adopt and uphold
similar standards of ethical behaviour as
outlined in the Code and ANZ’s Supplier
Code of Practice.
ANZ’s Code of Conduct is available at anz.
com/corporategovernance. For more
information on how ANZ is managing ESG
risks in our supply chain see page 41.
Training
To manage ethical conduct and
compliance with the Code, all employees
and contractors must complete
mandatory training courses within two
months of joining ANZ and regularly
thereafter.
Key mandatory training courses related
to the Code and its supporting policies
include:
• Living the Code
1
• Equal Opportunity (including anti-
discrimination and sexual harassment)
• Privacy, Data Protection and Ethics
• Conduct Risk
• Anti Money Laundering/Counter
Terrorism Financing
• Sanctions
• Anti-Bribery and Corruption
• Internal and External Fraud
• Whistleblowing
ANZ monitors the completion rate for
mandatory training courses, which was
99.86% enterprise-wide in 2025.
Employees who do not complete training
within 30 days of the due date (without
exceptional circumstances) are ineligible
for fixed remuneration increases or
variable remuneration payments during
the annual Performance and
Remuneration Review (PRR), ensuring
accountability and incentivising
compliance.
Performance management guides and
other materials are made available to all
employees on our intranet. This guidance
includes impacts to performance and
remuneration outcomes in our annual PRR
for employees who do not meet expected
standards of performance or behaviour.
Outcomes
We monitor compliance with the Code by
tracking employee relations cases, with
analysis of breaches and outcomes to
identify trends and areas for improvement.
In 2025, there were 1,569 employee
relations cases involving alleged breaches
of the Code
2
, (1,400 in 2024) with 567
cases resulting in formal consequences
or the employee leaving ANZ. This was an
increase from 488 cases in 2024.
Outcomes following investigations of
Code breaches in 2025 included 337
warnings, 127 terminations and 103
employees otherwise leaving ANZ.
A breakdown of alleged breaches of ANZ's
Code of Conduct is provided in the 2025
ESG Data and Frameworks Pack available
at anz.com/esgreport.
Matters relating to conduct were
highlighted in the court enforceable
undertaking from the Australian Prudential
Regulation Authority (APRA). More
information on these matters is available
on pages 16-17.
1. Completion of Living the Code requires participants to confirm their understanding of, and compliance with, the Code’s principles over the past year. 2. Includes Suncorp Bank.
Material ESG issue
18
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Whistleblower Program
Training
All employees and contingent workers
are required to undertake annual
mandatory training on their obligations
and responsibilities under the policy.
Whistleblower Investigators,
Whistleblower Protection Officers,
and eligible recipients of whistleblower
reports (including Executive Committee
1
and Board members) receive role-
specific training to help ensure they
understand their obligations under
applicable laws including how to
appropriately handle and, where
applicable, investigate reports.
Outcomes
We received 264 whistleblower reports
in 2025, an increase from 222 in 2024
2
.
This year, 61% of assessed reports were
within the scope of the Program. Reports
involved themes and allegations of
breaches of the Code of Conduct and
other policies; bullying and harassment;
discrimination; conflicts of interest; fraud;
maintaining safe work environments;
privacy and confidentiality breaches; and
other misconduct.
Recommended actions and outcomes
from investigated reports included
termination of employment, formal
warnings, coaching and informal
counselling, review and remediation of
policy, process and procedures, improved
oversight, additional training and
communications reinforcing expected
standards of behaviour.
1. Executive Committee (ExCo) comprises ANZ’s most senior executives. The members of ExCo are available at anz.com/exco. 2. Report volumes for 2024 include Suncorp Bank from
31 July 2024 to 30 September 2024. Suncorp Bank is also included for 2025.
Material ESG issue
Our approach
ANZ’s Whistleblower Policy and Program is a key component of our conduct
risk management and corporate governance framework. The Board has
oversight and governance of the policy and program. A de-identified
summary of material whistleblower matters is also reported to the relevant
Board committee quarterly and to the Operational Risk Executive Committee.
Program processes are also set out in the policy, including how eligible
whistleblowers can report concerns, the protections that will apply, how the
concerns will be considered and/or investigated, and resources.
Key actions in 2025
Introduced a new external whistleblower reporting, and integrated case
management and reporting service.
Delivered 201 awareness sessions to business units by the Group Integrity
team who conduct investigations into allegations of internal fraud, theft,
bribery, corruption and insider crime involving ANZ employees and
contractors.
Jurisdiction and business specific awareness sessions delivered by the
Program team designed to build trust in the process and program,
improve understanding of whistleblower protections, and promote
available channels.
Updated the Program’s training course for eligible recipients of
whistleblower reports.
ANZ’s annual employee survey indicated continued high levels of awareness and
confidence in the program, and reporter protections across the organisation.
ANZ’s Whistleblower Policy is available
at anz.com/corporategovernance
19
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Putting our customers first
Material ESG issue
We acknowledge that, at times,
we have let our customers down.
Despite our good intentions, we have
not consistently lived up to their
expectations.
In particular, some of our failings occurred
when our customers were at their most
vulnerable. For this we are deeply sorry, and
we are making changes to better support
our customers when they need us most.
On 15 September 2025, ANZ announced
it had reached an agreement with the
Australian Securities and Investments
Commission (ASIC) to resolve five
regulatory investigations into our Australian
Markets business (Institutional) and
Australia Retail division.
For our Australian Retail division this
includes three key issues: hardship
support, deceased estates and Online
Saver accounts – as covered on page 17.
We have established an ASIC Matters
Resolution Program in Australia Retail,
ensuring we bring the appropriate
governance, oversight and accountabilities
to resolve these and other outstanding
ASIC regulatory matters.
We will not accept these sorts of failures
that impact on our customers: it is why we
are committed to driving a company-wide
transformation to uplift non-financial risk
(NFR) to strengthen our core processes,
systems and controls.
However, it’s important to note that we
are not uplifting NFR simply to meet
regulators’ expectations. We are doing it
because it is better for our customers
and the quality of our business.
This uplift is already underway with
measurable improvements across the
bank to better protect and care for
our customers. For example, we are
rebuilding the customer proposition for
deceased estates, including improving
both response times to freeze accounts
after being notified of a customer's
passing, and responding to beneficiaries
and executors in formalising their estates.
We also discuss on the next pages
our approach to hardship, supporting
customers with extra care, customer
complaints, prioritising access for
low-income customers and
enhancements we have been making
in line with the revised Banking Code
of Practice.
A key pillar of our refreshed strategy,
ANZ 2030, is putting our customer first.
With market leading, differentiated and
superior propositions, we will raise the
standard of every digital and human
interaction for our customers.
We are also re-engineering and
automating lending submissions and
manual processes, and using artificial
intelligence to improve, among other
things, quality control and complaints
analytics.
We are acutely aware that delivery and
execution are central to our ability to meet
and exceed the expectations of our
shareholders, customers and colleagues.
Further information on our ANZ
2030 strategy is provided in the
2025 Annual Report available at
anz.com/annualreport
For more information on how
ANZ is improving non-financial
risk see pages 16-17
20
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
1. Non-Financial Risk Framework are procedures that define how ANZ employees should consistently and effectively identify, assess, manage, monitor and report on non-financial risk.
2. Customers of the participating banks who lived in the Indigenous pilot locations or received ABSTUDY payments between 1 July 2019 and 31 August 2024 and customers (where
identifiable) who interacted with a participating bank’s specialist Indigenous service channels such as an Indigenous call line. 3. Customers who qualify for remediation and identified as
eligible for a basic account between the review period (July 2019 – June 2025). A portion of these customers have either moved to a basic account, may be included in future
migrations, or are no longer eligible for migration.
We continue to prioritise access
for low-income customers to
products and services that best
meet their needs, having already
simplified the account opening
process by removing the
requirement to prove eligibility for
basic accounts in branches. In
addition, we continue to enhance
our banking services to provide more
inclusive and accessible banking
services for First Nations customers.
Suncorp Bank
ASIC also engaged with Suncorp
Bank on refunding fees to low-
income Australians. Suncorp Bank
has committed to refund more than
$3 million to over 43,000 eligible
customers, which commenced in
2025 and is expected to conclude
in 2026. Customers will receive an
amount greater than the fees
originally incurred to account for the
time value of money. Suncorp Bank
has implemented an opt-out
migration to a low-fee account,
moving 7,260 customers over the
months of May and June 2025.
Going forward this opt-out migration
process will occur on a semi-annual
basis.
Revised Banking
Code of Practice
During the year, ANZ’s Australia Retail
and Australia Commercial divisions,
and Suncorp Bank implemented key
enhancements in line with the revised
Banking Code of Practice (the Banking
Code) which came into effect on
28 February 2025. The ANZ Non-
Financial Risk Framework
1
and Policy
have governed compliance with the
Banking Code of Practice this year.
Key enhancements to the Banking
Code included:
• new deceased estates provisions;
• expanded definitions of small
business and vulnerability;
• a new requirement for banks to
meet with prospective guarantors
before accepting a guarantee; and
• requirements for banks to organise
free interpreter services where
appropriate.
The Banking Code is important to
our customers because it provides
consumer protections, which often
go beyond the law.
ANZ is tracking the effectiveness
of the changes through various
mechanisms, including monitoring
how key processes are working in
practice, relevant training completion
by employees, preventative and
detective controls, and monthly
reviews of complaints and risk events
to identify incidents of non-
compliance and identify uplift
opportunities.
ANZ and Suncorp Bank continue to
report breaches to the Banking Code
Compliance Committee as required
and respond to its inquiries and
requests for information.
Key actions in 2025
Providing low-income
customers access to products
and services that best suit them
In July 2025, the Australian Securities
and Investments Commission (ASIC)
released the Better and beyond report
(Report 811), highlighting follow up
work from its Better banking for
Indigenous consumers report in July
2024 (Report 785).
We have delivered several
commitments as part of ASIC’s review
in 2025. These include:
Providing approximately
$2 million in refunds to
customers in ASIC’s project
cohort
2
.
Committing to refund more than
$50 million to approximately
600,000
3
low-income
customers nationally in 2026.
Moving over 300,000 eligible
customers to a basic account
(low or no fee accounts).
We have committed to continuing
to migrate eligible customers to basic
accounts on an ongoing basis.
21
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Our approach
ANZ aims to provide extra care to
customers who may be experiencing
vulnerability, while also taking measures
to enhance access to its banking
products and services.
Australia
1
ANZ’s Australia Retail and Australia
Commercial divisions have High Impact
Processes (HIPs) in place for specific areas
where customers may experience greater
levels of detriment if we fail to provide
extra care. HIPs aim to ensure the bank’s
processes with the greatest potential
impact to customers requiring extra
care are operating effectively and are
appropriately governed. HIPs related to
supporting customers in need of extra
care were introduced during the year
including culturally appropriate and
accessible banking for First Nations
customers and supporting victim-
survivors of family violence.
In September 2025, ANZ entered into an
agreement with the Australian Securities
and Investments Commission (ASIC) to
resolve five matters within our Australian
Markets business and Australia Retail
Supporting customers
in need of extra care
division that were the subject of separate
regulatory investigations, including
matters relating to hardship support
and deceased estates. The agreement
with ASIC sends a clear signal that our
approach to delivering good customer
outcomes needs to improve. For more
information on these matters and how
we will improve see pages 16-17.
Training
Building our capability remains a focus
area, equipping employees to recognise
when a customer is experiencing
vulnerability and respond to their
circumstances with tailored support.
In preparation for commencement of
the revised Banking Code of Practice
in February 2025, ANZ reviewed and
enhanced its suite of related training and
resources, including to ensure it aligned
with the new strengthened provisions
around vulnerability, accessibility and
inclusivity. This training is mandatory for
employees in the Australia Retail and
Australia Commercial divisions who
engage directly with customers or who
support others who engage directly
with customers.
ANZ’s Extra Care Hub (ECH) is a
specialised pathway team of trained
bankers whose role is to support
customers impacted by family violence,
financial abuse or cognitive capacity
concerns. In 2025, the ECH team almost
doubled, enabling them to extend support
to additional teams including Customer
Protection, Financial Wellbeing Assist and
Mobile Lending. The ECH’s contact details
Key actions in 2025
Resources and support
available to our customers
available online:
Dealing with the
unexpected
Family violence support
Financial hardship
First Nations Customer
Support Line
are available via the ANZ website, the
ANZ App and internet banking platforms,
allowing for faster access and responses
to customers requiring assistance. In
2025, the ECH team assisted more than
5,500 customers, a 101% increase
from 2024.
In 2025, we continued to partner with
Uniting CareRing to support customers
impacted by family violence. CareRing
connects customers to services
including housing support, social
workers, drug and alcohol support,
employment services and financial
counselling.
Last year, we reported on a pilot
program involving the use of dynamic
algorithms to identify indicators of
financial abuse. In 2025, this program
was made permanent.
1. Excludes Suncorp Bank.
Material ESG issueMaterial ESG issue
Additionally, through our partnerships with
external organisations, training has been
provided on specific areas of focus. For
example, providing extra care to customers
who are incarcerated, or recently released from
incarceration, is a new characteristic listed in
the revised Banking Code of Practice. About
Time, in conjunction with ICAN Learn, delivered
training to complaint-handling employees in
Customer Resolution on the experiences of
people in prison and their challenges
maintaining and regaining financial
independence. Additionally, training has been
provided to our specialised teams, such as
the Extra Care Hub, on financial abuse.
Vulnerability impacts people in different ways. It can reduce
a customer’s ability to engage with banking services,
make informed decisions, consider choices, and evaluate
information. These consequences may affect the way that
the customer engages with their bank.
22
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
New Zealand
Our approach
ANZ Bank New Zealand supports customers needing extra
care through a structured and compassionate approach.
This is achieved by empowering and coaching employees to recognise signs
of vulnerability and respond with empathy. When further support is required, employees
can access internal resources or escalate complex cases to the Customer Vulnerability
Team via a specialised pathway. Where a case is more complex, they will work with
cross-functional teams to find the appropriate solution.
Our branch network
Over the past decade, we have
seen a long-term shift in how our
customers choose to bank with us,
with the number of customers
coming into a branch for transactions
reducing significantly.
We understand however that there
are many occasions where it’s
important for our customers to
engage with us via our customer
contact centre and our branch
network. Our branch bankers both
assist and educate our customers on
how to navigate their banking needs
in a safe manner. We continue to
operate a large network of branches,
offering access to specialist bankers
across Australia’s metropolitan and
regional hub locations. Branches also
provide access to cash withdrawals
and deposits via telling services or
Smart ATMs.
In the event that we make changes
to individual branches within our
network, analysis of customer
behaviour is considered before
decisions are made. We also aim to
proactively contact our customers,
prioritising those requiring assistance
with their banking.
Under the Federal Treasurer’s approval
conditions for purchasing Suncorp
Bank, the number of Suncorp Bank
and ANZ’s regional bank branches
may not be reduced during the three
years from the date ANZ acquired
Suncorp Bank.
Escalation volumes are tracked by the Customer Vulnerability Team to help
ANZ Bank New Zealand maintain effective support and ensure appropriate care is
provided. Following targeted training for senior customer-facing leaders in late
2024, escalation volumes doubled, indicating improved employee awareness and
responsiveness. These escalations enable earlier intervention and more
consistent support for vulnerable customers. Escalation data is reported to the
New Zealand Leadership Team and the ANZ New Zealand Board.
In 2025, ANZ Bank New Zealand further strengthened governance by appointing
a dedicated manager to uplift our approach to customers requiring extra care and
lead initiatives. These include strengthening our Vulnerability framework to
enhance governance, improve processes, and provide guidance to support
customers experiencing vulnerabilities. The framework builds on ANZ New
Zealand Bank’s existing processes, guidance, and specialist teams, to bring them
together in a cohesive and structured way.
Key actions in 2025
IMAGE TBC
Building our capability
remains a focus area,
equipping employees
to recognise when a
customer is experiencing
vulnerability and respond
to their circumstances
with tailored support.
23
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Financial hardship Financial hardship
While financial conditions have begun to ease across Australia and
New Zealand, higher inflationary environments continue to influence
borrowing and household spending – shaping broader economic
resilience. There are occasions when customers are unable to meet
their financial obligations. While in some cases these difficulties
are temporary, others may be prolonged or permanent, requiring
tailored support and careful review to restore financial stability.
Australia
1
Our approach
Our teams are trained to have respectful
and empathetic conversations to identify
the options that are appropriate for each
customer’s individual circumstances.
They are also trained to identify hardship
triggers and support customers
holistically, considering all lending facilities.
Data-driven insights play a critical role
in early identification of customers at risk
of hardship. Analysis of savings, credit,
and offset accounts allows us to
proactively contact customers who may
have experienced a significant income
reduction or are receiving unemployment
benefits.
Available assistance includes:
Temporary reduction or pause
of repayments
Interest-only repayment periods
Loan restructuring, including
capitalisation of late payments
Access to financial literacy
programs, MoneyMinded and
Saver Plus
Debt reduction and, in exceptional
cases, debt forgiveness
Referrals to external support
services
2
– Way Forward Debt
Solutions, CareRing, Fitted for Work,
and 1800RESPECT
Referral to financial counselling
via the National Debt Helpline and
Small Business Debt Helpline
In October 2025, we launched our
refreshed strategy, ANZ 2030. Under the
customer first pillar of ANZ 2030, we
aspire to raise the standard of every digital
and human interaction for our customers.
Further information on our strategy is
provided in our 2025 Annual Report
available at anz.com/annualreport.
Current environment
With continued cost-of-living pressures,
we expect the number of customers
facing hardship to persist.
In 2025,
Australian customers that were new in
hardship and receiving assistance
3
remained steady at 13,931, compared
to 14,031 in 2024.
Currently 4 in every 1,000 Australian ANZ
home loan customers and approximately
2 in every 1,000 Australian ANZ small
business customers are receiving hardship
assistance.
Importantly, over 68% of customers who
entered hardship have either paid out their
facility in full or are up-to-date on their
repayments within 12 months.
Over the past 12 months, we have
proactively contacted more than 191,000
home loan customers to review the
suitability of their loan arrangements.
Interventions ranged from early hardship
offerings to payment reminders, with
on-time payments improving by an
estimated 24% among contacted
customers.
Settlement of ASIC
investigation
In Australia, financial hardship practices
are governed by multiple regulators and
bodies as well as the Banking Code of
Practice and National Credit Code.
In September 2025 ANZ entered into an
agreement with the Australian Securities
and Investments Commission (ASIC) to
resolve five matters within our Australian
Markets and Australia Retail businesses
that were the subject of separate
regulatory investigations.
Under the agreement, which requires
Federal Court approval, ANZ is subject
to a $40 million penalty for breaching its
obligations in relation to its handling of
customer hardship notices. ANZ failed to
respond to 488 Australian customers’
hardship notices within required
timeframes and failed to have proper
hardship processes in place.
1. Excludes Suncorp Bank. 2. Way Forward Debt Solutions provides free debt management services to assist people struggling to manage multiple debts to establish affordable
arrangements with their creditors and assist management of debt repayment. CareRing connects customers to a coordinated range of support services including housing support,
social workers, drug and alcohol services, home energy assessments and employment services. Fitted for Work supports female-identifying jobseekers to improve their employment
prospects by developing a résumé, writing a cover letter and provisioning appropriate work clothes. 1800RESPECT is a domestic family and sexual violence counselling service. 3. The
statistic quoted uses underlying data which captures the number of accounts which are receiving hardship assistance, which include Home Loans, Personal Loans, Credit Cards and
Small Business Banking. Multiple customers can be a party to an account. As of September 2025.
For further information on ANZ’s
financial hardship assistance is
available at anz.com/financial-
hardship
For more information on ANZ’s
settlement of ASIC’s investigation
see page 17
Material ESG issue
24
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
The results of the pilot proactive
calling program showed:
Contacted customers were
38%
less likely
to become delinquent.
47%
took positive action such as
hardship applications, loan term
extensions, interest-only
arrangements.
New Zealand
Our approach
ANZ Bank New Zealand's approach to
hardship includes working with customers
to explore options to help them through
difficult times and provide financial
assistance.
Available assistance includes:
Repayment arrangements
Temporary pause of repayments
Interest-only repayment periods
Loan restructuring, including
capitalisation of late payments
Debt consolidation
Debt reduction and, in exceptional
cases, partial or full debt forgiveness
Interest rate concessions
Referral to financial counselling
via MoneyTalks (free financial
mentoring)
Hardship practices in New Zealand are
governed by the Credit Contracts and
Consumer Finance Act (CCCFA), which
outlines obligations for lenders in
supporting customers experiencing
financial hardship.
Further information on ANZ Bank
New Zealand's financial hardship
support is available at anz.co.nz/
banking-with-anz/financial-
hardship/
Key actions in 2025
A review of 2,951
ANZ Bank New Zealand
customers who exited
hardship treatment in the
six months to July 2025 was
conducted to understand
the outcomes from our
hardship assistance.
The results showed
91%
of customers have either paid
off their facility in full or are up-to-date
on their repayments, indicating that
most hardship events are temporary
and treatments are effective.
9%
of customers transitioned to active
Customer Financial Wellbeing (CFW)
case management, requiring longer-
term support.
In 2025, the number of New Zealand customers newly receiving hardship
assistance increased 19% from 4,021 in 2024 to 4,780 in 2025. Common
hardship drivers remained consistent and included redundancy, reduced
working hours, illness, relationship breakdowns, and financial stress due to
interest rates and living costs.
In 2025, leveraging enhanced data analytics to identify customers at risk of
missing payments, ANZ conducted outreach via the goMoney App and SMS
to the top 2% of at-risk customers identified, with over 135,900 messages
sent. The aim was to encourage customers to engage with ANZ if support
was needed.
In addition, a pilot proactive calling program was run, targeting a cohort of
high-risk home loan customers each month, with the aim to provide early
intervention support.
25
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Customer complaints
Data relating to complaints in Australia
and New Zealand is available in our
2025 ESG Data and Frameworks Pack
available at anz.com/esgreport
1. Suncorp Bank has retained their Complaints Management Policy. Following the acquisition on 31 July 2024, Suncorp Bank commenced a phased transition to adopt the policies and
processes of ANZ. During the transition period Suncorp Bank will be subject to a combination of ANZ and Suncorp Bank policies, outlined on page 2. 2. Excludes Suncorp Bank.
3. Multiple categories may be allocated to a single complaint.
Our approach
Our process is governed by our
Complaints Handling Policy
1
, and Australia
and New Zealand each have a Complaints
Guide. We strive to deliver excellent
products and services to our customers,
but when we get things wrong, we are
committed to working with customers to
understand what’s happened and to try
to resolve the complaint promptly.
Customers can lodge a complaint with
ANZ online or with customer-facing
employees for Retail and Commercial
in Australia and through a number of
channels in New Zealand. We strive to
resolve complaints at first point of contact
and where additional support is required
complaints are escalated to internal
specialist complaint resolution teams in
Australia and New Zealand to work with
the customer to do our best to find a fair
and timely resolution.
If a customer is not satisfied with the
proposed resolution of their complaint,
they can escalate their complaint to the
Australian Financial Complaints Authority
(AFCA) or the New Zealand Banking
Ombudsman Scheme (BOS).
Complaints data and insights are
analysed and regularly reported to
senior management with a key focus
on monitoring performance, complaint
volumes, trends, actions being taken to
address complaint drivers, and customer
experience improvements.
Australia
2
Outcomes
Throughout 2025, Australia Retail
deployed a number of initiatives to support
complaint transparency, including:
• complaint awareness sessions for
frontline bankers to enhance their ability
to detect complaints and accurately
capture relevant information; and
• an automated complaint detection tool
to identify complaints received via the
Message Us service in the ANZ App.
These initiatives are helping our bankers
more effectively recognise and respond
to complaints. These uplifts contributed to
a material increase in the number of
complaints recorded through the year of
44%, but also improved the insights into
customer pain points allowing targeted
service improvements.
Despite the increase in the volume of
complaints, prompt resolution remained
a priority with 86% resolved within five
working days (2024: 83%) and
approximately 99% of all complaints
resolved within the 30-calendar-day
timeframe (2024: approximately 99%).
Further comprehensive guidance and
training have been developed for Australia
Retail and Commercial employees. The
first phase of the rollout commenced with
the Leadership Team in June 2025,
followed by a broader rollout scheduled
for November 2025.
The core complaint categories
3
included
service quality, account set-up and
maintenance, channel accessibility, fees,
interest and rewards, and fraud and
scams. Service quality accounted for 28%
of total complaints received (2024: 31%),
followed by channel accessibility
accounting for 20% of total complaints
received (2024: 16%).
ANZ continues to report internal
complaints data to the Australian
Securities and Investments Commission
(ASIC) on a six-monthly basis.
A Complaint Governance Forum is held
monthly and provides end-to-end
oversight of the Australia Retail and
Australia Commercial disivions' complaint
handling processes with a key focus on
monitoring the performance and
effectiveness of these processes,
complaint volumes, trends and themes
including actions being taken to address
complaint drivers. Complaints data and
insights are also reported to the Board and
the Operational Risk Executive Committee
on a six-monthly basis.
New Zealand
Outcomes
This year, ANZ Bank New Zealand
recorded over 33,800 complaints, a
decrease of 3.8% compared to 2024. ANZ
Bank New Zealand have also seen a 40%
decrease (from 70 in 2024 to 42 in 2025),
in complainants seeking an independent
review from BOS of their concerns and our
resolution offer due to a decrease in fraud
and scams complaints. We continue to
identify insights and opportunities to
improve, from complaints managed
internally and those that require escalation
to BOS, and continuously refine our
complaints handling approach to
consistently target a fair and balanced
outcome.
Fees, charges and rates accounted for
41% of total complaints received, with
'fee, charge or rate excessive/unfair' the
top issue in 2025. 'Personal transaction
account', 'Credit card', and 'Home Loan'
were the products with the most
complaints, in line with the higher share
of customers who hold these products.
The most common concerns included
'Fee, charge or rate excessive/unfair',
'Error with fee, charge or rate', and 'Failure
to act as instructed/promised'.
The percentage of complaints resolved
within five working days increased to
90%, compared to 89% in 2024; and the
percentage of complaints resolved within
30 calendar days of receipt increased to
98% compared to 97% in 2024.
More information on Australia’s
customer complaints process is available
at anz.com/support/complaints
More information on ANZ Bank New
Zealand’s customer complaints process is
available at anz.co.nz/about-us/
complaints
Complaints are an important
way for our customers to voice
their concerns, and for us to
learn where we can improve
our products and services to
deliver better outcomes for
our customers.
Material ESG issue
26
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Material ESG issue
Refer to the 2025 Climate Report
for relevant Indexes, available at
anz.com/esgreport
Our Climate and
Environment Strategy
1. Our disclosures do not purport to be comprehensive
or to satisfy all aspects of GFANZ or TPT’s framework.
2. The Climate Change Commitment excludes Suncorp
Bank and ANZ Bank New Zealand. 3. For further detail
on ANZ’s approach for assessing the eligibility of
transactions for inclusion towards the target, refer to
the ANZ Social and Environmental Sustainability Target
Methodology available at anz.com/esgreport. 4. Refer to
the 2025 Climate Report available at anz.com/esgreport
including Appendix 7 Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3
Operational Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reporting
Methodology. 5. Refer to the 2025 Climate Report
including Appendix 5 ANZ Financed and Facilitated
Emissions Methodology available at anz.com/esgreport.
6. Applying to ANZ Group for the financial year
commencing 1 October 2025.
Our vision at ANZ is to finance a sustainable transition. Our Climate and Environment Strategy
(C&E Strategy) sets out our objective to be a trusted partner for our customers, supporting
them to adapt and become more resilient to a changing environment and economy.
In particular, we aim to be a leading bank in supporting an effective and orderly transition for
our large business customers.
We have established three core
ambitions, supported by four action
pillars that bring together the themes of
the steps we are taking to deliver on our
ambitions. These ambitions and action
pillars are supported by having specific
focus areas and prioritised action plans
for our Institutional, Australia Commercial,
Australia Retail and New Zealand divisions
that we commenced implementing
aspects of this year.
Our approach to
transition planning
In 2025, we took further steps to progress
our transition planning. Our C&E Strategy
forms the basis for our approach,
including how we plan to support an
effective and orderly transition for our
large business customers. We also draw
on guidance from the Glasgow Financial
Alliance for Net Zero (GFANZ) and the
Transition Plan Taskforce (TPT) transition
planning frameworks to inform areas of
focus in our C&E Strategy.
Our C&E Strategy ambition is supported
by our Climate Change Commitment of
transitioning our lending portfolio to
net zero financed emissions, reflecting
where we can have the most significant
impact. We estimate our lending to
Institutional customers contributes
approximately two-thirds of our total
financed emissions. The remaining
financed emissions arise from our lending
to our commercial and retail customers.
Our Climate Change Commitment will
be available prior to our Annual General
Meeting at anz.com/climate-change.
2
The actions under our C&E Strategy
demonstrate our progress towards
credible transition planning. We
acknowledge that ongoing work is
required to satisfy a robust and well-
developed transition plan.
In this report, we set out the actions we
have progressed and how we have been
supporting our customers’ transition.
Our climate and
environment targets
Our climate and environment targets
support the delivery of our C&E Strategy.
We continue to make progress, including
funding and facilitating $84.72 billion
towards our $100 billion target in social
Financing a sustainable transition
Vision
Building our capability to help
customers understand climate
and nature risks
Transitioning our lending
portfolio to net zero financed
emissions
Supporting our customers’
transition and resilience
Ambition
Understanding risks
and opportunities
Building capability
and capacity
Driving customer
engagement
and propositions
Collaborating with
stakeholders to support an
economy wide transition
Action
pillars
and environmental activities
3
by 2030.
Separately, eight of our revised sectoral
pathways are ‘on-track’, two are ‘close
to on track’, and none are ‘off track’. We
also recognise our role in reducing the
emissions from our operations and have
continued to reduce our Scope 1 and
Scope 2 emissions across our operations.
4
Refer to the 2025 Climate Report available
at anz.com/esgreport for further details
on our 2025 climate and environment
targets and progress, including our
sectoral pathways.
5
Reflecting the upcoming mandatory
climate disclosures in Australia
6
and a
changing internal and external operating
environment – we are reviewing our
climate and environment targets to ensure
they continue to be relevant and aligned
with our strategy.
27
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
How we are driving our C&E Strategy ambitions
The below initiatives and activities illustrate how our actions connect to our three
ambitions, supporting the progress of our C&E Strategy in 2025.
Ambitions
Implementing our Large Emitters Engagement Program
Supporting our customers’ transition through financing
Understanding nature risks and opportunities
Building our capability to help our customers understand climate and nature risks
Collaborating with stakeholders to support an economy wide transition
Managing climate risk
Progress on our targets and metrics
For further information see the 2025 Climate
Report available at anz.com/esgreport
Our future focus
We continue to evolve our approach to enable us to deliver
our C&E Strategy ambitions.
Building our capability to
help customers understand
climate and nature risks
Improve our understanding of
how climate and nature risks
and opportunities affect
customers and our lending
portfolio by continuing to
focus on training, data and
tools used to support our
customer engagement.
Transitioning our lending
portfolio to net zero
financed emissions
Continue to engage with our
LEEP and certain sectoral
pathways customers to support
our commitment to transition our
lending portfolio to net zero.
Continue to integrate climate risk
and opportunities into policies,
financing and risk decision
making where relevant.
Supporting our
customers’ transition
and resilience
Enhance customer
propositions and
engagement to support
our customers’ transition
and improve their resilience.
28
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Material ESG issue
Supporting our customers’
transition through financing
1. This is the first year we have included direct investment contributions towards our target. To limit complexity, we have not included those made prior to 8 November 2024 (publication
of the latest version of the target methodology) and those on or after 8 November 2024 where the overlapping facilitation amount in relation to the relevant bond issuance was included
towards the target under the version of the target methodology that applied before 8 November 2024. 2. 2025 includes transactions validated as eligible for inclusion in the target from
21/09/2024 to 19/09/2025. 3. Funded $42.09 billion includes deals in “Waste” and “Water” which have deal values less than $0.10 billion. 4. Note that for the purposes of this reporting,
Sustainability-Linked transactions (i.e., where the economic characteristics (e.g., pricing outcomes) of the financial instrument are linked to predetermined sustainability performance
objectives) are reported as a separate category. 5. Includes activities which cover both environmental and social categories. 6. Includes renewable energy, energy efficiency, clean
transportation, green buildings, and other environmental activities. Other environmental activities include activities which cover multiple environmental categories and/or activities such
as waste, sustainable water and waste water management, and climate change adaptation. 7. Includes construction or operation of buildings or portfolios of buildings that deliver
positive environmental outcomes, which meet, or renovation or retrofitting of buildings, so that they can meet regional, national or internationally recognised standards or certifications
(e.g., under the Australian NABERS rating system). 8. Includes affordable housing and other social activities. Other social activities include activities which cover multiple social
categories and/or activities such as socioeconomic advancement and empowerment.
Progress towards our $100 billion social and environmental
sustainability target – 1 April 2023 to 30 September 2025
Facilitated
$38.96
billion
14.93% Social and Environmental
$5.82b Other social and environment
5
27.90% Sustainability-Linked
4
$10.87b Sustainability-Linked
51.22% Environmental
6
$1.49b Clean Transport
$
10.72b Energy
$
4.35b Other environment
$
3.40b Green building
7
5.94% Social
8
$0.20b Aordable housing
$
2.12b Other social
Direct
investments
$3.67
billion
$0.73b Green
$0.47b Social
$2.47b Sustainability
Funded
$42.09
billion
3
1.35
% Social and Environmental
$0.57b Other social and environmental
5
1.45
% Sustainability-Linked and Environmental
$0.61b Sustainability-Linked and Environmental
40.32% Sustainability-Linked
4
$16.97b Sustainability-Linked
8.51
% Social
8
$2.04b Aordable housing
$1.54b Other social
$1.93b Clean Transport
$8.83b Energy
$7.95b Green building
7
$1.55b Other environment
48.37% Environmental
6
For further detail on ANZ’s approach
for assessing the eligibility of customer
transactions and direct investments for
inclusion towards the target, refer to
the ANZ Social and Environmental
Sustainability Target Methodology
available at anz.com/esgreport
This year, we continued to make good
progress towards our target to fund and
facilitate at least $100 billion by end
2030 in social and environmental
activities through customer transactions
and direct investments by ANZ.
As at 30 September 2025, we have
contributed $84.72 billion in total towards the
target since it commenced on 1 April 2023.
The total comprises funding and facilitating
$81.05 billion across 412 customer
transactions and directly investing $3.67 billion
through 61 labelled green, social and
sustainability bond purchases held on ANZ’s
balance sheet.
1
This includes activities that
aim to help lower emissions, protect or restore
nature, increase access to affordable housing
and promote financial wellbeing.
This year, we exceeded our 2025 goal to
contribute at least $18.5 billion towards our
target, with $45.75 billion added across 186
customer transactions and 61 bond
purchases.
2
This comprised:
• $21.86 billion attributed to ANZ’s on-
balance sheet loans and other credit lines;
• $20.22 billion facilitated by ANZ; and
• $3.67 billion via direct investments (labelled
bond purchases) held on ANZ’s balance
sheet.
In order to count towards the $100 billion
target, customer transactions and direct
investments are assessed against the criteria
for eligible banking activities and eligible social
and/or environmental activities specified in the
methodology for the target. They may include:
• labelled sustainable finance;
• unlabelled banking activities; and
• ANZ’s direct investments.
29
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
MoneyMinded
MoneyMinded is ANZ’s flagship
financial education program,
supporting adults on lower incomes
to build their financial skills,
knowledge, and confidence. The
program is delivered by community
organisations in Australia and
New Zealand as well as by community
organisations and ANZ employees
in 15 markets across Asia and the
Pacific region.
MoneyMinded’s success relies on
ANZ’s partnerships with community
organisations and individuals who are
best-placed to deliver the program
within vulnerable and disadvantaged
communities.
In Australia, community professionals
working in client facing roles within the
not-for-profit sector are eligible to attend
MoneyMinded Coach Training, delivered
in person and virtually across the country.
Accredited Coaches are provided access
to resources to use with their clients free
of charge.
This year, MoneyMinded in New Zealand
was extended by partnering with budgeting
providers to reach more communities in
need.
In the Pacific, five new community
partnerships were established – including
three in Fiji and two in Timor Leste – to
support the delivery of MoneyMinded.
More than 1.1 million people have
participated in ANZ's financial education
programs, since 2002. 126,422
participated in the program this year,
including 107,236 in Australia, 18,596
across Asia and the Pacific, and 590 in
New Zealand. Feedback from Coaches
and participants about the impact of
MoneyMinded is available in our annual
Impact Report at anz.com/moneyminded.
Building digital confidence
To further support vulnerable
communities, new MoneyMinded content
designed to build digital confidence and
capability using digital devices was
introduced this year. The Digital
Confidence module starts with the basics
of how to use a device and participate
online safely and builds skills to engage
with internet and mobile app banking.
Financial
education
programs
Financial literacy is an
essential skill in modern
society – our programs
build the financial
capability and wellbeing
of individuals so they
can be more resilient
to changes in their
financial circumstances.
We have developed financial
education programs in consultation
with community partner
organisations and government.
These programs aim to provide
real social benefits to the
community by improving financial
inclusion and capability of lower
income individuals.
In partnership with ANZ, The Smith Family
is offering specialised training in this
new module to all existing MoneyMinded
Coaches as they begin to use the
resources with their clients. For more
information on how ANZ is supporting
customers in need of extra care see
pages 22-23.
Doug Taylor
CEO, The Smith Family
“We are thrilled ANZ is taking steps to work with
community partners to improve digital literacy and
confidence in the community. We recognise that
technological advancements can disproportionately
affect those already facing financial challenges, and
the Digital Confidence module will directly support
those who need it most.”
Material ESG issue
30
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
MoneyBusiness in Australia
MoneyBusiness was developed
in partnership with the Australian
Government to build the money
management skills and financial
confidence of First Nations people
in 2005.
In 2025, supported by the Australian
Government Department of Social
Services, ANZ partnered with Indigenous
Consumer Assistance Network (ICAN),
a First Nations training organisation to
expand the reach of MoneyBusiness.
During the year training was delivered
across Australia including remote
communities in Western Australia,
South Australia and the Northern Territory.
MoneyBusiness Coach Training is a
two-day program for community
professionals working in First Nations
communities. The strength-based training
equips and prepares MoneyBusiness
Coaches with practical tools and resources
to use with their clients. “The training has
given me valuable resources to use with
participants and in my own personal life
which will help with financial decision
making and goal setting” said a recent
MoneyBusiness Coach Training attendee.
Saver Plus
Saver Plus is a matched savings and
financial education program developed
in 2003 by ANZ and the Brotherhood
of St Laurence. Funded by ANZ and the
Australian Government, Saver Plus is
delivered in partnership with Berry Street,
Brotherhood of St Laurence, and
The Smith Family.
The Saver Plus program supports lower
income earners to build a savings habit,
access financial education and receive
matched savings of up to $500 from
ANZ to support their own, or their
children’s, education.
More than 4,000 Australians
participated in Saver Plus this year,
totalling approximately 66,700 since
2003 who have saved over $32.8 million
and received more than $27.9 million
in matched savings from ANZ for
education costs.
More information about the impact
of Saver Plus is available in our impact
reports at anz.com/saver-plus.
Saver Plus in the Pacific
In 2024, ANZ set a target to pilot a
savings program (Saver Plus) for people
on lower incomes in Fiji and Vanuatu by
the end of 2025, with at least 80% of
participants having demonstrated a
savings habit upon completion.
In Fiji, 60 participants consisting of market
vendors and farmers that supply to the
Suva, Nausori and Ba municipal markets,
successfully completed the program,
saving FJ$36,981 collectively, with ANZ
contributing FJ$29,039 in matched
savings. In Vanuatu, 28 participants
collectively saved VT$1,572,529 with
ANZ matching VT$701,200.
A Saver Plus pilot is also underway in the
Solomon Islands, with 23 market vendors
expected to complete the program in
December 2025.
Suncorp Bank has also partnered with the
Financial Basics Foundation since 2017
as part of their commitment to supporting
young people and building up their
financial confidence. More information
is available at suncorpbank.com.au/
about-us/partnerships/financial-basics-
foundation.html
More information about ANZ’s ESG
targets can be found on pages 13-15.
Further information on the launch of the
Saver Plus pilot in Fiji and Vanuatu can
be found on page 42. More information
on financial wellbeing can be found at
anz.com/financialwellbeing
Meet Jan, a domestic
and family violence
case worker
As a domestic and family violence
case worker, Jan focuses on a range of
issues such as child protection, safety
planning, housing, risk assessments
and building resilience.
Enabling individuals to regain financial
independence is a core component
of her role, and for the last three years
Jan has integrated MoneyMinded for
Family Violence – an extension of
MoneyMinded introduced in 2016 –
into the programs she facilitates.
“For many clients, it is challenging to
start over, particularly if they haven’t
had access to finances within their
relationship” she explains. “The
MoneyMinded program creates a
more comprehensive, sustainable
framework for supporting clients in
regaining financial control, sometimes
for the very first time”.
Jan emphasises the importance of
planning for the future. “It not only
helps people address immediate
financial needs but also equips
survivors with the skills they need to
navigate their financial futures with
confidence and independence. The
program is adaptable to suit each
client, and I feel this makes it a lot
easier to utilise”.
Berry Street Yooralla trains family
violence specialists in MoneyMinded
for Family Violence, which includes a
specific range of resources to support
community professionals having
conversations about financial abuse
with their clients.
Case study
This year
4,525
people completed the
MoneyBusiness program
and
340
community professionals
completed the Coach Training.
31
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Our approach
In 2018, ANZ set a target to fund and
facilitate $1 billion in housing investments
by 2023
1
. After surpassing this objective in
2020, the target was extended. Today,
ANZ’s target is to fund and facilitate at
least $10 billion of investment by end
2030 to deliver homes to buy and rent
that are more affordable, accessible or
sustainable.
Since 2018, ANZ has invested $7.37 billion
in the housing sector, with $892.79 million
invested in 2025, highlighting our ongoing
lending to the housing sector to deliver
more residential outcomes and to support
customers into their own homes.
The target aims to increase housing
supply with a direct focus on emerging
markets, innovative models and scalable
projects. Specifically, projects under the
target demonstrate how financial
institutions can play their part in changing
the market to deliver more of the right
housing, in the right locations, at the right
price point for both rental and purchase.
For more information on how ANZ
is helping to improve the availability
of suitable and affordable housing
visit anz.com/housing
Suitable and
affordable housing
Housing continues to
be a key focus of the
community across Australia
and New Zealand, including
challenges associated with
the cost of living and
housing affordability and
availability.
We have continued to focus on
helping improve the availability
of suitable and affordable housing
options for all Australians and
New Zealanders by:
Increasing overall housing
supply, including both new
social and affordable, into
the market;
Supporting new housing
models from pilot to scale to
delivery of new pipelines; and
Contributing funding solutions
for first home buyers, specialist
disability accommodation and
land lease communities.
Projects that have contributed toward
the target this year include social and
affordable housing delivered in
conjunction with partners such as Tetris
Capital and Community Housing Ltd;
continued growth of the leading players
in the Specialist Disability Accommodation
(SDA) sector and the affordable seniors
living space.
ANZ continues to engage with key
stakeholders across all three levels of
government to provide financial insights
to support housing policy and programs,
alongside offering expertise to community
and customers.
1. Explanatory note for the $10 billion target is available on page 55.
$1 billion invested in Queensland
A key delivery area this year has been supporting housing outcomes
across Queensland. Overall, ANZ has funded over $1 billion of housing
outcomes since 2023.
Funding this year included:
More than $800 million to support the Queensland Government
through their Housing Investment Fund (HIF), including the construction
of 156 social and affordable dwellings in Greater Brisbane, and 313
social and affordable homes in partnership with Community Housing
Limited Queensland across Brisbane and regional Queensland. In total,
we have delivered 1,443 homes to support this initiative.
Over $96 million of lending to support SDA housing outcomes
across Queensland.
Approximately$165 million of lending to deliver affordable seniors
living outcomes.
Key actions in 2025
Material ESG issue
32
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Backing growth in the Specialist
Disability Accommodation (SDA)
market
ANZ has been a leading financier in the
SDA sector since 2018, providing over
$700 million in funding to support partners
such as:
• Enliven Housing Group – housing that
is sustainable, safe and supported by
person-centred tenancy management
services Australia-wide.
• The Synergis Fund – one of Australia’s
first wholesale investment funds aimed
at transforming the disability housing
sector.
• Sana Living – expanding opportunities
for independence, connection to
community and achievement of
individual goals across Western Australia,
Queensland and South Australia.
• Australian Unity – investing in social
infrastructure and sustainable
communities to support wellbeing.
ANZ has also been an active supporter
of PowerHousing’s SDA Community
of Practice and as a member of the
Specialist Disability Accommodation
Alliance to ensure there are clear policies
in place to support institutional investment
in the sector.
Community housing in
New Zealand
As part of our $10 billion target, ANZ Bank
New Zealand provided a NZ$150 million
lending facility this year, subsequently
matched by the Government to the
Community Housing Funding Agency
(CHFA), supporting affordable housing
finance for community housing providers
across the country. In addition, ANZ
acted as sole sustainability coordinator
to establish CHFA’s Social Finance
Framework and sole lead manager for
its inaugural NZ$200 million social
bond issue.
ANZ Community Foundation
housing grants
This year, the ANZ Community Foundation
provided grants to not-for-profits
supporting vulnerable Australians and
those at risk of homelessness, including:
• Disability accommodation – YoungCare
At Home Care Grants Program (QLD)
• Support for young people – Stepping
Stone House Independent Living
Program (NSW) and Conscious Creative
HoMie Pathway Alliance (VIC)
• Aboriginal led housing design – Wilya
Ajjul Janta Aboriginal Corporation (NT)
• Transitional housing to at-risk young
mothers – The Lady Musgrave Trust
Logan Housing Project (QLD)
• Supporting better rental outcomes –
Anika Legal Ltd Eviction Support Service
(VIC) and Goldfields Community Legal
Centre Inc Tidy Tenant Project (WA)
For more information on ANZ’s community
giving see page 53.
Affordable and sustainable
housing in New Zealand
In 2025, ANZ Bank New Zealand
continued to support New Zealanders
aiming to reduce emissions and improve
the environmental sustainability of their
homes through the ‘Good Energy Home
Loan’ and ‘Healthy Home Loan Package’
products. More information on these
products is available at anz.co.nz/
good-energy.
This year, we exceeded our target to
help New Zealand homeowners improve
the sustainability of their homes and/or
reduce their transport emissions through
discounted lending of at least NZ$825
million in aggregate to at least 19,700
households by end 2025. For information
on the performance of this target, and
ANZ’s other ESG targets, see pages 13-15.
ANZ Bank New Zealand offers
lending products that may support
households and businesses to transition
to a lower emissions economy. For more
information see page 17 in the 2025
Climate Report available at
anz.com/esgreport
Render image of affordable apartment homes in Rivervale, Western Australia Source: Tetris Capital
33
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
1. Includes ANZ Plus, ANZ Classic, ANZ Bank New
Zealand, and Suncorp Bank. 2. Excludes Suncorp Bank.
3. Includes Suncorp Bank.
We continued to apply friction to transactions by delaying the payment process
for high-risk transactions. We also broadened our fraud and scams detection
and prevention capability in response to increasingly sophisticated cybercrime
threats by implementing the following detection and prevention measures.
Industry collaboration
Partnered with other banks to deliver BioCatch Trust
3
, an inter-bank financial
crime intelligence sharing network. This provides an additional layer of
protection against fraud and scams, by assessing in real-time the potential risk
of every receiving account on the network, before a payment is processed.
BioCatch Trust indicators have been integrated into our Falcon fraud detection
platform, which has significantly enhanced our ability to detect complex scam
typologies while reducing friction for legitimate customers. This initiative builds
on our existing collaboration with other banks, which involves sharing fraud
and scams intelligence through the Australian Government’s intel loop and the
Australian Financial Crimes Exchange.
Confirmation of Payee
Launched Confirmation of Payee across our ANZ banking platforms, a name
matching tool designed to help protect customers from scams and mistaken
payments. The service confirms whether the account name matches the
details held by the receiving bank. Since the tool went live in June 2025,
ANZ has seen over 200,000 payments abandoned by customers after being
presented with a mismatch result.
CallSafe
Launched CallSafe, a feature designed to help protect ANZ Plus customers
from falling victim to bank impersonation scams. CallSafe offers secure
authentication, enabling customers to verify they are speaking to an ANZ
employee, and for employees to authenticate the customer’s identity. Since
this feature went live in November 2024, CallSafe has been used to securely
authenticate customers more than 40,000 times.
Digital Padlock
Implemented Digital Padlock, an Australian-first fraud and scams feature that
provides ANZ customers with the ability to instantly ‘lock down’ access to their
accounts if they suspect they are being targeted by cybercriminals.
In 2025, our Customer Protection
teams investigated more than 39,000
scam cases and prevented and
recovered more than $220 million in
fraud and scams-related funds across
Australia and New Zealand.
1
Our approach
ANZ is committed to minimising the
harm caused by fraud and scams to our
customers, shareholders, employees, and
to the wider community. ANZ’s Anti-Fraud
Policy and Standard sets the minimum
requirements for the prevention,
detection, investigation and reporting
of fraud and scams.
Scams education customer
referral pathway
This year, ANZ’s financial education
program MoneyMinded, established a
customer referral pathway for repeat and
entrenched scams victims to access a
free scams financial education workshop.
Delivered in partnership with the
Brotherhood of St Laurence, scams
victims are referred to a free facilitated
workshop which outlines how to
identify and protect yourself from various
types of scams, including investment,
dating, phishing, remote access, and
employment scams.
The education workshops follow the
launch of a Scams module in 2024, which
is available to all MoneyMinded Coaches.
More information on ANZ’s financial
education programs can be found on
pages 30-31.
In February 2025, the Australian Government passed the Scams Prevention
Framework (SPF), setting out a series of general principles that will apply to
regulated sectors. Broadly, the framework introduces obligations for banks to
detect, prevent, and disrupt scams.
The SPF will be supported by sector specific Codes that will detail the steps
that each sector can take to comply with the legislation's principles.
We have commenced work to understand what changes are required to meet
the new obligations.
Australia
2
– Key actions in 2025
In recent years scams have evolved rapidly and become increasingly
sophisticated. To keep our customers’ money safe, we continually review and
adjust our capabilities and educate customers and employees on new fraud
and scams as they emerge. We safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and
availability of our systems, services and information to ensure operational
success, business growth and our customers’ financial wellbeing.
Fraud and scams
Material ESG issue
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
34
This year, ANZ Bank New Zealand implemented several new detection and
prevention measures as well as taking part in industry initiatives to help protect
customers and the community from scams and other financial crimes.
Industry collaboration
ANZ Bank New Zealand is part of the new Anti-Scam Alliance, a cross-sector
initiative launched to improve New Zealand’s ability to prevent and respond to
online financial scams. The alliance brings together government agencies,
banks, telecommunications providers, digital platforms, and consumer groups
to coordinate efforts and enhance consumer protection.
In April 2025, ANZ Bank New Zealand, along with the New Zealand banking industry,
agreed to deliver a suite of consumer protections. The protections have been
progressively rolled out across New Zealand and will conclude in November 2025.
The consumer protections will include:
• Pre-transaction warnings to customers for certain payments.
• Confirmation of Payee, a service that confirms whether the account name
matches the details held by the receiving bank. Since November 2024 over
17.7 million checks have been completed.
• Identification of and response to high-risk transactions or unusual account
transaction activity, and the ability to delay or block transactions in some cases.
• Providing a 24/7 reporting channel for customers who think they’ve been scammed
and responding to protect accounts.
• Sharing scammer account information with other banks to help prevent criminal
activity, and freezing funds where appropriate.
Behavioural Biometrics
During the year ANZ Bank New Zealand introduced behavioural biometrics, a
technology that identifies patterns in the way customers use the goMoney and
Internet banking channels. This helps to identify when scammers are attempting to
take over customer accounts. Since implementation in June 2025, the technology
has saved ANZ Bank New Zealand customers over NZ$1.2 million.
Enhanced fraud detection capabilities
Investment in analytical resources and capability has lifted ANZ Bank New Zealand’s
ability to identify changes in attack methods by scammers, enabling a reduction in
card fraud transactions by 28% for the 12 months ending in September 2025,
compared to the 12 months ending September 2024.
goMoney App
To strengthen customer capability in detecting scams, we’ve delivered over 7.9 million
scams education messages via email and the goMoney App, reinforced by targeted
communications. This included promoting the Digital Security Code (DSC), a security
code available in the goMoney App that changes every 12 hours instead of using the
security code at the back of the physical card. In September 2025, DSC made up
7.8% of transactions. For the first six months since implementation, fraud rates are half
of those of static verification methods.
More information on
how ANZ Bank New
Zealand is helping to
protect customers from
fraud and scams is
available at anz.co.nz/
fraudprotection
IMAGE TBC
New Zealand – Key actions in 2025
35
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Our approach
Cyber security is central to ANZ’s
operations.
1
It safeguards customer data,
ensures regulatory compliance, and
supports innovation, all of which are
crucial to maintaining trust and resilience
in today’s digital banking environment.
Our Enterprise Security Strategy is
guided by three key objectives: enabling
transformation, strengthening resilience,
and embedding security. Each objective
is supported by key priorities, including:
Ensuring ANZ can confidently
move into new areas of growth
by creating a secure, flexible
environment for our customers,
employees, and partners to do
business – anytime, anywhere.
Advancing ANZ’s readiness to
rapidly detect, respond and recover
from a major cyber-attack.
Minimising the likelihood and
consequence of a cyber-attack.
Progress against each objective is
systematically tracked and reported
through annual key results, providing
visibility into execution and measures of
success. The strategy is underpinned by
threat mapping, industry benchmarking,
penetration testing (the simulation of
attacks to identify system vulnerabilities)
and risk evaluation.
The strategy also identifies opportunities
to harness and address new threats
introduced by evolving technologies
such as artificial intelligence and quantum
computing. This enables ANZ to adapt
safely to new technologies, whilst
fostering everyday habits that safeguard
employees and customers.
ANZ has a Group Information Security
Policy
2
and Standards which outline the
mandatory security requirements and
responsibilities across ANZ. Cyber security
updates are provided to the Board Risk
Committee and Board Digital Business and
Technology Committee on a regular basis.
Training
Education is key to building a security-
focused culture. Educating employees
starts with a clear, shared understanding
of our security operating model, enabling
everyone to contribute to protecting ANZ
and our customers.
We maintain a strong emphasis on
embedding security behaviours across all
divisions, leveraging security metrics and
data-driven insights. Key behaviours are
evaluated through our internally developed
Security Behaviour Index (SBI)
3
. We have
established a network of experts which
includes over 100 divisional Security
Behaviour Index representatives, an
increase of 37% since 2024.
We also aim to enhance cyber resilience
and phishing awareness through more
frequent, intelligence-led exercises.
In 2025, we conducted seven cyber
exercises, including a Group wide exercise.
1. Excludes Suncorp Bank. 2. This policy applies to Suncorp Bank. They have also retained their Security Management Policy.
3. Provides an indication of how well our employees are fulfilling their security obligations.
Cyber security
These exercises strengthen our readiness
by clarifying roles, validating crisis
response plans, and supporting effective
decision-making under pressure.
All contractors are required to complete
annual cyber security training to ensure
awareness of their responsibilities. This
includes specialised instruction tailored
for frontline personnel, software
developers and engineers.
Customers and third parties
With a growing prevalence of cyber
threats, protecting our customers is
more vital than ever. Our customer
security education service encompasses
tailored cyber security content, direct
business engagements, strategic
education partnerships, and active
industry collaboration.
Continued uplift to ANZ’s Security
Hub in 2025 saw new and refreshed
content provided to enhance customer
understanding of common scam types
and cyber threats. These resources were
further reinforced through personalised
security awareness campaigns with
ANZ successfully engaging over
4.4 million customers
1
.
Third-party providers handling sensitive
ANZ information must meet strict security
standards. ANZ supports this through
a robust governance framework and a
mature security testing program aligned
with Australian Prudential Regulation
Authority (APRA) CPS 234.
Cyber security is a strategic priority for every organisation. In a hyperconnected
world, resilience is a new currency of trust – customers, partners, and regulators
aren’t just asking if companies are secure, but if they’re ready.
Material ESG issue
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
36
Robust data protection and privacy practices
underpin trust in the digital economy. In
an increasingly data-driven society, strong
governance supports regulatory compliance.
Data protection and privacy
Our approach
1
At ANZ, safeguarding personal information
is essential to maintaining the trust of our
customers, shareholders, employees and
the communities we serve. We continue
to focus on delivering long-term value
through robust privacy and data protection
practices, which are supported by strong
governance, regulatory compliance, and
a culture of accountability.
Our practices, procedures, and systems
provide a framework for ANZ to identify
and control privacy risks in line with
legal obligations and handle personal
information responsibly. ANZ’s Privacy
Policy
2
also provides clear expectations
to help build trust with customers,
employees and stakeholders by
demonstrating a commitment to
protecting privacy.
Oversight is provided through regular
reporting with privacy events reported to
the Operational Risk Executive Committee
and the Board Digital Business and
Technology Committee when required.
Training
We recognise that our people play
a critical role in protecting personal
information. To support this, in 2025
we developed an ANZ wide Privacy,
Data Protection and Ethics Essentials
mandatory learning course to ensure
a consistent learning experience for
employees across multiple markets.
We continue to foster a speak up culture
that encourages our people to report
suspected or actual data issues. These
issues can be raised internally via the
Non-Financial Risk Hub or directly to the
Privacy Office.
Notifiable data breaches
In 2025, ANZ Group reported four data
breaches across the markets we operate
in, under our data breach reporting
obligations. One incident was reported
to the Office of the Australian Information
Commissioner (OAIC) and involved the
notification to a single impacted individual
under the Notifiable Data Breach Scheme
(Scheme). ANZ Bank New Zealand
reported three notifiable privacy breaches
under their Privacy Act to the Office of the
Privacy Commissioner (OPC), involving
statutory notification to four impacted
individuals.
Suncorp Bank has continued to retain its
Privacy Policy since ANZ’s acquisition on
31 July 2024, with a focus on uplifting
capability in alignment with the Australian
Privacy Act reforms. No notifiable data
breaches from Suncorp Bank were
reported to the OAIC under the Scheme
in 2025.
1. Excludes Suncorp Bank. 2. Suncorp Bank has retained their Privacy Policy.
Further information on privacy
at ANZ, including our Privacy Policy,
is available at anz.com/privacy
ANZ has established a dedicated program with a cross-functional working
group to prepare for tranche 1 of the Privacy Act reforms which came into
effect in December 2024. A significant scope of work in this program relates
to the use of Automated Decision Making.
Streamlined our Privacy Impact Assessment to ensure consistency across
ANZ markets in the identification and mitigation of privacy risks.
Continued to promote and raise awareness with employees of the importance
of data protection and privacy through Privacy Awareness Week, an initiative
led by the Australian Government’s Office of the Australian Information
Commissioner (OAIC). This year’s theme, “Privacy – it’s everyone’s business,”
emphasised the shared responsibility of protecting personal information
across the markets in which ANZ operates.
Key actions in 2025
Material ESG issue
37
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Financial crime
We maintain a strong focus on financial crime prevention, detection and
disruption by continually reviewing ANZ’s Anti-Money Laundering / Counter-
Terrorism Financing (AML/ CTF), Sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption
(ABAC) programs, and ongoing platform upgrades to improve our ability to
collaborate with external parties to fight financial crime, including a long
standing relationship with the Australian Federal Police (AFP).
1. Excludes Suncorp Bank. 2. Includes Suncorp Bank. 3. ANZBGL means Australia and New Zealand Banking Group
Limited. 4. Suncorp Bank was acquired by ANZ on 31 July 2024. Following the acquisition, Suncorp Bank commenced
a phased transition to adopt the policies and processes of ANZ. During the transition period Suncorp Bank will be
subject to a combination of ANZ and Suncorp Bank policies.
Insights from these partnerships inform
our Financial Crime team’s refinement of
proprietary algorithms and intelligence
platforms, enabling analysis of billions of
transactions and delivery of actionable
data. These partnerships also support
specialist training exchanges—ensuring
our teams maintain current knowledge in
a dynamic and evolving threat landscape.
In New Zealand, ANZ is a member of the
Financial Crime Prevention Network (FCPN)
which is a public private partnership with
the aim of enabling information and
intelligence sharing and collaboration with
law enforcement to identify and prevent
financial crime. This includes regulatory
working groups and engagement on
tactical investigative and discovery work.
Training
Our employees and contractors are
required to undertake mandatory annual
training to ensure they understand their
role in preventing financial crime. This year,
99.93% of employees and contractors
completed the training. Additional training
is also tailored for specific roles and we
offer additional educational content and
hold ABAC awareness sessions to continue
to promote our operating standards.
The ANZ policies mentioned
above are available at anz.com/
corporategovernance
Our approach
Anti-Money Laundering and
Counter-Terrorism Financing
Our AML/CTF program and Policy
Summary
1
summarises our approach to
detecting and deterring money laundering
and terrorism financing (ML/TF). Risk
assessments are completed at an
enterprise, country, product and channel
level to identify, manage and mitigate
ML/ TF risk across the organisation.
We complete customer due diligence
proportionate to the ML/TF risk posed
by our customers. We seek to identify
unusual or suspicious transactions,
activities and/or behaviours through a
combination of transaction monitoring
and other methods of observation,
reporting suspicious activity to
appropriate authorities.
Australia’s AML/CTF laws are in the
process of being updated to modernise
and expand its oversight to additional
higher risk services. These reforms come
into effect on 31 March 2026 for existing
reporting entities, including ANZ. These
changes impact policies and processes
relating to AML/CTF Programs, risk
assessments, customer due diligence
and reporting obligations.
Sanctions compliance
Our sanctions compliance program
and Policy Summary
1
outline our Group's
approach to identifying and managing
sanctions risks globally.
Customer relationships and activities that
pose a higher sanctions risk are subject
to enhanced due diligence measures,
monitoring and approval. We continue
to enhance transaction monitoring and
strengthen customer due diligence to
ensure compliance and support business
within our risk appetite.
Anti-Bribery and Anti-
Corruption (ABAC)
Our ABAC Business Integrity Policy
2
outlines the standard of behaviour we
expect from our employees and third
parties in all countries that ANZ operates
in. The underlying principles and conduct
provisions include knowing who we are
doing business with, doing business with
integrity, and ensuring transparency in
our relationships.
This is supported by procedural standards
to identify and mitigate higher risk third
parties, conflicts arising from the
exchanges of gifts and entertainment,
and ensure our dealings with public
officials are appropriately managed. The
policy requirements are operationalised
through centralised technology platforms
to support the management of risks and
provide visibility of bribery and corruption
risk across ANZ.
Partnerships and programs
To help protect vulnerable communities
and reduce harm through strategic
private-public collaboration. For ANZBGL
3
,
this includes with the Australian
Transaction Reports and Analysis
Centre (AUSTRAC) Fintel Alliance and
strengthened engagement with the AFP,
including the Joint Policing Cybercrime
Coordination Centre (JPC3) and the
Australian Centre to Counter Child
Exploitation (ACCCE).
Through these programs we embed
intelligence specialists and deploy
security-cleared employees to law
enforcement and regulatory agencies,
directly supporting initiatives focused on
dismantling child sexual abuse networks,
identifying modern slavery, human
trafficking, dismantling groups seeking
to defraud and scam our customers and
developing financial intelligence tools and
algorithms that detect criminal patterns
targeting vulnerable individuals.
Suncorp Bank has continued to
maintain its own Anti-Money
Laundering and Counter Terrorism
Financing Policy. For a full list of
Suncorp Bank
4
policies, see page 2.
Suncorp Bank remains focused on
maturing its AML/CTF systems and
controls. To ensure a strategic and
holistic approach, Suncorp Bank
management established a Financial
Crime Compliance Program of Action
(FCCPoA). The FCCPoA incorporated
the actions arising from AUSTRAC’s
AML/CTF Compliance Assessment
Report findings in relation to the
Company’s AML/CTF Program as
well as findings and recommendations
from internal assurance and audit work.
The Program is now well advanced and
completion is expected during the
FY26 financial year.
Material ESG issue
38
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Social and environmental
risk management
Social and environmental risks arising from transactions,
projects and customer relationships can affect society,
human rights, environments and associated communities.
We have a responsibility to manage social and
environmental risks for the benefit of our people,
customers, communities, and shareholders.
1. Customers’ of ANZ’s Institutional division where ANZ has a credit exposure. 2. Summaries available here: anz.com/social-and-environmental-risk-management. 3. Suncorp Bank
maintains its own Responsible Banking Policy which outlines its approach to the management of ESG risks and opportunities across Suncorp Bank. The Responsible Banking Policy
applies to Suncorp Bank and all products and services provided by Suncorp Bank to its customers.
Our approach
Social and Environmental Risk
ANZ Bank Group assesses and manages
potential social and environmental impacts
of our lending decisions to large business
customers
1
through the application of
our Social and Environmental Risk Policy
(S&E Risk Policy), Social and Environmental
Risk Standard (including specific
requirements for ‘sensitive sectors’), and
Climate Risk Standard.
2
The Policy and
Standards apply to ANZ Bank Group
excluding Suncorp Bank.
3
Our S&E Risk Policy outlines ANZ Bank
Group’s approach to the management
and mitigation of social and environmental
risks arising from large business customer
activities, including the impacts of climate
and nature risks. It is applied to other
customers where ANZ perceives that a
customer or their activities may have a
material impact and is otherwise used to
guide decision-making.
Our Social and Environmental Risk
Standard provides our bankers with more
detail on our internal requirements and
the expectations we have of our large
business customers, having regard to
ANZ’s more specific policy positions, as
applicable. It includes core requirements
such as consideration of human rights
and the protection of culturally or
environmentally sensitive areas. ANZ
will not tolerate land acquisition and
involuntary resettlement that we consider
improper. The core requirements apply
to decisions relating to large business
customers, in addition to the requirements
specific to certain ‘sensitive sectors’
(listed below).
Energy Industry
Extractives Industry
Land and Forest Management
Water Management
Military Equipment
More than one set of sensitive sector
requirements may apply to the same
customer/activity under consideration.
Our Climate Risk Standard is principles-
based and seeks to provide a consistent
approach to identifying, assessing, and
managing climate risk. This includes key
elements taken into consideration when
making decisions that may result in actual
or potential climate risks and impacts to
our customers or ANZ. The Standard
includes requirements relating to:
Acting in accordance with our
S&E Risk Policy, Climate and
Environment Strategy and
Climate Change Commitment,
Identifying, assessing and managing
climate risks in our lending portfolios
and capital markets activity, and
Monitoring and reporting of potential
climate risks and impacts to relevant
forums and committees see
pages 7-9.
For more information on our
approach to deforestation
see page 19 in the 2025
Climate Report available at
anz.com/esgreport
Material ESG issue
39
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
To o l sDescriptionCustomer Cohort
Social and
Environmental
Screening Tool
A tool used to facilitate qualitative risk assessments of social and environmental
risks, including impacts of climate change, that may result in potential financial
and/or non-financial risks to ANZ Bank Group from our Institutional customers’
activities. It also assists bankers in the application of the S&E Risk Policy and the
S&E Risk Standard.
This assessment is ordinarily performed when conducting due diligence on
new to bank
1
customers, when reviewing existing customers (at least annually),
or prior to a material transaction, or when ANZ Bank Group becomes aware of:
• a material change to the customer’s activities, or
• a material impact occurring.
Customers within
ANZ's Institutional
division (our large
business customers)
Enhanced
Human Rights
Due Diligence
A process that seeks to identify and assess potential and actual adverse human
rights impacts associated with our large business customers and their activities,
to support engagement with our customers to understand their approach to
respecting human rights, and where necessary the steps taken to avoid or
mitigate adverse impacts. For further information on our approach to human
rights see page 52.
Large business customers
of ANZ’s Institutional
division, when identified
through our Social and
Environmental Risk
Screening Tool
Equator
Principles
A risk management framework that determines, assesses, and manages social
and environmental risks when financing large infrastructure and industrial
projects. More information on the Equator Principles is available at anz.com/
about-us/esg/policies-practices/equator-principles
Project financing or
export finance provided
to ANZ’s Institutional
customers
Tools and processes
The table below outlines examples of key tools and processes that are used within the credit process across different customer
cohorts to help identify, assess and manage environment and social risks.
Our 2025 Climate Report, available at anz.com/esgreport, sets out in more detail additional tools and process that are focused
on identifying, assessing, and managing climate risks.
Further information on the Equator Principles categories and this year’s Equator
Principles transactions is available in our 2025 ESG Data and Frameworks Pack
available at anz.com/esgreport
Equator Principles
Case studies
Affordable housing in
eastern Australia
ANZ acted as the sole Mandated Lead
Arranger, Underwriter and Bookrunner
in the provision of financing for the
construction, operation and maintenance
of affordable housing in eastern Australia.
The project will provide over 400
affordable dwellings across key growth
suburbs aimed at young families, as well
as key workers and senior citizens. An
EP Due Diligence (DD) assessment was
undertaken by an independent technical
advisor as part of the environmental
impact due diligence for the project. As
an affordable housing project based within
a high-income Organisation for Economic
Co-operation and Development (OECD)
country, it was classified as a Category C
project, with minimal negative impact on
the social, economic or ecological status
of the site and surrounding areas.
Public health facility in
eastern Australia
ANZ acted as a Mandated Lead Arranger,
and joint Sustainability Loan Co-ordinator
on a sustainability loan facility for the
construction, and operation, of a public
health facility in eastern Australia. This
health facility is designed to address
the lack of acute health services in the
catchment area. As part of our due
diligence process for the project, an EP
DD assessment was undertaken by an
independent technical advisor on behalf
of the lenders. The facility was classified
as a Category B project, with limited
adverse environmental and social risks.
Solar project in southern USA
ANZ acted as Joint Lead Arranger, and
Green Loan Co-Ordinator, for a 300MW
solar project in the USA. This project will
support the power grid in the region, as
well as commercial operations in the area.
As part of our due diligence process for
the project, an EP DD assessment was
undertaken by an independent technical
advisor on behalf of the lenders. The solar
project was classified as a Category B
project, with limited adverse environmental
and social risks. The project is sited on
agricultural land, however, the size of the
disturbance and change in land use and
mitigation are expected to have limited
adverse environmental and social impacts.
1. Customer where ANZ has had no meaningful lending relationship within the last 12 months. Entities or assets acquired from existing ANZ customers are not classified as new to
bank customers.
40
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Managing ESG risks
and opportunities in
our supply chain
1. Numbers on this page are presented on a cash expenditure basis and also include Suncorp Bank from 31 July 2024 to 30 September 2024. Suncorp Bank is included for
2025. 2. The framework provides the foundation and arrangements that will help embed the right behaviours, processes and practices for managing third-party risk at ANZ. It
provides a structured approach to managing third party risk in an effective and consistent manner to minimise the impact of adverse events and maximise the right outcome
for all stakeholders.
Our approach
Our Supplier Code of Practice (SCOP)
outlines minimum expectations for
suppliers on topics such as human
rights, ethical business practices and
environmental management.
In 2025, through our Third-Party Risk
Management (TPRM) program, ANZ
continued the implementation of a new
centralised solution, framework
2
and
policy.This is enabling a more integrated
and comprehensive approach to the way
we identify, assess and manage risks
associated with our third parties, including
ESG related risks. This also includes the
ongoing management and monitoring of
third-party risks, in line with our risk
management and compliance policies.
Outcomes
This year, ANZ spent $5.8 billion
1
($5.1
billion in 2024) with suppliers, with 90% of
this spent in Australia and New Zealand.
Supplier screening
Contracted suppliers are screened as
part of ongoing due diligence using a
thirdparty tool to assess performance
against 28 ESG themes. In 2025, 4,099
checks were conducted (2024: 5,311
checks), including our top 100 suppliers
by spend. The reduction in checks this
year is due to a change in methodology
and reduced supplier base. Checks
identified potential issues in six instances,
with ANZ working with these suppliers to
understand the issues and mitigation
actions taken.
Supplier Code of Practice
We include SCOP clauses in new and
renewed supplier contracts with 83% of all
live supply contracts including the SCOP
clauses. We expect suppliers conduct
their business in accordance with these
expectations.
More information on our Supplier
Code of Practice is available at
anz.com/sustainable-procurement
Supporting supplier diversity
In 2025, our engagement of certified
Indigenous businesses increased,
predominantly in our Property and
Technology business units. This year, we
spent $22.9 million (2024: $13.4 million)
with First Nations businesses and
$16.6 million (2024: $6.6 million) with
social enterprises in Australia. This
includes with one supplier which is
certified as both an Indigenous business
and a social enterprise.
In New Zealand, we became buyer
members of Amotai to support future
procurement opportunities with Māori
and Pasifika owned businesses.
Governance of international supply chains take a whole-of-
economy response to identify and mitigate potential social
and environmental risks. We acknowledge the critical role
that third parties play in delivering services to, or on behalf of,
ANZ as well as the evolving industry practices and regulatory
requirements concerning third-party risk management.
Material ESG issue
41
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Banking in the Pacific
With a legacy spanning over 140 years, ANZ’s presence in the
Pacific reflects our steadfast focus on advancing regional
prosperity. Today, we operate in eight markets across the Pacific:
Fiji, Samoa, Tonga, Vanuatu, the Solomon Islands, Kiribati, the
Cook Islands and Timor Leste and hold the most extensive
footprint of any bank in the region. We also have a substantial
presence in Papua New Guinea, which plays an important role
within our Institutional business.
Islands, Tonga, Solomon Islands and
Kiribati now use the ANZ Pacific App,
with 71% of customers using Internet
Banking (an increase from 65% in 2024).
This reflects more than technological
progress, it represents increased access,
empowerment and resilience. It shows
nations adopting digital solutions to pay
and receive money.
Financial literacy and community
empowerment
At ANZ, we believe that financial wellbeing
is foundational to thriving communities
and financial literacy remains central to
ANZ’s social impact in the Pacific and
Papua New Guinea. In 2025, our flagship
program, MoneyMinded, reached over
15,000 individuals across the region.
In 2025, we also expanded our matched
savings initiative, Saver Plus, through
pilot programs in Fiji, Vanuatu, and the
Solomon Islands. ANZ partnered with the
United Nations Development Programme
and United Nations Women’s Markets
for Change project to support market
vendors and farmers. The Fiji and Vanuatu
pilots have successfully concluded,
and the Solomon Islands pilot is due for
completion in late calendar year 2025.
While participants in the Fiji program
collectively saved FJ$36,981 and
participants in the Vanuatu program
collectively saved VT$1,572,529, with
ANZ matching FJ$29,039 and
VT$701,200, the impact extends beyond
the financial metrics. By the completion of
these programs, participants:
• had developed an ongoing savings
habit (90% in Fiji and 85% in Vanuatu);
• felt better equipped to plan their
financial future (87% in Fiji and 82%
in Vanuatu); and
• reported improved confidence in
managing their businesses and
supporting their families (90% in
Fiji and 80% in Vanuatu).
Following the success of the Saver Plus
pilot, ANZ has committed to continuing the
program in Fiji and Vanuatu, reinforcing the
focus on practical solutions that reduce
poverty and empower underserved
communities.
Our approach
In 2025, ANZ’s commitment to the region
was further reinforced through the signing
of an agreement with the Australian
Government, who will provide a limited
$2 billion guarantee to ANZ in connection
with its Pacific operations including Papua
New Guinea for 10 years.
This arrangement highlights our shared
commitment to providing access to safe,
trusted banking services in the Pacific. As
part of the arrangement, ANZ will invest a
further $50 million in our Pacific banking
systems to enhance our digital banking
offering and support ongoing operations
in the region.
Uplifting digital banking
Uplifting digital banking usage through
the ANZ Pacific App and our Internet
Banking platform, continues to be a key
pillar of ANZ’s financial accessibility
strategy in the Pacific.
Kiribati, the most remote location in
ANZ’s international network, alongside
Tonga, an economy with heavy
dependence on remittances from
members of the population who live
abroad, are leading examples of smaller
island nations embracing digital banking.
In 2025, both Kiribati and Tonga grew
their ANZ Pacific App adoption rates to
68% (an increase from 55% in 2024)
and 54% (an increase from 38% in 2024)
respectively.
The Cook Islands continue to lead the
Pacific in digital banking adoption, with
the proportion of customers using
Internet Banking rising to 81% in 2025,
(an increase from 76% in 2024).
More broadly across the region, digital
adoption continues to grow. 60% of
customers (an increase from 53% in
2024) across Fiji, Samoa, Vanuatu, Cook
For more information on MoneyMinded
and Saver Plus see pages 30-31
In a region where connectivity
remains a challenge, ANZ is
helping local businesses
overcome barriers to digital
participation through a strategic
partnership with the Market
Development Facility (MDF), an
Australian Government-funded
multi-country initiative,
implemented by Palladium, in
partnership with Swisscontact.
This initiative, which commenced
in 2025, supports entrepreneurs
in Tonga by helping them integrate
ANZ eGate, our international
payment gateway, into their
websites, enabling them to grow
their business and expand their
reach to global markets.
ANZ refers eligible participants
to Palladium, who connect
them with web development
experts, to provide website
integration and maintenance,
at little to no cost.
Key actions in 2025
Foundational ESG issue
42
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Our approach
ANZ has a Diversity and Inclusion
Policy
1
which sets out how we are
building a diverse workforce which
reflects the communities in which
we operate, harnesses the unique
capabilities and perspectives of our
people, and leverages this diversity
of thought through an inclusive
workplace which values every voice.
Diversity and inclusion
Our employee
networks: creating an
inclusive culture
Our employee networks continue
to play a significant role in shaping
our inclusive culture. The networks
represent our diverse workforce
including Abilities, Reconciliation,
Mental Health, Cultural Inclusion,
ForWARD (gender equality), Pride
and Wired Differently.
Representatives of our Abilities
and Reconciliation networks sit
on the governance groups of the
Accessibility and Inclusion Plan
and Reconciliation Action Plan
2
respectively, highlighting the
importance of their lived experience.
Employment programs
We also continued to run a range
of employment programs designed
to increase the diversity of our
workforce. These included
Indigenous traineeships, summer
internships, graduate programs,
the ANZ Spectrum Program, and
the Given the Chance program
which is run in collaboration with
the Brotherhood of St Laurence.
Equity, diversity and
inclusion in New Zealand
ANZ Bank New Zealand continued
to embed its refreshed Equity,
Diversity and Inclusion (EDI) Plan
during the year, developed to reflect
the evolving demographic landscape
of New Zealand. The plan reinforces our
commitment to cultivating a workplace
where everyone feels valued, respected
and empowered to thrive.
01. Inclusive leadership
Strengthening leadership capability
to embrace diverse perspectives,
foster inclusive decision-making and
model inclusive behaviours across
the organisation.
02. Inclusive culture
Shaping a workplace culture that
promotes belonging, psychological safety
and respect for all, ensuring EDI is woven
into the fabric of everyday experiences at
ANZ Bank New Zealand.
03. Inclusive careers
Driving equity in recruitment, development
and career progression to ensure fair and
inclusive opportunities for all employees.
Over the next two years, our focus
remains on increasing the representation
of women in leadership roles and, through
the Tākiri-Ā-Rangi Te Ao Māori Strategy,
enhancing the representation of Māori and
Pasifika peoples across our workforce and
leadership. For more on our Tākiri-Ā-Rangi
Te Ao Māori Strategy see page 47.
1. Includes Suncorp Bank. 2. We are currently developing
our sixth RAP, to be governed by Reconciliation Australia,
which we plan to launch in 2026 to support the delivery
of the First Nations Strategy.
Our five Diversity and Inclusion
strategic priorities are:
Create an inclusive culture and
improve the experience of our
employees who represent all
dimensions of diversity.
Build confidence and capability
of people leaders to lead diverse
and inclusive teams.
Improve the diversity of our
leadership population.
Strengthen and empower our
employee networks.
Improve accountability and
governance.
A diverse workforce and inclusive culture improve
the quality of decision making and drive innovation,
making us a better bank for our customers.
More information on these programs
is available at anz.com/about-us/esg/
workplace-participationdiversity
Refer to the 2025 ESG Frameworks
and Data Pack at anz.com/esgreport
for further information on the summer
internships and graduate program
participants
This year, we focused on creating opportunities for senior leaders to hear directly
from our employee network leads and members, including:
Sharing insights into the history and purpose of our networks with ANZ's
CEO Nuno Matos.
Holding a series of focus groups with senior executives to understand
opportunities to improve inclusion. All-gender change room facilities
were opened at our head office in Docklands following feedback from
these sessions.
A discussion was held between ANZ’s Board and employees in which
both groups shared their experiences and recommendations for
improvements.
Key actions in 2025
Foundational ESG issue
43
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Gender Pay Gap (WGEA – Australian
Workplace Gender Equality Agency)
The gender pay gap represents the
difference between the total pay
3
that
women and men
4
earn across all roles.
Outcomes
ANZ’s continued focus on gender pay
equality has led to a further narrowing of
our gender pay gap in 2025. At 17.2% we
have reduced the average total pay gap by
1.6 percentage points (ppt) year-on-year.
While we have more work to do, we are
encouraged that it remains below the
latest reported industry average
benchmark of 22.2% for financial and
insurance services.
We have also reduced our median
gender pay gap – now at 18.9%. We
are consistently reducing this gap and
remain below the latest reported industry
median benchmark also of 22.2% for
financial and insurance services.
As these reported gaps are based
on total pay, they are susceptible to
fluctuation due to several factors such
as variable pay pools and workforce
composition. We continue to supplement
these disclosures with the reporting of
fixed remuneration
5
gender pay gaps,
broken down by job category.
Under the Australian Workplace Gender
Equality Act 2012, ANZ is required to
make annual public filings with the
Workplace Gender Equality Agency
(WGEA), disclosing its ‘Gender Equality
Indicators’. These reports are filed annually
for the 12-month period ending 31 March.
A copy of the latest filing is available at
anz.com/gender.
There continues to be solid
progress towards reducing
ANZ’s gender pay gap.
Pay equity gap
(like-for-like roles):
The pay equity gap represents the
difference between the total pay of
women and men in the same or similar
roles based in Australia.
Outcomes
ANZ’s pay equity gap remains minimal at
less than 1% (currently in favour of men).
Year-on-year there has been a small
widening, attributable to outliers rather
than systemic issues. We remain confident
that the measures we have implemented
are effective.
For more detail on our gender pay
reporting and remuneration see our
2025 ESG Data and Frameworks
Pack available at anz.com/esgreport
More information on how we report
our gender pay gap is available at
anz.com.au/about-us/esg/
workplace-participation-diversity/
gender/equality-reporting
Gender pay equality
1. Includes CEO, Executive Committee, permanent, casual and temporary (fixed-term) employees, and trainees/interns. Excludes ANZ Non-Bank Group, Suncorp Bank and
independent contractors. Effective date 31 December 2024. Fixed remuneration data reflects actual earnings over 12-months (grossed up to 1 FTE and annualised). Variable pay
is based on FY24 outcomes. 2. Includes permanent employees. Excludes CEO, Executive Committee, casual employees, temporary (fixed-term) employees, trainees/interns,
ANZ Non-Bank Group and Suncorp Bank. Total pay includes fixed remuneration as at 20 September 2024 plus FY24 variable pay outcomes (grossed up to 1 FTE and annualised).
3. Includes both fixed and variable pay, such as bonuses. 4. Gender data reported using binary female and male categories to ensure confidentiality of our non-binary and gender
diverse employees. ANZ recognises and respects diverse gender identities and is focused on providing a safe, respectful and inclusive workplace. 5. Fixed remuneration, such as
base salary and superannuation.
AverageMedian
Reporting Year2025YoY c h a n g e2025YoY c h a n g e
Gender Pay Gap
1
1 7. 2 %
-1.6 p pt
18.9%
-2.2 ppt%
Pay Equity Gap
2
0.7%
0.4 ppt
0.4%
0.4 ppt%
Increase (in favour of men)
Decrease (in favour of women)
Average
Sum of pay divided by
Average Pay Gap is calculated by
dividing the average remuneration
for women by the average
remuneration for men
Sum of employees
Median
Median Pay Gap is calculated
by dividing the mid-point
remuneration for women by the
mid-point remuneration for men
Lowest
paid
Highest
paid
Foundational ESG issue
44
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
In 2025, there has been a strong
focus on building the WIL pipeline
particularly in our divisions with
large leadership populations and
higher proportions of men, such
as Institutional and Technology.
Our Markets Acceleration Program
(MAP) was launched in 2023 as
a strategic initiative to address the
under-representation of women
in front-line Markets roles such as
sales and trading. In 2025, the
program continued to include
participants from Australia and
Singapore. All eight participants
from the inaugural cohort
transitioned to roles in Markets.
More information on the program
and application process is
available at anz.com.au/
newsroom/news/2025/march/
markets-acceleration-program-
diversity-career.
Key actions in 2025
Maintaining the focus on achieving gender balance
remains a key priority across ANZ’s geographies and
businesses. We have continued to improve gender data
reporting to enable divisions to identify areas that require
focus and track progress.
Gender
balance
Outcomes
We have exceeded our Women in
Leadership (WIL) target this year
by 0.3 ppt to 40.5% – an annual
increase of 1.5 ppt.
3
Women in
revenue generating leadership roles
increased by 0.8 ppt to 33%. As at
30 September 2025, women as
Key Management Personnel (KMP)
decreased from four out of ten, to
three out of nine and is now below
target at 33%.
With the recent permanent
Executive Committee
4
appointments
of Stephen White, Pedro Rodeia,
Christine Palmer and Donald Patra
(who will commence from October
to December 2025) women as
KMP will increase back to 40%.
More information on the Executive
Committee
4
is available in the 2025
Annual Report available at
anz.com/annualreport.
1. Includes permanent employees of ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited, excluding the New Zealand CEO.
Percentages are based on full-time equivalent average Total Pay (salary and superannuation, where it forms
part of a fixed remuneration package, plus variable pay). Values are provided by ANZ on a voluntary basis and
are as at 30 September of the relevant year. 2. The number of permanent employees of ANZ Bank New Zealand
Limited who identify as Māori or Pasifika is 9.5% of the total permanent employee population, including
employees who have not declared an ethnicity. Employees who haven’t provided ethnicity data aren’t included
in the ethnicity pay gap calculation. We recognise that our ethnicity pay gap is based on less than half of our
workforce and does not provide a complete picture. Values are provided by ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited
employees on a voluntary basis and are as at 30 September 2024. 3. FY24 Women in Leadership result of
38.8% excluded Suncorp Bank, whereas FY24 Women in Leadership baseline for FY25 Women in Leadership
target is 39.0% including Suncorp Bank. 4. Executive Committee (ExCo) comprises ANZ’s most senior
executives. The members of ExCo are available at anz.com/exco.
For more information about
employee gender breakdowns
see our 2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack available
at anz.com/esgreport
For more information on our
approach to gender equity see
anz.com/gender
Further detail on our gender diversity
targets (including at the Board level)
can be found in our Corporate
Governance Statement and our
Diversity and Inclusion Policy available
at anz.com/corporategovernance
Leadership: Increasing the
number of women in more
senior and higher paying roles.
Development: Addressing
the gender imbalance in junior
and lower paid roles, noting
they make up a significant
proportion of ANZ’s workforce.
Data and reporting: Continuing
to actively monitor and review
both our gender pay gap and
pay equity gap (including as
part of our annual Performance
and Remuneration Review
process) and taking positive
action to adjust where possible.
Regular reporting on pay equity
is provided to the Board and is
also made available to help
inform initiatives where
appropriate.
Key actions in 2025
New Zealand Pay Gaps
ANZ Bank New Zealand also continues
to publicly report its gender pay gap
(average of 18.7% favouring men in
2024)
1
and the Māori and Pasifika pay
gap – the difference between the
average pay for Māori and Pasifika and
for European/Pākehā (21.9% in 2024
favouring European/Pākehā employees).
2
More information on how we
are working towards closing pay
gaps in New Zealand is available
at anz.co.nz/about-us/corporate-
responsibility/equity-diversity-
and-inclusion/edi-news
Foundational ESG issue
45
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
As a result, by 2035 ANZ aims to advance First Nations aspirations for
economic self-determination by targeting three priorities:
1. Improving financial inclusion and wellbeing – including investing in the next
generation of First Nations people to be financially empowered and confident.
2. Banking and growing the First Nations economy – becoming a thought
leader, trusted adviser and bank of choice for the First Nations economy.
3. Building ANZ’s cultural intelligence – improving First Nations employment,
workforce cultural capability, and relevant policies.
Foundational ESG issue
1. Executive Committee (ExCo) comprises ANZ’s most senior executives. The members of ExCo are available at anz.com/exco.
Throughout 2025, ANZ made tangible progress in delivering this Strategy. This
included commissioning Deloitte Access Economics to create Australia’s first
forecast of the First Nations economy and releasing this publicly. The report found the
First Nations economy is one of Australia’s fastest growing sectors and could generate
$50 billion annually in revenue in the next decade, up from $16.1 billion in 2021.
ANZ also commenced its partnership with Jawun, seconding five employees
to work within First Nations organisations, totalling 1,200 hours of pro bono work.
We signed as a partner with First Nations Foundation to support financial
inclusion and wellbeing, procured $22.9 million from 51 First Nations businesses,
and surpassed $150 million in lending through our First Nations Guarantee
program. The Guarantee program is delivered in partnership with three of our
Institutional mining customers and has supported more than 30 First Nations
business customers since 2018.
We are currently developing our sixth RAP, to be governed by Reconciliation
Australia, which we plan to launch in 2026 to support the delivery of the Strategy.
ANZ’s final report on the 2021-2024 Stretch RAP is available at anz.com.au/
about-us/esg/workplace-participation-diversity/indigenous-australians.
Key actions in 2025
46
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
First Nations Strategy
First Nations roles have also been created across the bank, with 100% filled by Indigenous
people (First Nations and Māori), including two executive roles in our Commercial division,
and Talent and Culture business unit. Progress on the Strategy will be guided by First
Nations people and reported to the ANZ Board and Executive Committee
1
every six months.
Priorities and vision (what we will do)
Business outcomes
Reducing business risk
through a considered
approach to First Nations
Protecting and growing our
market share in the rapidly
growing First Nations economy
Learning and adapting to
better meet customer needs
Improving financial
inclusion and wellbeing
Banking and growing the
First Nations economy
Building ANZ’s cultural
intelligence
Principles (how we will do it)
Grounded in truth
and data
Create shared value and
mutual benefits
Aligned to First
Nations priorities
Our First Nations Strategy
To advance First Nations
aspirations for economic
self-determination
This year ANZ launched its inaugural
First Nations Strategy (Australia)
‘Fuelling the Fire’, in a first for the
Australian banking sector.
This ten-year Strategy focuses on the
common ground between ANZ’s purpose
and the aspirations of First Nations
peoples: economic self-determination.
ANZ’s First Nations Strategy (Australia) is
available at anz.com.au/about-us/esg/
first-nations-strategy.
This Strategy builds on ANZ’s ongoing
commitment to reconciliation, including the
completion of five Reconciliation Actions
Plans (RAPs), and our 20-year investments
in our Indigenous Traineeship program and
First Nations financial education program,
MoneyBusiness. For more information on
MoneyBusiness see page 31.
The Strategy was developed by listening
to the aspirations and priorities of First
Nations peoples, and ANZ employees.
Through this process, we identified
significant common ground and win-win
opportunities. This Strategy is not about
what ANZ can do ‘for’ First Nations
peoples, rather it focuses on recognising
shared aspirations and working together
towards a common goal.
To drive strategy execution, a First Nations
Strategy Office has been established, led
by executive Shelley Cable. Specialist
ANZ’s commitment to Māori
Key actions in 2025
Delivered Ko Tu Ko Rongo, Māori Housing Research Report, representing
our collective understanding of and lessons from Māori housing to inform
ANZ’s first steps in how as a bank, we can support more Māori in home
ownership.
Te Waka-Ā-Reo, ANZ’s internationally recognised reo Māori language
program, is designed to increase proficiency and confidence in the
language. It is now fully operational and accessible to all employees in
Aotearoa New Zealand. The number of wāhanga (tutorials) completed
continued to trend upwards during the year, with 12,423 tutorials
completed, a 104% increase compared to the same period last year.
Creating the role of Te Kaiwhiringa Whai Rawa, a Māori Business Specialist
spanning across two regions, has seen strong growth in connecting with
Māori business leaders and experts. Alongside the appointment of 28
Māori business champions across the Aotearoa New Zealand network, this
has seen ANZ grow our relationships with Māori businesses and leaders.
Our Te Kupenga Te Kokohi (a net to gather) employment strategy seeks
to increase Māori and Pasifika representation at ANZ Bank New Zealand
across Aotearoa New Zealand. Since its inception, Te Kupenga Te Kokohi
continues to be a cornerstone of our strategic approach. In 2025, ANZ
welcomed a further 28 Māori or Pasifika candidates into Customer Service
Consultant roles within the Contact Centre. Out of 76 total hires, this
represents 35%.
On 1 October 2024, ANZ Bank
New Zealand launched the second
two-year term of its strategy. It builds
on the first term, which focused on
building a culturally strong ANZ in
Aotearoa New Zealand
Launched in 2022, ANZ Bank
New Zealand’s Tākiri-ā-Rangi
Te Ao Maori Strategy is a 2040
roadmap for how ANZ Bank
New Zealand will reflect and
respond to the cultural diversity
of the workforce, customer
base, and country in Aotearoa
New Zealand. The strategy
also aims to deepen ANZ’s
understanding of the values
that are intrinsic to Māori and
support the growth of the
Māori economy.
Our approach
Tākiri-ā-Nuku, the core framework
that governs the strategy, is deeply
rooted in an ancestral wharenui
(large meeting house). Progress on
the strategy is regularly reported to
the New Zealand Leadership Team
and the New Zealand Board.
Develop stronger relationships
with hapori Māori, iwi (tribe)
and hapū (subtribe) across the
country, acknowledging the
growing contribution Māori
businesses make to the
economy.
Support Indigenous
financial inclusion to
improve Māori
financial wellbeing.
Conduct a program
to enhance ANZ Bank
New Zealand’s own
understanding of
Te Ao Māori (the
‘Māori world view’).
Foundational ESG issue
47
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Accessibility and inclusion
Our approach
The 2023 –2025 Plan includes
14 commitments designed to embed
accessibility and inclusion into key
aspects of our business in Australia
1
and New Zealand. We strive for greater
economic and social participation for all.
Inclusive design
• Monthly accessibility reporting
which identifies opportunities to
improve accessibility in our digital
channels, with uplift activities
prioritised for implementation.
• Marketing guidelines reviewed by
digital accessibility experts to uplift
to best practice and better support
inclusive customer communication.
Customer experience
• Expanded the accessibility of our
customer communications by
publishing an additional four Easy
Read documents. Easy Read uses
simplified language, large text,
and supportive visuals to make
information easier to understand,
particularly for people with cognitive
disabilities, individuals with low
literacy, or those who speak English
as an additional language. The new
topics aim to help customers to
more easily navigate banking
processes, bank online and use
our ANZ Classic banking app
along with understanding financial
vulnerability and accessing support
to manage debt.
• Uplifted training materials and
processes in our customer facing
channels, ensuring ongoing
alignment with the revised Banking
Code of Practice and providing
more accessible and inclusive
banking services for our customers.
Employee experience
• Launched a new mandatory training
program and supporting resources
on mental health for all employees
across the markets we operate in.
• Expanded our established Mental
Health First Aid program and training
in Australia and New Zealand to
Manila and India.
Community and partners
• Continued sponsorship of Dylan Alcott
Foundation’s Ability Fest in Melbourne
and Brisbane in October 2024. Ability
Fest is Australia’s leading accessible
music festival, designed to raise
awareness, help normalise disability
and celebrate inclusion.
• Continued the connection with
organisations such as the Brotherhood
of St Laurence and Inclusion Australia,
the national voice for Australians with
intellectual disability, to implement the
Chance for All disability employment
program.
• Announced our pilot program with
Berry Street Yooralla and Dylan Alcott
Foundation (DAF) to provide DAF grant
recipients the opportunity to strengthen
their financial capability using ANZ’s
MoneyMinded program. This program
helps empower people with disabilities
to take control of their financial future.
The commitments are
structured across four pillars:
Inclusive design By utilising inclusive
design principles, we ensure as many
people as possible can use our
products, services, and working
environments with dignity, convenience,
and independence.
Customer experience We identify and
address barriers to banking to promote
equitable access for everyone in the
community. We embrace and integrate
intuitive, innovative accessibility features
into our products and services.
Employee experience As a disability-
confident workforce, we create safe
and welcoming working environments
where people with disability can thrive.
We anticipate the needs of employees
with disability and make the necessary
adjustments to support high
engagement and performance.
Community and partners Through a
wide range of partnerships and ongoing
consultation with leading disability
organisations, changemakers, and
industry groups, we are a voice for
change, raising awareness and closing
social and economic gaps for people
with disability.
One in six Australians and one in four New Zealanders live with disability – these are our family members,
friends, neighbours and colleagues. We know that the world continues to present barriers to people
with disability, preventing them from fulfilling their human rights and potential. ANZ has a proud history
of supporting disability inclusion, with Accessibility and Inclusion Plans (Plan) being implemented since
2007. Each Plan has been registered with the Australian Human Rights Commission.
Key actions in 2025
ANZ also promotes inclusive
banking through accessibility
initiatives such as branch
modifications, interpreting
services, accessible card features
for visually impaired customers,
ATM enhancements (including
audio guidance and tactile
keypads), and ongoing
improvements to website and
mobile app accessibility.
ANZ’s Accessibility and Inclusion
Plan and information on our accessibility
and inclusion programs is available at
anz.com/accessible-workplace
Foundational ESG issue
1. Excludes Suncorp Bank.
48
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Suncorp Bank employees
In August 2025, Suncorp Bank employees voted in favour of the Suncorp Bank
Enterprise Agreement 2025 (EA). The Fair Work Commission subsequently
approved the Suncorp Bank EA, which came into effect on 21 October 2025.
This outcome brings Suncorp Bank and ANZ employment conditions into closer
alignment and is an important step towards becoming one bank. The approved
EA can be accessed on the Fair Work Commission website.
Suncorp Bank employee data has been included in the overall ANZ employee
data from 1 October 2024, unless otherwise noted. The 2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack is available at anz.com/esgreport.
Simplifying the bank
In September 2025, ANZ announced changes
to simplify the bank, strengthen its focus on key
priorities and deliver for its customers.
Foundational ESG issue
By stopping work that doesn’t support
our priorities, we will be able to better
focus on delivering for our customers
and improving our non-financial risk
management. We will be a better bank for
our people as we deliver market-leading
services to our customers that our teams
can be proud of.
In addition, we are building a culture of
clarity, decisiveness, self-awareness,
execution and accountability. A culture
based on talent and performance that
focuses on customers’ needs, promotes
healthy and sustainable ambition,
external competitiveness and a desire to
outperform while ensuring compliance
with no short cuts.
As a result of these changes, ANZ expects
approximately 3,500 employees to depart
the Group by September 2026. As we
undertake these changes, we are
committed to working through impacts
quickly and safely, with both care and
respect for our people.
1. Australia and New Zealand employees only.
Support for employees
where their roles have been
impacted by organisational
change
ANZ recognises the importance of
supporting employees who are leaving
the bank due to organisational change.
ANZ provides a comprehensive Career
Transition Support program which
includes personalised coaching, career
advice, facilitated workshops and
on-demand career support content,
along with funding for career training.
1
These services aim to help employees
navigate their career transition effectively
and secure new opportunities, either
within ANZ or externally.
We also provide support for employees
to navigate change through wellbeing
resources (see page 50 for further
detail), access to our Employee
Assistance Program (discussed on page
50) and additional resources for our
people leaders to support their teams
through change.
49
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Engagement and wellbeing
Engagement
Our approach
My Voice is ANZ’s enterprise-wide
engagement survey that captures
employee sentiment across engagement,
wellbeing, inclusion, speak up culture and
leadership. The survey is run twice yearly
in March (a full survey) and August (a
shorter, pulse survey), complementing
our Risk Culture and Internal Audit surveys.
Dashboards track results from enterprise
to team level, enabling tailored solutions.
My Voice insights drive team
conversations and improvements, inform
people and culture plans and feed into
Divisional and Enterprise scorecards.
Outcomes
The August 2025 pulse survey
results indicated a decrease in overall
engagement across our key indices
compared to the March 2025 survey.
Engagement declined from 84% to
77%, a shift coinciding with significant
changes across ANZ.
While a decline in engagement during
periods of organisational change is
not unexpected, we do not take these
results lightly.
The results highlight the importance
of remaining actively engaged with our
teams, particularly through times of
change and staying focused on areas
where we can improve. We are committed
to addressing the areas identified for
improvement, including further
strengthening wellbeing, inclusion and
our speak up culture. These focus areas
have been integrated into our broader
planning and approach to non-financial
risk management.
At the same time, we will continue to
build on the trusting relationships and
the collaborative, supportive direct team
1
environments our people identified as key
positives in the survey. These strengths
will support our continued work to foster
a culture of excellence.
Wellbeing
Our approach
At ANZ, we’re focused on fostering
workplaces that support holistic wellbeing
by being inclusive, caring, and respectful.
More specifically, we are focused on
strengthening our organisational systems
and processes to help mitigate
psychosocial hazards, while also
enhancing individual level interventions
across all aspects of wellbeing including
mental, financial, social and physical.
Aligned with Australian Work Health
and Safety legislation for managing
psychosocial hazards in the workplace,
ANZ’s mental health roadmap continues
to progress with a range of initiatives
developed and implemented.
These include a psychosocial hazard
checklist for large change programs and a
redesign of the customer response plan
for all branches to help protect employees
from the impacts of inappropriate
customer behaviour. It also includes the
development of key psychosocial hazard
considerations when designing new roles
including ensuring accountability and
capability requirements are clear and that
there is a link between the role purpose
and the strategic objectives of the bank.
Outcomes
A range of wellbeing and safety metrics
are used to measure the success of the
roadmap including wellbeing and safety
incident reports, Employee Assistance
Program utilisation and presenting issue
trends, as well as relevant data points from
ANZ’s internal employee engagement
and risk culture surveys. The roadmap is
measured on an annual basis with the
next iteration of the roadmap to be
reviewed in late 2026.
1. Refers to a group of employees who work directly with
each other on a daily basis, typically employees reporting
to the same manager. 2. All results include employees
and contingent workers.
Another key roadmap initiative recently deployed was the Building Mentally
Healthy Workplaces mandatory online course which has been deployed to all
employees in 2025, with a three month period for completion. The course and
supporting resources are designed to proactively strengthen the awareness and
understanding of employees and people leaders in how to identify, respond and
manage psychosocial hazards in the workplace. Resources include:
• A checklist for people leaders to identify any emerging or existing psychosocial
hazards potentially impacting the mental health of their team.
• A range of tip sheets with practical tips and resources to help leaders and their
team/s identify, manage and mitigate these hazards.
Key actions in 2025
Employee engagement
77%
(March 2025: 85%)
Inclusion
76%
(March 2025: 80%)
Wellbeing
78%
(March 2025: 80%)
Speak Up
80%
(March 2025; 82%)
August 2025 My Voice Key Index survey results
2
Foundational ESG issue
50
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Developing our people
As customer expectations
evolve and technology
advances, our working
environment is constantly
changing.
Our approach
To support our people to continue to
deliver for our customers, strengthen
non-financial risk management and build
a culture of excellence, we offer a range of
learning and development options to build
the skills and capabilities needed today
and in the future.
We manage learning and development
through our Learning Council, Capability
teams and Community of Practice. These
groups align learning to strategy, share
initiatives and address workforce learning
and development needs. Training is
deployed via our Learning Management
System (LMS) and Our Way of Learning
(OWL) platforms, while compliance
training is overseen by a quarterly
governance forum. The ANZ Academy
also offers employees training in
professional skills, banking basics, data,
digital and leadership to build a future-
ready workforce.
Average training hours per employee
decreased by approximately 28% to 24.55
this year as mandatory learning courses
were optimised (and in many cases
shortened), and the range of discretionary
learning courses was rationalised and
reduced.
Further information on employee
training is available in our 2025 ESG
Data and Frameworks Pack available
at anz.com/esgreport.
Investing in our people via learning and
development is critical to enable delivery
of our ANZ 2030 strategy, as we build
a culture of clarity, decisiveness, self-
awareness, execution and accountability.
1. Feedback was sought from a representative sample
group who completed the program a minimum of six
months prior. 2. Persons holding roles within ANZ
designated as Group 3. 3. Group 3 roles and employees
below Group 3’s with direct reports. 4. The Net Promoter
Score is measured with a single-question survey and
reported with a number ranging from -100 to +100,
where a higher score is desirable. ‘Above 20’ is
favourable, ‘above 50’ is excellent, and ‘above 80’ is
world-class.
Foundational ESG issue
Key actions in 2025
We are launching targeted initiatives to increase senior leader decision
making confidence and support divisional leaders to own and prioritise
non-financial risk management. This is part of supporting the delivery of
our seven core workstreams under the Root Cause Remediation Plan, as
discussed on page 16.
Our LEAD@ANZ program focuses on enabling leaders with the right skills
and capabilities to be exceptional leaders. Since launch in 2023, 72.6%
of our people leaders have engaged with the program. To further unlock
organisational momentum, drive strategic outcomes and model the
behaviours needed for a high-performing culture, we continued our
Executive Leadership Series delivering a two-part program focused on
building a high productivity culture for self and teams, with 75% attendance
of Senior Managers
2
and below.
3
Since launch of the ANZ Academy in 2024, more than 19% of employees
have accessed ANZ Academy offerings, with an overall net promoter score
(NPS) of 66.
4
Enterprise masterclasses covered influencing and storytelling,
adaptability, data interpretation and planning and prioritisation.
In 2025, we began a targeted skills uplift program on strengthening
business analysis capability to meet evolving customer expectations and
enhance operational efficiency. Focused on building practical skills,
approximately 350 employees have commenced the 15-week program,
representing 35% of the target workforce. As a result, a positive capability
uplift has been evidenced.
Our Australian Commercial division launched Customer Centred
Conversations (CCC) to build and strengthen bankers’ capabilities to hold
proactive, value-driven, customer-focused conversations. CCC provides
frameworks and tools to help bankers identify deeper business priorities
and strategic needs through structured, customer-centric conversations.
Success is measured via program uptake, behavioural change and
commercial outcomes.
Building internal capability
We offer learning and development
opportunities on ESG risks and
opportunities through our ESG@ANZ
Mindset 2030 Learning Program. The
optional online program includes our
foundational and specialisation learning
programs, supplemented by webinars
and speaker events.
Since the 10-module foundational
learning program was launched in 2023,
over 6,400 employees have completed
the program. This included over 70% of
employees in our Institutional division,
which the learning program was initially
established to support, exceeding our
training and capability target of 65%.
The most recent feedback showed that
98%
1
of respondents believed the
program improved their knowledge of
ESG and how it relates to ANZ, with 79%
using their knowledge from the program
in their role.
An ESG Competency Framework is also
being developed to identify the skills,
knowledge, and behaviours needed for
specific roles across ANZ.
51
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Human rights
1. Suncorp Bank was acquired by ANZ on 31 July 2024. Following the acquisition, Suncorp Bank commenced a phased transition to adopt the policies and processes of ANZ. During
the transition period Suncorp Bank will be subject to a combination of ANZ and Suncorp Bank policies as outlined at page 2. Suncorp Bank is not yet integrated into ANZ’s Human Rights
Statement while work is undertaken to align Suncorp Bank where appropriate. 2. A set of guidelines for States and companies to prevent, address and remedy human rights abuses
committed in business operations. 3. Large business lending customers are current or former lending customers of ANZ’s Institutional division. 4. Executive Committee (ExCo)
comprises ANZ’s most senior executives. The members of ExCo are available at anz.com/exco. 5. Walk Free Global Slavery Index available at https://www.walkfree.org/global-
slavery-index/. 6. Excludes Suncorp Bank.
Human rights are essential to inclusive
development, poverty reduction and
social cohesion. It takes a whole-of-
society response to identify and
mitigate potential human rights risks.
ANZ respects human rights, including
the rights of our employees,
our customers and the people in our
communities. We expect the same
respect for human rights from everyone
who works for or with us.
Our approach
Our approach is outlined in our Human
Rights Statement (Statement)
1
and is
guided by our Code of Conduct, our
behaviours and values, and informed by
internationally recognised human rights
frameworks and standards including the
United Nations Guiding Principles on
Business and Human Rights
2
. We report
on our salient human issues in our 2025
ESG Data and Frameworks Pack, available
at anz.com/esgreport.
Our Human Rights Grievance Mechanism
(Mechanism) provides a channel for
people who consider their human rights
have been impacted by an ANZ large
business lending customer
3
to raise a
grievance with ANZ. This year, we received
two grievances: one has closed with a
response provided, and the other is under
assessment. Our Mechanism Framework
and our grievance reporting is available at
anz.com/human-rights.
We updated our Statement and
Mechanism Framework following a
review that included engaging with
external and internal stakeholders. The
review informed several refinements and
clarifications that improve the operational
effectiveness of the Mechanism. The
Mechanism Framework was endorsed
by ANZ’s Board with oversight from the
Executive Committee.
4
Modern slavery and
human trafficking
Modern slavery manifests in various
forms including human trafficking, forced
labour, debt bondage and involuntary
domestic servitude. It’s a global issue
affecting tens of millions
5
of people which,
despite international laws and regulations
Foundational ESG issue
Training
Delivered targeted training on
human rights to Institutional
employees, including modern
slavery training webinars for
relationship managers
Refreshed communications and
voluntary training modules on
human rights for all employees
Updated modern slavery training
for procurement managers
Piloted modern slavery training
for branch employees
6
in a
region identified as having a
higher risk of modern slavery
due to migrant workforce
Governance
Incorporated additional
questions relating to modern
slavery and human trafficking
into our Social and Environmental
Risk Screening Tool used by
our bankers in the Commercial
Business, Corporate and
Agriculture customer segment
in New Zealand
Implemented a modern slavery
module into our Third-Party Risk
Management system
Key actions in 2025
Policies, processes and standards
embed our approach to human
rights, including:
Anti-Bribery and Anti-
Corruption Policy as discussed
on page 38
Accessibility and Inclusion
Plan as discussed on page 48
Climate Change Commitment
as discussed on p ag e s 27-28
Diversity and Inclusion Policy
as discussed on page 43
Equal Opportunity, Bullying
and Harassment Policy
available at anz.com/
corporate-governance
Modern Slavery and Human
Trafficking Statement as
discussed on page 52
Social and Environmental Risk
Policy and Standard as
discussed on page 39
Supplier Code of Practice as
discussed on page 41
Complaints processes as
discussed on page 26
designed to combat it, persists in both
developing and developed nations.
ANZ takes a Group-wide approach to
managing modern slavery risks in our
operations and supply chain.
We work to build the awareness of
employees through targeted training
and our suppliers and customers through
engagement. We seek to continually
improve our policies, processes and due
diligence activities that aim to identify,
assess and manage modern slavery risk.
Our approach prioritises programs of work
through three key workstreams: supply
chain, customers, and investments.
Our annual Modern Slavery and Human
Trafficking Statement is prepared in
accordance with the Australian
Commonwealth’s Modern Slavery Act
2018 and the United Kingdom’s Modern
Slavery Act 2015. Our Modern Slavery
and Human Trafficking Statements are
available at anz.com/esgreport.
52
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
We have measured the dollar value of community investment in accordance
with the Business for Societal Impact Framework (B4SI).
In 2025, our community investment was over $132.2 million
1
. In addition,
we facilitated more than $31.0 million
1
in donations to community organisations
through our employees, customers, shareholders, other partners, and the public.
Our approach
Giving
Our workplace giving program enables employees in Australia to make contributions
to 28 charity partners through regular or once-off pre-tax payroll deductions.
Disaster relief and recovery
We support customers and communities to respond and recover from weather
related events. ANZ’s Disaster Relief and Recovery Policy and Suncorp Bank’s
approach guide an efficient, coordinated, and proportionate response to disasters.
They encompass a range of measures including hardship assistance and financial
support to assist with community rebuilding.
1. Includes Suncorp Bank except for foregone revenue. Refer to the 2025 ESG Data and Frameworks Pack for a detailed
breakdown of our 2025 community investment. 2. Excludes Suncorp Bank. 3. Charitable trusts that provide small grants.
Community investment
Community investment helps to strengthen local
economies and social infrastructure. During the year,
we invested in the communities in which we operate
and continued to work closely with our community
partners to provide support for them and their clients
in a respectful, fair, and appropriate way.
Community grants
2,3
$1,815,347
in community grants were
provided this year
N Z $ 9 3 7, 2 5 5
in ANZ Bank New Zealand
Staff Foundation grants
FJ $ 2 7, 3 6 3
in ANZ Fiji Staff
Foundation donations
$465,750
in ANZ Community
Foundation grants
$250,000
in ANZ Seeds of Renewal
community grants
This year, ANZ and our Australian employees donated over $1.3 million
2
to our charity partners through workplace giving. ANZ also matches
donations made by employees in New Zealand and Fiji through payroll
to their respective staff foundations
2
.
Throughout the year, ANZ and Suncorp Bank supported customers in
Queensland and New South Wales affected by cyclones and floods,
helping communities navigate recovery and build resilience. In addition,
Suncorp Bank donated $50,000 to OzHarvest this year to provide food
relief for communities impacted by ex-Tropical Cyclone Alfred.
In December 2024, ANZ activated a financial relief package for customers
in Vanuatu affected by a 7.3 magnitude earthquake. In addition, ANZ
donated $100,000 to Vanuatu Red Cross Society to help the people of
Vanuatu with recovery efforts. More information on how we invest in the
community is available at anz.com/community. A further breakdown of
ANZ’s community investment is available in our 2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack available at anz.com/esgreport.
Key actions in 2025
Foundational ESG issue
53
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Appendix
ESG targets and related Sustainable Development Goals (SDG)
SDG cautionary statement on inclusion
ANZ supports the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), and we believe that business has an important role to
play in their achievement.
The SDGs are a collection of 17 non-legally binding, interlinked global goals produced by the UN for countries and governments.
The SDGs are included to show how our ESG approach supports the SDGs. ANZ makes no representation, warranty, or assurance of any
kind, express or implied, and takes no responsibility or liability as to whether ANZ’s strategy furthers the objective or achieves the purpose
of the indicated SDG. More information on the SDGs is available at un.org/sustainabledevelopment. The content of this publication has
not been approved by the UN and does not reflect the views of the UN or its officials or Member States.
Concluding targets
1
Related UN SDGs
Savings program pilots
Large Emitters Engagement
Program (LEEP)
Operational emissions and
non-emissions
• Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions
• Renewable electricity
• Water
• Waste
• Paper
New Zealand retail lending
Continuing targets
1
Related UN SDGs
$10 billion social and
affordable housing
$100 billion social and
environmental activities
Sectoral pathways and
targets in place for 10 sectors
or sub-sectors, to transition
lending to net zero financed
emissions by 2050
2
Operational emissions
3
• Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions
Gender equity targets
3
1. Targets exclude Suncorp Bank, unless otherwise stated. 2. Our 2025 Climate Report available at anz.com/esgreport details important information about the scope of our sectoral
pathways. Revised pathways and targets include customers of Suncorp Bank that meet our in-scope criteria for inclusion in our pathways. 3. Includes Suncorp Bank.
54
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Explanatory note for the target to fund and facilitate $10 billion
in affordable, secure and sustainable housing by 2030 across
Australia and New Zealand.
‘Affordable, secure and sustainable
housing’ is defined as the products and
services provided to our customers in
Australia to the extent they are related
to the defined activities below. The
$10 billion target is reported as at
30 September 2025 and is a twelve-year
Australia and New Zealand target, from
2018 to 2030.
It includes all financing either funded or
facilitated by ANZ through its products
and services, including, but not limited to,
loans, guarantees and bonds, markets
products and advisory services. It also
includes certain labelled sustainable
finance products such as social/
sustainability bonds and Sustainability-
Linked loans (SLLs).
Our approach to our $10 billion target:
• aligns to United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs), specifically
SDG 9 Industry, Innovation and
Infrastructure and 11 Sustainable
Cities and Communities with support
of SDG 3 Good Health and Well-Being;
and
• commits to conducting an annual
review of activities and methodologies
used to guide activities that qualify for
the $10 billion target. This may result in
the inclusion of new activities and any
material changes will be transparently
disclosed. The inclusion of new activities
will not be applied retrospectively.
• The $10 billion target activities
specifically include the construction of,
or investment in, Australian and New
Zealand housing supply that supports
positive market change, including the
following aims:
– supporting social housing for
vulnerable communities;
– expanding the availability of
affordable housing for rental or
purchase;
– increasing the availability of
accessible housing that provides
better design to support disability
and aged persons;
– delivering security of tenure for
rental and/ or including the
opportunity to purchase; and
– improving housing sustainability
via design and features above
minimum standards.
The target includes products and services
that have been provided since 1 October
2018 above a threshold of $1 million.
Transactions that qualify for this target
(excluding deferred deals) contributed to
the $50 billion target from 1 October 2019
to 31 March 2023, and contribute to the
$100 billion target from 1 April 2023.
55
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Glossary of terms
Te r mDefinition
“ANZ” or “the Group” or
“our” or “we”
ANZ Group Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated.
ANZ Bank Group ANZ BH Pty Ltd and each of its subsidiaries, including ANZBGL and ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.
ANZ Bank New Zealand ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited.
ANZ GroupANZGHL Group.
ANZ Non-Bank Group ANZ NBH Pty Ltd and each of its subsidiaries, including the Group’s beneficial interests in the 1835i
trusts and non-controlling interests in the ANZ Worldline Payment Solutions joint venture, and ANZ
Group Services Pty Ltd.
Board ANZGHL Board of Directors.
Climate Disclosure
Program
An internal program of work established to enable ANZ to meet the mandatory climate-related
disclosure requirements legislated by the Australian Government in 2024.
Climate riskThe financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change, including physical, transition and
liability risks.
Community investmentContributions from ANZ to address a social issue. Can be classified as time, in kind, cash, management
costs or foregone revenue.
Employee engagementThe levels of enthusiasm and connection our workforce has with ANZ.
Employees Persons employed by ANZ and paid directly through ANZ payroll. They can be permanent (full time or
part time), fixed term or casual.
Financed emissionsEmissions associated with financing through loans or other financial products that result in a credit
exposure. They are estimated based on an attributed proportion of the financial institution’s customers’
emissions. These financed emissions are part of the financial institution’s Scope 3, category 15
emissions. See our 2025 Climate Report Appendix 5 ANZ Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology available at anz.com/esgreport for information about ANZ’s financed emissions.
Financial education
programs
Programs developed by ANZ in consultation with community partner organisations and government.
These programs aim to provide real social benefits to the community by improving financial inclusion
and capability of lower income individuals. Our programs include: MoneyBusiness, MoneyMinded and
Saver Plus.
Gender pay gapThe overall difference in pay between men and women in the workforce.
HardshipTypically refers to a situation where an individual is experiencing financial difficulty, making it challenging
for them to meet their financial obligations. This can include situations such as loss of income,
unexpected expenses, or other personal circumstances that impact one’s ability to repay debts or
manage financial commitments.
Labelled sustainable
finance
Existing banking products with a specific sustainability related label e.g. Green, Social, Sustainability or
Sustainability-Linked.
Large business customersThe customers of ANZ Institutional division where ANZ has a credit exposure.
Large Emitters Engagement
Program (LEEP)
Our signature customer engagement program which provides the framework for engaging with LEEP
customers on their transition plans.
MoneyBusinessAn adult financial education program designed to build the money management skills and confidence
of Indigenous Australians and develop a stronger savings culture.
MoneyMindedA flexible adult financial education program that builds knowledge, confidence and skills to help people
make informed decisions and manage their money. Developed in 2002, MoneyMinded is ANZ’s flagship
financial education program.
56
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Te r mDefinition
NatureThe Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures refers to ‘nature’ as the “natural world, with an
emphasis on the diversity of living organisms (including people) and their interactions among
themselves and with their environment.”
Net zeroThe state where greenhouse gas emissions are balanced by an equivalent amount of carbon removal
from the atmosphere, resulting in no net increase in global emissions.
Pay Equity GapSometimes called the ‘like-for-like gap’, is the difference in pay between men and women doing the
same or similar roles.
Saver PlusA matched savings and financial education program developed in 2003 by ANZ and the Brotherhood
of St Laurence. Eligible participants who complete the program have their savings matched (up to
$500) by ANZ for approved education-related expenses for themselves or their children.
Scope 1Direct greenhouse gas emissions from sources owned or controlled by a company.
Scope 2Indirect greenhouse gas emissions from consumption of purchased electricity, heat or steam.
Scope 3Other indirect greenhouse gas emissions not covered in Scope 1 or Scope 2 that occur in a company’s
value chain as described in table 5.3 of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol’s Corporate Value Chain (Scope
3) Accounting and Reporting Standard.
Sectoral pathways Industry-specific trajectories of emissions reductions.
Sensitive sectorsAn industry or business category that ANZ considers may present heightened environmental, social,
or governance risks, or significant potential negative impacts. These are: Energy, Extractive Industries,
Land and Forest Management, Water Management, and Military Equipment.
Sustainability-Linked A type of labelled sustainable finance where the economic characteristics (e.g. pricing outcomes) of the
financial instrument are linked to predetermined sustainability performance objectives.
Transition plan A climate-related transition plan is an aspect of an entity’s overall strategy that lays out the entity’s
targets, actions or resources for its transition towards a lower-carbon economy, including actions such
as reducing its emissions.
Women in leadershipMeasures proportion of women out of the entire Senior Manager, Executive, Senior Executive
and Group Executive Committee populations (roles within ANZ designated as Groups 3, 2 and 1
respectively). Includes all employees regardless of leave status but not contractors (which are
included in full-time equivalent).
57
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
Independent Assurance
Statement
Independent Limited Assurance Report to the Directors
of ANZ Group Holdings Limited
Basis for Conclusion
We conducted our work in accordance
with Australian Standard on Assurance
Engagements ASAE 3000 Assurance
Engagements Other than Audits or
Reviews of Historical Financial Information
(ASAE 3000). We believe that the
assurance evidence we have obtained
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a
basis for our conclusion.
In accordance with ASAE 3000 we have:
• used our professional judgement to plan
and perform the engagement to obtain
limited assurance that we are not aware
of any material misstatements in the
information subject to assurance,
whether due to fraud or error;
• considered relevant internal controls
when designing our assurance
procedures, however we do not express
a conclusion on their operating
effectiveness; and
• ensured that the engagement team
possess the appropriate knowledge,
skills and professional competencies.
Information Subject to Assurance and Criteria Used as the
Basis of Reporting
ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZ) engaged KPMG to perform a limited assurance
engagement for the year ended 30 September 2025. KPMG’s scope of work
comprised:
Information subject
to assuranceLocation
Criteria used as the Basis of
Reporting (the “Criteria”)
2025 ESG ReportPages
4-55
• GRI Universal Standards published
by the Global Reporting Initiative
(GRI) version dated 2021
• ANZ’s Social and Environmental
Sustainability Target Methodology
• ANZ’s explanatory note on page 55
2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack
• All data sheets
• GRI Content Index
We assessed the information subject to assurance against the Criteria. The information
subject to assurance needs to be read and understood together with the Criteria
available at anz.com/esgreport.
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English
company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation.
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Summary of Procedures
Performed
Our limited assurance conclusion is based
on the evidence obtained from performing
the following procedures:
• Enquiries with management to
understand ANZ’s process for
determining material ESG issues.
The material ESG issues inform the
risk-based limited assurance testing
performed on material data metrics and
narrative claims presented in the 2025
ESG Report and 2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack;
• Interviews with relevant ANZ
management and staff concerning
ANZ’s ESG frameworks and policies for
material ESG issues, and the
implementation of these across the
business;
• Interviews with relevant management
responsible for developing the context
(text and data) within the 2025 ESG
Report and 2025 ANZ ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack to understand the
approach for monitoring, collecting and
reporting;
• Comparing text and data (on a sample
basis) presented in the 2025
ESG Report and 2025 ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack to underlying sources.
This includes assessing whether all
material matters are appropriately
included, whether any have been
omitted, and whether the reported text
and data accurately reflect the
underlying information;
• Testing over ESG targets presented in
the 2025 ESG Report and 2025 ESG
Data and Frameworks Pack and the
disclosed outcomes and performance
of the targets;
• Performing a consistency check of the
2025 ESG Report and 2025 ANZ ESG
Data and Frameworks Pack included
within the 2025 ANZ Climate Report
and 2025 Annual Report; and
• Reviewing ANZ’s assessment of the
disclosures in relation to the GRI; and
• Reviewing the 2025 ANZ ESG Report
and 2025 ANZ ESG Data and
Frameworks Pack (in their entirety) to
ensure it is consistent with KPMG’s
overall knowledge of, and experience
with, the ESG performance of ANZ.
Conclusion
Based on the procedures we have
performed and the evidence we
have obtained, nothing has come
to our attention that causes us to
believe that the ANZ 2025 ESG
Report and ANZ 2025 ESG Data
and Frameworks Pack, has not been
prepared by ANZ Group Holdings
Limited in all material respects, in
accordance with the Criteria for the
year ended 30 September 2025.
58
ANZ 2025 ESG Report
Overview and
governance
Our ESG targets
and performance
Non-financial risk
management
Ethics, conduct
and culture
Responsible customer
engagement
Environmental
sustainability
Financial
wellbeing
Housing
Inherent Limitations
Inherent limitations exist in all assurance
engagements due to the selective testing
of the information being examined. It is
therefore possible that fraud, error or
material misstatement in the information
subject to assurance may occur and not
be detected. Non-financial data may be
subject to more inherent limitations than
financial data, given both its nature and
the methods used for determining,
calculating, and estimating such data.
The precision of different measurement
techniques may also vary. The absence
of a significant body of established
practice on which to draw to evaluate and
measure non-financial information allows
for different, but acceptable, evaluation
and measurement techniques that can
affect comparability between entities and
over time.
The procedures performed in a limited
assurance engagement vary in nature
and timing from, and are less in extent
than for a reasonable assurance
engagement. Consequently, the level of
assurance obtained in a limited assurance
engagement is substantially lower than
the assurance that would have been
obtained had a reasonable assurance
engagement been performed.
Accordingly, we do not express a
reasonable assurance conclusion.
Misstatements, including omissions, are
considered material if, individually or in
the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence relevant decisions
of the Directors of ANZ.
Use of this Assurance Report
This report has been prepared solely for
the Directors of ANZ who have voluntarily
commissioned this independent
assurance over the information subject to
assurance to enhance transparency and
confidence in their oversight. This report
may not be suitable for another purpose.
We disclaim any assumption of
responsibility for any reliance on this
report, to any person other than the
Directors of ANZ, or for any other purpose
than that for which it was prepared.
Management’s Responsibility
Management are responsible for:
• determining appropriate reporting
topics and selecting or establishing
suitable criteria for measuring,
evaluating and preparing the
information subject to assurance;
• ensuring that those criteria are relevant
and appropriate to ANZ and the
intended users; and
• establishing and maintaining systems,
processes and internal controls that
enable the preparation and presentation
of the information subject to that is free
from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error.
Our Responsibility
Our responsibility is to perform a limited
assurance engagement in relation to the
information subject to assurance for the
year ended 30 September 2025, and to
issue an assurance report that includes
our conclusion based on the procedures
we have performed and evidence we have
obtained.
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG global organisation of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Limited, a private English
company limited by guarantee. All rights reserved. The KPMG name and logo are trademarks used under license by the independent member firms of the KPMG global organisation.
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
Our Independence and
Quality Management
We have complied with our independence
and other relevant ethical requirements of
the Code of Ethics for Professional
Accountants (including Independence
Standards) issued by the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board,
and complied with the applicable
requirements of Australian Standard on
Quality Management 1 to design,
implement and operate a system of quality
management.
Maria Trinci
Partner
Melbourne
7 November 2025
KPMG
KPMG
Sarah Newman
Partner
Melbourne
7 November 2025
59
Information
security
Regulation and
risk management
Digital banking
experience
Diversity and
inclusion
Employee
experience
Human
rights
Thriving
communities
Appendices and
Assurance
anz.com/esgreport
ANZ Group Holdings Limited (ANZ) ABN 16 659 510 791
---
ANZ Group Holdings Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia
ABN 16 659 510 791
10 November 2025
Market Announcements Office
ASX Limited
Exchange Place
Level 27
39 Martin Place
SYDNEY NSW 2000
ANZ 2025 Climate Report
AN
Z Group Holdings Limited (ANZ) today released its 2025 Climate Report.
It has been approved for distribution by ANZ’s Board of Directors.
Yours faithfully
Simon Pordage
Company Secretary
ANZ Group Holdings Limited
2025
Climate Report
Approved for distribution by ANZ Group Holding Limited’s Board.
Acknowledgement
of Country and
Traditional Owners
ANZ acknowledges the
Traditional Custodians of
Country throughout Australia
and recognises their
continuing connection to
lands, skies and waterways.
We pay our respects to
Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander cultures, and to
Elders past and present.
Whakatauākī, ANZ
New Zealand’s Proverb
Tākiri-ā-Rangi
The expansive universe
above
Tākiri-ā-Nuku
The beauty of the
proceeding lands below
Tākiri te Awatea
A new dawn beckons
Kia Puāwai ki te Ao
A blossoming to the world
Te Kare ā-Roto e
With ripples of
compassion and
hope for all.
We are continually seeking
to improve our reporting suite
and welcome feedback on our
ESG and climate reporting.
Please address any questions,
comments, or suggestions to
esg@anz.com
We continue to be driven by our
purpose: to shape a world where
people and communities thrive.
Australia – Retail, Commercial, Institutional
New Zealand – Retail, Commercial, Institutional
International – Institutional, Retail & Commercial in Pacific
ANZ network presence
Risk management 22
Metrics and targets 30
TCFD-related metrics and industry
exposures 30
Funding, facilitating and direct
investments in social and
environmental activities through
our $100 billion target 31
Our approach to sectoral pathways 32
Energy 34
Transport 40
Industry 43
Buildings 46
Other metrics 48
Operational emissions 52
Appendices 54
Glossary of terms 82
Independent Assurance Statement 87
Contents
Overview
Disclaimer and important notices 1
Our 2025 reporting suite 2
CEO's message 3
About our business 4
Governance 5
Strategy 8
Our Climate and Environment
Strategy 8
Our Large Emitters Engagement
Program 12
Supporting our customers' transition
through financing 16
Understanding nature risks
and opportunities 18
Building our capability to help
customers understand climate
and nature risks 20
Collaborating with stakeholders
to support the transition 21
B
The material in this report contains
general background information
about the Group’s activities current as
at 7 November 2025. It is information
given in summary form and does
not purport to be complete. It has
a sustainability focus and does not
reflect the totality of the Group’s
business activities. For a more
complete overview of the Group’s
business, see the 2025 Annual Report
available at anz.com/annualreport.
It is not intended to be and should not
be relied upon as advice to investors
or potential investors, and does not
take into account the investment
objectives, financial situation or needs
of any particular investor. These
should be considered, with or without
professional advice, when deciding if
an investment is appropriate.
Forward-looking statements
This report may contain forward-
looking statements or opinions
including statements regarding our
intent, belief or current expectations
with respect to the Group’s business
operations, market conditions, results
of operations and financial condition,
sustainability objectives or targets
and risk management practices.
Those matters are subject to risks
and uncertainties that could cause the
actual results and financial position of
the Group to differ materially from the
information presented herein. When
used in the report, the words
‘forecast’, ‘estimate’, ‘goal’, ‘target’,
‘indicator ’, ‘plan’, ‘pathway ’, ‘ambition’,
‘modelling’, ‘project’, ‘intend’,
‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘expect’, ‘may’,
‘probabilit y ’, ‘risk ’, ‘will’, ‘seek ’, ‘would’,
‘could’, ‘should’ and similar
expressions, as they relate to the
Group and its management, are
intended to identify forward-looking
statements or opinions.
Those statements are usually
predictive in character; or may be
affected by inaccurate assumptions
or unknown risks and uncertainties or
may differ materially from results
ultimately achieved. As such, these
statements should not be relied upon
when making investment decisions.
There can be no assurance that
actual outcomes will not differ
materially from any forward-looking
statements or opinions contained
herein. Also see the notice about
climate related information on this
page which may affect climate-related
forward-looking statements or opinions
and the information in Appendix 5 which
may affect forward-looking statements or
opinions relating to the Group’s financed
and facilitated emissions.
The forward-looking statements or
opinions only speak as at 7 November
2025 and no representation is made as to
their correctness on or after this date. No
member of the Group undertakes to
publicly release the result of any revisions
to these statements to reflect events or
circumstances after this date to reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events.
Climate-related information
This report may contain climate-related
statements, including in relation to
climate-related risks and opportunities,
climate-related goals and ambitions,
climate scenarios, emissions reduction
pathways and climate projections. While
the statements were prepared in good
faith, climate-related statements are
subject to significant uncertainty,
challenges and risks that may affect
their usefulness, accuracy and
completeness, including:
1. Availability and reliability of data –
emissions and climate-related data may
be incomplete, inconsistent, unreliable
or unavailable (including information
from the Group’s customers), and it may
be necessary to rely on assumptions,
estimates or proxies where that is
the case.
2. Uncertain methodologies and modelling
– methodologies, frameworks and
standards used for calculations of
climate-related metrics, modelling and
climate data are not universally applied,
are rapidly evolving and subject to
change. This may impact the data
modelling, approaches, and targets
used in preparation of this report.
3. Scenario analysis limitations – analysis
of climate scenarios is limited by its
reliance on assumptions, estimates
and projections that are not exact.
4. Complexity of calculations and estimates
– estimating financed or facilitated
emissions (including allocating emissions
to banking activities) and emissions
reduction is complex and relies on
assumptions and judgments, often
made in respect of long periods of time.
5. Changes to climate-related governing
frameworks – changes to climate-
related policy, laws, regulations and
market practices, standards and
developments, including those
resulting from legal proceedings
and regulatory investigations.
6. Lack of consistency in definitions
and climate-science terminology
subject to changes – definitions and
standards for climate-related data
and assessment frameworks used
across industries and jurisdictions
may vary, and terminology and
concepts relating to climate science
and decarbonisation pathways may
evolve and change over time. These
inconsistencies and changes can
also make comparisons between
different organisations’ climate
targets and achievements difficult
or inappropriate.
7. Reliance on third parties for data or
involvement – the Group may need
to rely on assistance, data or other
information from external data and
methodology providers or other third
parties, which may also be subject
to change and uncertainty.
Additionally, action and continuing
participation of third parties, such
as stakeholders, may be required
(including financial institutions and
governmental and non-
governmental organisations).
Due to these uncertainties, challenges
and risks, statements, assumptions,
judgments, calculations, estimates or
proxies made or used by the Group
may turn out to be incorrect,
inaccurate or incomplete. Readers
should conduct their own independent
analysis and not rely on the information
for investment decision-making.
Disclaimer and important notices
The information in this notice should
be read with the qualifications,
limitations and guidance included
throughout this report and in:
Appendix 4 ANZ Climate Scenario
Analysis Methodology
Appendix 5 ANZ Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology
Appendix 7 Scope 1, Scope 2 and
Scope 3 Operational Greenhouse
Gas Emissions Reporting
Methodology
ANZ Social and Environmental
Sustainability Target Methodology
available at anz.com/esgreport
2025 ESG Data and Frameworks
Pack available at anz.com/esgreport
1
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Our 2025 reporting suite
Where to find
Annual
Report
Full Year
Results
announce-
ments
Corporate
Governance
Statement
Climate
Report
ESG
Report
ESG Data
and
Frameworks
Pack
Modern Slavery
and Human
Trafficking
Statement
Voluntary Tax
Transparency
Report
Financial
Governance
Strategy
Risk
ESG disclosures
and performance
Climate disclosures
and performance
About this report
Our 2025 Climate Report outlines ANZ
Group Holdings Limited (ANZGHL) ABN 16
659 510 791 and its subsidiaries’ (referred
to as “ANZ” or “the Group” or “our” or “we”)
approach and progress towards our
Climate and Environment (C&E) Strategy
vision to finance a sustainable transition.
This year, the report is prepared in
accordance with the Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(TCFD). See Appendix 2 for our TCFD index.
Under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the
Australian Sustainability Reporting Standard
AASB S2 – Climate-related Disclosures
(the Australian equivalent of International
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) S2)
will apply to ANZGHL for the financial year
commencing 1 October 2025.
This report is also informed by the
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures (TNFD) framework for nature
disclosures, Glasgow Financial Alliance
for Net Zero (GFANZ), and Transition Plan
Taskforce (TPT) guidance and framework
in our disclosures on transition planning.
The report also details our actions in
setting pathways and targets to reduce
our financed and facilitated emissions in
key sectors, informed by the UN Guidance
for Climate Target Setting for Banks and
the Partnership for Carbon Accounting
Financial (PCAF) guidance. See page 32.
KPMG has performed assurance over
the disclosures in this report. A copy
of KPMG’s independent assurance
statement can be found on pages 87-89.
Reporting boundaries and periods
The processes, approaches and policies
described in this report may vary in
application across ANZ’s operations to
reflect specific legal requirements of the
jurisdictions in which ANZ operates.
Data and information within this report
relates to the consolidated Group for the
financial year ending 30 September 2025,
referred to as “2025” or “this year”,
throughout the report, except for:
Yea r
DataAs atPage
2025Australian home loan
portfolio assessed
as vulnerable to
physical risks
30
June
Page
28
2024
and
2025
Financed emissions
and sector-level
progress
Facilitated emissions
from capital market
activities
1
30
June
Pages
32-47
For further information on specific
methodologies and definitions (including
boundaries), see Appendix 4 and 5.
1. Deals for facilitated emissions from capital market activities for 2024 was for a 9-month period of 1 October 2023 to 30 June 2024 as we transitioned to 30 June end
reporting of Exposure at default. 2. The Suncorp Bank Performance and Remuneration Policy forms part of, and should be read in conjunction with, the ANZ Group Performance
and Remuneration Policy.
Reading this report
Words underlined like ‘this’ are
explained in the Glossary of terms on
pages 82-86. Monetary amounts in
this document are reported in
Australian dollars (AUD), unless
otherwise stated. Throughout this
report, the sum of parts within charts
and commentary may not equal
totals due to rounding.
Suncorp Bank
On 31 July 2024, the Group acquired
100% of the shares in SBGH Limited, the
immediate holding company of Norfina
Limited ABN 66 010 831 722 (previously
called Suncorp-Metway Limited)
(“Suncorp Bank”).
Following the acquisition, Suncorp Bank
commenced a phased transition to adopt
the policies and processes of ANZ. During
this transition period Suncorp Bank will
be subject to a combination of ANZ and
Suncorp Bank policies. As part of the
ongoing transition, Suncorp Bank will
seek to align to ANZ policies and practices,
where appropriate. Where Suncorp Bank is
included or excluded in policies, standards
or metrics throughout the report, this is
denoted. Noting Suncorp Bank is excluded
from prior year metrics, in this report.
Suncorp Bank’s operations continue to be
supervised by key regulatory bodies and
seeks to meet all due diligence obligations
mandated by law.
The following ANZ policies and standard,
which embed our approach to climate,
currently apply to Suncorp Bank or
applied to Suncorp Bank during the
reporting period:
• Non-Financial Risk Policy
• Performance and Remuneration
Policy – Group
2
• Climate Risk Standard (approved
30 September 2025)
During the reporting year, Suncorp Bank
retained the following policies:
• Responsible Banking Policy
• Credit Risk Management Policy
• Operational Resilience Policy
2ANZ 2025 Climate Report
These include technological
advancements, diversification of the
energy mix, market demand for climate
solutions, evolving consumer preferences
and public policy developments.
Currently, a combination of these factors
has led to the pace of the economy-wide
transition being slower than envisaged.
These realities impact our approach to
transitioning our lending portfolio to net
zero financed emissions by 2050 in line
with the goals of the Paris Agreement.
We acknowledge the Australian
Government’s release in 2025 of its Net
Zero Plan, accompanying sector
pathways and consultation on transition
planning. We will also be monitoring the
outcomes of the 2026-27 review of the
Australian Safeguard Mechanism and the
implications for our customers. These will
help guide our customers with operations
in Australia on how their efforts may
contribute to supporting Australia to meet
these sector and economy-wide plans.
Within this context, we expect the
pathways to net zero will look different
for different sectors. Where our
customers have, or are in the process of
further developing robust and credible
transition plans, we will continue to
support their efforts. This aligns to our
objective to be a trusted partner for our
customers as part of our Climate &
Environment Strategy.
Our vision at ANZ is to
finance a sustainable
transition. In particular,
we aim to be a leading
bank in supporting an
effective and orderly
transition for our large
business customers.
Our focus is on encouraging and
supporting our Large Emitters
Engagement Program (LEEP) cohort of
customers to continually improve their
transition plans. This year our customers
have demonstrated improvement, with
more of our customers assessed in the
'Mature' phase of our transition plan
assessment framework.
The LEEP program sits alongside our suite
of financed emissions reduction targets
that track our progress in aligning our
lending to net zero financed emissions.
eight of our revised sectoral pathways are
on-track, two are close to on-track and
none are off-track this year.
ANZ and our customers are making
good progress, but there are
continuing challenges.
Climate change and the transition to
net zero is an enormous and complex
challenge. We acknowledge there are
factors, outside of our control, which
impact the pace of the transition.
This year, we have achieved more than
$84 billion towards our target to fund and
facilitate at least $100 billion by end 2030
in social and environmental activities
through customer transactions and direct
investments. We also achieved a record
year in labelled sustainable finance,
participating in 159 deals.
We have continued to integrate and
embed climate risk into our Risk
Management Framework. This includes
taking steps to enhance our climate risk
scenario analysis capability, and disclosing
outcomes on the identification and
assessment of potential physical risks
within the Australian home loan portfolio.
Understanding the complexities and
challenges our customers face – as the
global landscape continues to evolve –
enables us to better engage with them
and support them to transition.
With this foundation in place, we
continue our preparation for Australia's
mandatory climate reporting. This is
a transition year and our climate
disclosures will be integrated into
our Annual Report from 2026.
CEO’s
message
Nuno Matos
Chief Executive Officer
Nuno Matos
Chief Executive Officer
3
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
About our business
We have a combination of two scale markets in Australia and New Zealand, two market-
leading positions, in Institutional and New Zealand, and a well-diversified business model
which includes Asia.
To deliver our banking products and financial services, ANZ is supported by a broad ecosystem of stakeholders integrated
across our value chain. These include capital providers, suppliers, employees and customers.
Upstream value chainOur business modelDownstream value chain
Capital providers
Includes customer deposits,
wholesale funding, institutional
investors in ANZ’s debt
programs, equity investors,
retail and institutional
shareholders.
Our suppliers
Suppliers and service
providers, including
technology vendors,
infrastructure partners, and
professional services firms.
Australia Retail
Banking products and
services provided to Australian
consumers including home
loans, deposits, credit cards
and personal loans.
Institutional
Services to institutional and
corporate clients, including
governments, via Transaction
Banking, Corporate Finance
and Markets business units.
New Zealand
Banking products and
services provided to New
Zealand customers through
Personal, Business and
Agribusiness units.
Australia Commercial
Banking products and
services provided to small-
to-medium enterprises, large
commercial customers and
high-net-worth individuals
and family groups in Australia.
Suncorp Bank
Banking and related services
to retail, commercial, small
and medium enterprises
and agribusiness customers
in Australia.
Pacific
Banking products and
services provided to retail
and commercial customers,
and to governments located
in the Pacific region.
Our customers
Individuals and businesses
using ANZ’s banking products
and services.
Our employees
Includes permanent, fixed
term, contractors and casual
employees across all ANZ
locations.
Our investments
Capital deployed through
debt and equity investments,
including holdings in associate
entities.
Our other stakeholders
Includes partners, regulators,
community, industry
associations, governmental
and non-governmental
organisations.
Group centre
Supporting functions including technology, property,
risk management, financial management, treasury, human
resources, corporate affairs and shareholder functions.
It also includes minority investments in Asia and interests
in the ANZ Non-Bank Group.
1
For details on how our business
model and value chain informed
aspects of the identification and
assessment of our material climate
risks, refer to pages 25-27.
1. ANZ NBH Pty Ltd and each of its subsidiaries, including the Group’s beneficial interests in the 1835i trusts and non-controlling interests in the ANZ Worldline Payment Solutions joint
venture, and ANZ Group Services Pty Ltd.
4ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Our ESG governance framework
is evolving with our ESG approach
and the expectations of our
stakeholders. This year, the
following changes have occurred
relating to committees with
oversight of our ESG approach and
climate risks and opportunities:
The Board Ethics, Environment,
Social and Governance (EESG)
Committee was discontinued
and its responsibilities
reallocated, as appropriate,
to the Board and its sub-
committees.
The management Ethics
and Responsible Business
Committee (ERBC) was
discontinued and where
appropriate, matters previously
considered by the ERBC
are referred to the Executive
Committee (ExCo).
1
A new and more focused
management Climate and
Environment Committee (CEC)
was established in March
2025 reporting to ExCo.
Governance
ANZ Board and committees
ANZ Group Holdings Limited’s Board
(Board) is responsible for oversight of
the Group. The Board, with the support
of its committees, is also responsible for
overseeing ANZ’s governance framework.
The framework seeks to provide for
effective and responsible decision making,
assisting ANZ to deliver on its strategy
and purpose.
Our governance framework seeks to provide a structure for effective and responsible decision
making at ANZ, including the approach to our climate ambition, action and accountability.
Board skills and experience
The Board has the collective skills,
capabilities and experience needed to
allow the Board to perform its role and
discharge its responsibilities. The 2025
Corporate Governance Statement (refer
to anz.com/corporategovernance) details
the categories that the Board considers
relevant to assessing the collective skills
and experience of the Board and is what
the Board is looking for in its own
composition. One of the categories is
sustainability, including climate.
The Board and each Board
committee has its own charter
setting out its roles and
responsibilities available at
anz.com/corporategovernance
More information on ANZ’s
governance framework is provided
in the 2025 Corporate Governance
Statement available at anz.com/
corporategovernance
Principal Board
committees
Audit
Committee
Risk
Committee
People
and Culture
Committee
Digital Business
and Technology
Committee
Nomination and
Board Operations
Committee
Board of Directors
1. Executive Committee (ExCo) comprises ANZ's most senior executives. The members of ExCo are available at anz.com/exco.
5
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Board committees
Other management
committees and forums
Key management roles
Key management commitees
Credit and Market Risk
Committee
Primary Group management forum
responsible for the oversight and
control of credit, market and other
material financial risks across the
Group. This includes relevant
climate-related financial risks.
Chaired by the Chief Risk Officer.
Executive Committee
Comprises ANZ’s most senior
executives. A delegations of
authority framework outlines those
matters delegated to the Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) and other
members of senior management.
Chaired by the CEO.
Climate and Environment
Committee
A decision-making committee
that is responsible for the execution
of our Climate and Environment
Strategy (C&E Strategy). This
includes past, current and
emerging climate and environment
risks and opportunities and climate
and environment targets.
Chaired by the Group Executive,
Institutional.
(Established March 2025)
Climate and Environment Forum
Responsible for overseeing delivery of our C&E
Strategy, and provides recommendations and
escalations to the CEC, Board and other
management committees.
(Established February 2025)
Climate Disclosure Program Steering Committee
Responsible for overseeing delivery of the Group-
wide Climate Disclosure Program to meet Australian
mandatory climate-related disclosure requirements.
(Established October 2024)
Chief Risk Officer
Responsible for
the management
of the Group’s risk
function, including
policies, systems
and processes
for identifying,
assessing and
managing risk
(including climate
risks).
Group
Executive,
Institutional
Responsible
for overseeing
execution of our
C&E Strategy.
Group General
Manager, Climate
Leads the Group’s
policy response to
climate change,
including supporting
the implementation
of the Large Emitters
Engagement
Program (LEEP) and
setting sectoral
pathway targets.
Group Head,
Corporate Affairs
Responsible
for voluntary
climate and ESG
disclosures and
ESG governance.
Chief Financial
Officer
Executive Sponsor
for Group-wide
Climate Disclosure
Program and
accountable for
ensuring the
program delivers
on its objective of
meeting Australian
mandatory climate-
related disclosure
requirements
applicable to
ANZ from
1 October 2025.
Audit Committee
Oversees financial
reporting principles
and policies, controls
and procedures.
Risk Committee
Oversees the implementation
and operation of the Group’s
Risk Management Framework,
including climate risk.
Responsible for endorsing the
Risk Appetite Statement.
People and Culture
Committee
Oversees the effective
operation of the
Performance and
Remuneration Framework
and other Talent and
Culture matters.
Nomination and Board
Operations Committee
Oversees matters to
do with the proper
functioning of the Board,
including in relation to
ongoing composition and
overall Board operations.
ANZ Group Holdings Limited Board
The Board and management committee structure below outlines relevant committees that have oversight of climate
risks and opportunities across the Group. It reflects changes to our ESG governance structure this year with the Board
committee changes effective from 5 September 2025.
6
ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Climate-related focus
areas of Board
1
and
management committees
During 2025, we engaged on a range
of ESG topics with our Board, senior
executives, regulators, government
and non-government organisations.
Directors also received briefings to
build knowledge in areas such as
climate and nature.
Board EESG Committee and
Management ERBC and CEC
Climate-related topics were discussed
at four Board EESG Committee
meetings (two meetings of the full
Board)
2
and each management CEC
and ERBC
3
meeting. Some topics
included:
C&E Strategy;
Climate-related targets
including sectoral pathways;
Preparation for mandatory
climate-related disclosures in
Australia; and
Customer engagement
on climate and nature,
including LEEP.
Board Risk Committee (BRC)
and Group Management Risk
Committee (Credit and Market
Risk Committee (CMRC))
Climate risk content was considered
at every meeting of the BRC and the
CMRC, with papers on Climate Risk
(as a Material Risk) as required.
Sectoral Pathway Transaction Escalation Process (STEP)
For our material energy transactions, we apply an enhanced due diligence process,
requiring review of the proposed transaction by internal senior subject matter experts. Our
experts evaluate the customer’s transition plan using the LEEP assessment framework
(see page 12 for further details) and having regard to ANZ’s Climate Change Commitment.
5
In some instances, material energy transactions are escalated for consideration by our
Group Executive Institutional, Group Chief Risk Officer and Group General Manager,
Climate. Reasons for escalation vary and may include consideration of larger transactions,
more significant impacts to emissions reduction pathways, reputational risk, or where
ANZ has assessed a customer’s transition plan as not yet in the 'Mature' phase (refer to
page 13 for detail). Our approach extends beyond each lending decision to decisions
relating to non-lending transactions, for certain energy customers where we consider
certain capital markets activities as part of our transaction escalation processes.
In 2025, we expanded our escalation process to include material lending transactions
6
that impact our industry and transport sectoral pathways. Reflecting its expanded
coverage, the process was renamed the Sectoral Pathway Transaction Escalation
Process. In 2026, we intend to include certain capital markets activities for customers
in scope of our industry and transport sectoral pathways.
In 2025, a total of 6 transactions were escalated to the senior executives, as mentioned
above, with 1 declined and 5 approved.
Governance over ESG and sectoral pathway targets
The setting of climate targets, including sectoral pathways, is reviewed by CEC and
ExCo, and approved by the Board. Targets are also monitored by ExCo and the Board.
In 2025, we introduced an internal reporting mechanism for our sectoral pathways
to provide more regular updates to internal stakeholders to help monitor our
progress. Refer to page 32 for our sectoral pathways and Appendix 5 for the
Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology.
1. The number of Board and Board Committee
meetings held during the year is set out in the
ANZ 2025 Annual Report available at anz.com/
annualreport. 2. The Board EESG Committee had its
last meeting in May 2025. 3. ERBC was discontinued
in July 2025. 4. These are a subset of ANZ’s ESG
targets. Relevant targets that contribute to ANZ’s
Group Scorecard are set out in the 2025 ESG Report,
available at anz.com/esgreport. 5. The Climate
Change Commitment excludes Suncorp Bank and
ANZ Bank New Zealand. 6. Transactions that are
likely to have significant impact on the size or carbon
intensity of our sector portfolio, or which ANZ
considers to represent heightened reputational risk.
Executive remuneration
ANZ’s Remuneration Report within
our Annual Report, available at
anz.com/annualreport, details how
performance and remuneration
outcomes are determined for our
most senior leaders.
The CEO’s Short Term Variable
Remuneration (STVR) is assessed
against the ANZ Group Scorecard,
adjusted by the ‘How’ Modifier, which
takes into consideration the CEO’s
leadership of ANZ’s values and
behaviours and ANZ’s risk and
compliance standards.
Performance objectives are set
for Disclosed Executives through
Divisional Scorecards, aligned with the
ANZ Group Scorecard. For Disclosed
Executives, STVR is assessed on
‘What’ assessment (ANZ Group
Scorecard and Divisional Scorecard) x
‘How’ Modifier. The weighting to
Divisional Scorecards varies from 50% to
75% for Disclosed Executives.
ANZ’s Group Scorecard includes relevant
objectives and key performance indicators
(KPIs). For example, the 2025 Group
Scorecard includes delivery against
Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG) objectives and KPIs, such as:
Strengthen our reputation; enhancing our
employee value proposition and our social
license to operate:
Deliver environmental ESG targets
as planned
4
Divisional Scorecards also include
objectives and KPIs as relevant to the
particular business. Group/Divisional
Scorecards are not designed to capture
all of our ESG targets – however our senior
leaders are accountable for ensuring we
focus on and seek to adhere to our
commitments and policies.
7
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Strategy
1. Our disclosures do not purport to be comprehensive or to satisfy all aspects of GFANZ or TPT’s framework. 2. The
Climate Change Commitment excludes Suncorp Bank and ANZ Bank New Zealand. 3. For further detail on ANZ’s
approach for assessing the eligibility of transactions for inclusion towards the target, refer to the ANZ Social and
Environmental Sustainability Target Methodology available at anz.com/esgreport. 4. Refer to the Metrics and Targets
section for further details and Appendix 7 for ANZ Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 Operational GHG emissions reporting
methodology. 5. Refer to the Metrics and Targets section for further details and Appendix 5 for Financed and Facilitated
Emissions Methodology. 6. Applying to ANZ Group for the financial year commencing 1 October 2025.
Our vision at ANZ is to finance a sustainable transition. Our Climate and Environment Strategy (C&E
Strategy) sets out our objective to be a trusted partner for our customers, supporting them to adapt
and become more resilient to a changing environment and economy. In particular, we aim to be a
leading bank in supporting an effective and orderly transition for our large business customers.
Our C&E Strategy
We have established three core ambitions, supported by four action pillars that bring together the themes of the steps we are
taking to deliver on our ambitions. These ambitions and action pillars are supported by having specific focus areas and prioritised
action plans for our Institutional, Australia Commercial, Australia Retail and New Zealand divisions that we commenced implementing
aspects of this year.
Our approach to
transition planning
In 2025, we took further steps to progress
our transition planning.
1
Our C&E Strategy
forms the basis for our approach,
including how we plan to support an
effective and orderly transition for our
large business customers. We also draw
on guidance from the Glasgow Financial
Alliance for Net Zero (GFANZ) and the
Transition Plan Taskforce (TPT) transition
planning frameworks to inform areas
of focus in our C&E Strategy. Refer to
Appendix 1 for relevant Indexes.
Our C&E Strategy ambition is supported
by our Climate Change Commitment of
transitioning our lending portfolio to
net zero financed emissions, reflecting
where we can have the most significant
impact. We estimate our lending to
Institutional customers contributes
approximately two-thirds of our total
financed emissions. The remaining
financed emissions arise from our lending
to our commercial and retail customers.
Our Climate Change Commitment will
be available prior to our Annual General
Meeting at anz.com/climate-change.
2
The actions under our C&E Strategy
demonstrate our progress towards
credible transition planning. We
acknowledge that ongoing work is
required to satisfy a robust and well-
developed transition plan.
In this report, we set out the actions we
have progressed and how we have been
supporting our customers’ transition.
Financing a sustainable transition
Vision
Building our capability to help
customers understand climate
and nature risks
Transitioning our lending
portfolio to net zero financed
emissions
Supporting our customers’
transition and resilience
Ambition
Understanding risks
and opportunities
Building capability
and capacity
Driving customer
engagement
and propositions
Collaborating with
stakeholders to support an
economy wide transition
Action
pillars
Our targets
Our climate and environment targets
support the delivery of our C&E Strategy.
We continue to make progress, including
funding and facilitating $84.72 billion
towards our $100 billion target in social and
environmental activities
3
by 2030. Separately,
eight of our revised sectoral pathways are
‘on-track’, two are ‘close to on track’, and
none are ‘off track’. We also recognise our
role in reducing the emissions from our
operations and have continued to reduce
our combined Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions across our operations.
4
Refer to pages 10-11 for further details
on our 2025 climate and environment
targets and performance, including our
sectoral pathways.
5
Reflecting the upcoming mandatory
climate-related disclosures in Australia
6
and a changing internal and external
operating environment - we are reviewing
our climate and environment targets to
ensure they continue to be relevant and
aligned with our strategy.
8ANZ 2025 Climate Report
How we are driving our ambitions
The below initiatives and activities illustrate how our actions connect to our three
ambitions, supporting the progress of our C&E Strategy in 2025.
AmbitionsFor further information
Our Large Emitters Engagement Program
Page 12
Supporting our customers’ transition through financing
Page 16
Understanding nature risks and opportunities
Page 18
Building our capability to help our customers understand
climate and nature risks
Page 20
Collaborating with stakeholders to support
the transition
Page 21
Managing climate risk
Page 22
Progress on our targets and metrics
Page 10 and 30
Building our capability to
help customers understand
climate and nature risks
Improve our understanding of
how climate and nature risks
and opportunities affect
customers and our lending
portfolio by continuing to
focus on training, data and
tools used to support our
customer engagement.
Transitioning our lending
portfolio to net zero
financed emissions
Continue to engage with our
LEEP and certain sectoral
pathways customers to support
our commitment to transition our
lending portfolio to net zero.
Continue to integrate climate risk
and opportunities into policies,
financing and risk decision
making where relevant.
Supporting our
customers’ transition
and resilience
Enhance customer
propositions and
engagement to support
our customers’ transition
and improve their resilience.
Our future focus
We continue to evolve our approach to enable us to deliver
our C&E Strategy ambitions.
9
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Our targets and performance
Sectoral pathways
1
SectorValue chain coverage2030 interim target
Baseline
year
Performance
against PathwayPage #
Power
generation
Generation
54% reduction in
emissions intensity
2020
On-track
34
Oil and gas
Upstream
Midstream & downstream
(integrated companies only)
32% reduction in
absolute emissions
2020
On-track
36
Thermal coal
Mining100% reduction in
absolute emissions
2020
On-track
38
Auto
manufacturing
Light duty passenger
vehicle manufacturers
18-33% reduction in
emissions intensity
2022
On-track
40
Aviation
Commercial passenger
transport
16-26% reduction in
emissions intensity
2019
Close to on-track
41
Shipping
Shipping operators23-30% reduction in
emissions intensity
2022
Close to on-track
42
Aluminium
Alumina refining
and smelting
17-30% reduction in
emissions intensity
2021
On-track
43
Cement
Production13-25% reduction in
emissions intensity
2021
On-track
44
Steel
Production11-22% reduction in
emissions intensity
2021
On-track
45
Australian
large-scale
commercial
real estate
Owners 60% reduction in emissions
intensity (office buildings
and shopping centres)
2019
On-track
46
On-track – On or below pathway or range (<=0%)
Close to on-track – >0% to <=+10% above the pathway or range
Off track – >+10% above the pathway or range
1. Further information on the scope of coverage can be found in Appendix 5 Financed and Facilited Emissions Methodology.
Ambitions
10ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Ta rg etBaseline
Ta rg et
yearPerformancePage #
Operational
emissions and
non-emissions
• Reducing combined Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions by 85%
• Reducing combined Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions by 90%
• Being powered by the equivalent of 100%
renewable electricity
• Reducing waste to landfill by 40%
• Reducing water consumption by 40%
• Reducing paper consumption (office and
ANZ originated customer paper use) by 70%
2015
2015
N/A
2017
2017
2015
2025
2030
2025
2025
2025
2025
(96%)
(96%)
97%
(79%)
(61%)
(77%)
52
Revised operational
emissions
Reducing combined Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions by 85%
2
20242030Performance
to be reported
in 2026
53
Agribusiness data
coverage cohort
Data coverage target to seek the disclosure of
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions at a standard
equivalent to the ‘Australian National Greenhouse
Account Factors’ by 100% of the Agribusiness
data coverage cohort.
N/A202761%49
Other metrics
MetricPage #
Australian residential
home loans
Tracking the emissions intensity of our Australian residential home loan portfolio.48
Operational
emissions
Scope 1, Scope 2 (location- and market-based) and Scope 3 upstream value
chain emissions.
52
$100b Social and Environmental Sustainability Target
Ta rg etBaseline
Ta rg et
yearPerformancePage #
$100 billionFund and facilitate at least $100 billion in social
and environmental activities through customer
transactions and direct investments.
1 April 2023
(commence-
ment)
2030$84.72 billion31
Large Emitters Engagement Program
Ta rg etBaseline
Ta rg et
yearPerformancePage #
Large Emitters
Engagement Program
(LEEP)
Enhance our management of climate risks and
opportunities by intensifying our engagement with
our largest emitting business customers. We will
expect and encourage them to strengthen their
low carbon transition plans, by focusing our
engagement and raised expectations on our 100
largest emitting business customers with the aim
that by end 2025, compared to their starting point
more customers are assessed as being in a 'Mature'
phase of their low carbon transition plans.
20242025Achieved,
45 customers
were assessed
as being in
a 'Mature'
phase of their
low carbon
transition plans,
up from 42
in 2024.1
12
Other targets
1. Between 2024 and 2025, four of our 100 largest emitting customers upgraded to ‘Mature’, and one customer who was assessed as ‘Mature’ in 2024 was removed from LEEP due to
acquisition. In 2025, we expanded LEEP to additional customers subject to the Safeguard Mechanism, certain customers in our sectoral pathways and other large emitters. Within this
expanded LEEP cohort, there are 77 customers assessed in the 'Mature' phase as at end 2025. For further detail, refer to page 12. 2. Having achieved our 2030 target of a 90%
reduction (against a 2015 baseline) earlier than expected, we have revised our combined Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions reduction target with a more ambitious baseline year of 2024
and to also include Suncorp Bank commencing 1 October 2025.
11
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Supporting our customers
to transition
Customer transition plans – particularly
those in emissions-intensive sectors –
help us understand and support how our
customers are adapting to and responding
to a changing climate.
Under our C&E Strategy, our vision is to
finance a sustainable transition. A key
initiative supporting this is our signature
Large Emitters Engagement Program
(LEEP). Through discussion and
engagement focused on their transition
plans, LEEP enables us to gain a deeper
understanding of our customers’
strategies. This also helps identify potential
financing opportunities to support their
decarbonisation efforts and informs the
management of our climate-related
transition risks associated with lending
to higher-emitting customers.
How we select LEEP
customers
To be included in LEEP, each customer
must satisfy certain threshold
requirements.
1
We also have regard to the
following factors that help us determine
which customers are included in LEEP:
• The customer’s ability to influence the
transition plan (e.g., ANZ’s customer
may not be the entity that manages
the transition plan);
• The materiality of the customer’s
operational emissions or emissions
intensity, having regard to the
relevant industry;
• The nature of the customer’s activities;
and
• The strength of ANZ’s relationship with
the customer.
In applying these factors, ANZ exercises
judgement in considering the significance
of them in relation to the relevant
customer. As a guide, ANZ’s intention is to
maintain 140-160 customers within LEEP,
based on the principle that we want to
engage with customers where we can
have the greatest impact.
From time to time, we may change the
composition of the LEEP cohort. The
Central Review Team (CRT) approves
the LEEP cohort and any changes to its
composition, such as where a customer’s
activities change, where the customer’s
emissions are no longer material or where
there are other factors that ANZ considers
are relevant. For more information about
the CRT, please refer to ‘Governing
transition plan assessment and customer
engagement’ on page 15.
Assessing our LEEP
customers’ transition plans
We expect our customers’ transition plans
to set out four elements – Governance,
Targets, Risk Management and Disclosure.
Key criteria for each element are outlined
in the table on page 13.
The customer transition plan assessment
framework, leverages guidance
from credible third-parties such as the
Transition Pathway Initiative, Climate
Action 100+ and the Science Based
Target Initiative. Expectations for credible
climate transition plans are evolving. In
light of this, we will continue to review our
assessment framework regularly to reflect
relevant developments. We may update
our assessment framework and, if we
make material changes, we will explain
how they impact upon our assessment
outcomes in the relevant year.
We assess the trajectory of our LEEP
customers’ transition plans relative to our
criteria and then categorise those plans as
being ‘Mature’, ‘Progressing’ or ‘Emerging’,
as described on page 13. We expect
customers in the ‘Emerging’ phase to
demonstrate sufficient improvement in
their transition plans to at least the
‘Progressing’ phase, generally within
two years of our engagement.
1. We apply general threshold requirements applicable to all LEEP customers, as well as threshold requirements specific to particular cohorts of LEEP customers. For further detail, refer
to the LEEP customer selection definition in the Glossary. 2. In some cases, our 2025 assessment of LEEP customers took into account customers’ actions and/or information relevant
to our assessment criteria up to 22 October 2025 (i.e., after ANZ’s end of financial year).
How our LEEP customers
are placed in 2025
LEEP customers grouped by
transition phase (150 customers)
Our 2025 assessment
2
resulted in an
upgrade of ten customers: six moved
from ‘Emerging’ to ‘Progressing’, one from
‘Emerging’ to ‘Mature’, and three from
‘Progressing’ to ‘Mature’. Upgrades were
largely driven by customers establishing
or strengthening their quantitative and
timebound climate targets.
During the year, a number of customers
were no longer in LEEP mostly due to
material changes in banking relationships
such as customer exits. For this reason,
we added five new customers to the LEEP
cohort during the year.
For the 16 customers that have remained
in the ‘Emerging’ phase this year, we have
tailored account plans to guide our
engagement. The high-level outcomes for
most of these customers are either to cap
or reduce support (as measured by credit
limits). In many cases, we have also sought
to pivot our financing towards those
customers’ transition or lower carbon
initiatives, noting that some ‘Emerging’
customers are active in transition
investments, but do not meet our other
assessment criteria for ‘Progressing’ or
‘Mature’ (such as disclosures).
MatureProgressingEmerging
774924
Our Large Emitters
Engagement Program
Our customers are also impacted by regulatory expectations, investor scrutiny and
broader societal demands which are driving the need for greater accountability
and climate-related disclosures. While these drivers are global, we acknowledge
the Australian Government’s release in 2025 of its Net Zero Plan, accompanying
sector pathways and consultation on transition planning, which will help guide our
customers with operations in Australia on how their transition efforts might
contribute to achieving these sector and economy-wide plans.
Ambitions
12ANZ 2025 Climate Report
1. We acknowledge that the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) was disbanded in October 2023, with its recommendations fully integrated into the ISSB
Standards. However, our current assessment framework continues to evaluate customers’ disclosures against the TCFD recommendations. 2. International Sustainability Standards
Board (ISSB).
Summary
phase
description
Customers that generally do not
meet our expectations for the
‘Progressing’ phase. Some may
have internal plans, including
governance structures and
steps being taken to reduce
emissions that are not yet
disclosed. Others may have
disclosed plans but without
accompanying emissions
disclosures or targets to reduce
their emissions.
Customers that are
demonstrating sufficient
improvement of their plans.
These customers may have
targets that fall short of being
Paris-aligned intermediate
targets, e.g., due to challenges
in the sector or environment
they operate in.
Customers that have
disclosed a well-developed
or advanced transition plan.
This includes customers we
consider to be ‘sector
leaders’.
Governance
• Acknowledges the need to
develop a transition plan or at
least recognises that climate
change is a significant issue.
• At least adequate
governance to manage
climate risk.
• Strong governance in place
to manage climate risk.
• Acknowledges climate
is a material risk and
opportunity.
Ta rg e t s
• No public targets to reduce
emissions (although may
have other plans in place to
reduce their Scope 1, Scope
2 or Scope 3 emissions).
• May have a reasonably
ambitious Scope 1 and
Scope 2 target but not yet
Paris-aligned.
• Have a Paris-aligned Scope 1
and Scope 2 target but does
not have clear plans to
achieve the target.
• Have a Paris-aligned Scope 1
and Scope 2 target and clear
plans to achieve the target.
• Committed to net zero by
2050 covering at least Scope
1 and Scope 2 emissions.
• May have targets to reduce
their material Scope 3
emissions.
• Incorporates climate
performance into executive
remuneration.
Risk
management
• Acknowledgement of link
between climate risk and
financial risk.
• Steps being taken to
embed climate risks and
opportunities in company’s
strategy (in addition to
acknowledging link between
climate and financial risks).
• Have embedded climate
risks and opportunities
in company’s strategy.
• Publicly disclosed
scenario analysis.
Disclosures
1
• High level or no Task Force
on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) – aligned
reporting, or equivalent (e.g.,
ISSB)
2
• No or limited disclosure
of emissions.
• No independent assessment
or assurance of transition
plan, targets or emissions.
• Have high level TCFD-aligned
(or equivalent) reporting.
May be moving towards
comprehensive TCFD-aligned
reporting, or equivalent (e.g.,
ISSB).
• At least Scope 1 and Scope
2 emissions disclosed.
• Comprehensive TCFD-
aligned reporting, or
equivalent (e.g., ISSB).
• Scope 1, Scope 2 and
material Scope 3 emissions
disclosed.
• Clear plans to reduce
emissions towards their
targets and disclose their
progress.
• Ideally independent
assessment or assurance
of transition plan, including
targets and emissions.
ProgressingEmergingMature
13
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Energy customers
This year marked a milestone in our
ongoing engagement with our energy
customers and assessment of their
progress. We had set clear expectations
for existing energy customers to achieve
by the end of 2025 and stated that we
may decline or reduce support to
customers that did not meet, or had not
sufficiently improved, towards those
expectations. We are pleased that our
engagement has mostly been positive.
Through this engagement, we have
supported energy customers to
strengthen their transition plans and
report transparently on their climate risks
and opportunities. We have assessed the
majority of the energy customer cohort
as having met, or made sufficient
improvements towards, our expectations.
Our assessment of energy customers’
progress provided valuable insights into
how these customers are approaching the
transition to a lower-emissions economy
and highlighted areas where ANZ can offer
targeted support to accelerate their
progress.
As part of our analysis, we assessed
transition plans for customers
representing approximately 90% of
credit limits of our energy customers.
This represents the vast majority of the
customer relationships within the energy
customer cohort. Transition plans for
energy customers representing
approximately 10% of credit limits were
not reviewed on the basis that exposures
were not material (e.g., energy customers
with very low credit limits) or the energy
customer has materially ‘transitioned’ to
low emissions activities (e.g., renewable
electricity generation).
Some of our energy customers have not
made sufficient progress towards our
expectations and we have reassessed our
support for them based on this and other
factors, by capping or reducing limits – in
some cases this has occurred before
2025. In other instances, we have exited
the customer, partly on the basis of their
lack of progress in developing their plan
since we first set our energy customer
expectations in 2021.
Ongoing LEEP customer
engagement and monitoring
At this point, we have considered how we
can best support the different cohorts of
LEEP customers, recognising that many
will soon be subject to mandatory climate
reporting in Australia or other countries.
We believe the most effective next step is
to adopt a single, integrated approach for
engaging with relevant higher-emitting
customers, regardless of their sector,
while ensuring consistent governance for
how we assess and monitor customer
transition plans. We estimate that through
LEEP we have undertaken enhanced
customer engagement with customers
responsible for around 60% of our
Institutional credit customer portfolio
financed emissions.
1
See LEEP customers
and LEEP customer selection terms in
the glossary for further detail on how we
select LEEP customers.
From 2026 onwards, we intend to engage
with our LEEP customers and assess their
transition plans at least annually. The level
of engagement will vary depending on the
assessment outcomes. For example, we
may increase engagement with customers
we assess as ‘Emerging’ and may reduce
engagement with customers that we
consider to be progressing well.
At the same time, our monitoring of our
LEEP customers’ transition plans will be
ongoing. If we observe that a customer’s
transition plan approach is not progressing
or that they are not achieving their
objectives, we will engage with the
customer and may reduce our support.
In this respect, we recognise that there
may be industry specific or market
challenges beyond the customer’s control,
which we seek to understand and take
into account.
Our 2026 LEEP customer cohort by sector
representation is reflected in the chart
below. As explained below, the
composition of LEEP may change from
time to time.
How our transition plan
assessment affects our
decision making about
LEEP customers
The diagram on page 15 illustrates,
at a high level, how our transition plan
assessment for LEEP customers is
relevant for decisions regarding our LEEP
customers more broadly. Our approach
extends beyond each lending decision
to include non-lending transactions for
certain energy customers where we
consider certain capital markets activities
as part of our transaction escalation
processes. In 2026, we intend to include
certain capital markets activities for LEEP
customers in-scope of our industry and
transport sectoral pathways.
While we continue to refine our decision-
making process, consideration based on
our transition plan assessment represents
a meaningful step forward in our ability to
assess, monitor and engage with our LEEP
customers. This enables us to better
understand the challenges and
opportunities they face and to support
their transition.
1. Includes Scope 1 and Scope 2 (location-based) of
ANZ's large business customers that are ultimate group
parents (where possible) with a material credit limit (either
through group or subsidiary level). We excluded customers
within Project Finance, Financial Institutions, Public Sector,
and other customer segments such as services and
education, which typically have lower emissions.
Oil & Gas
Transport
Food, Beverage & Agribusiness
Power generation
Mining
Other
Property
Mining with material met coal exposure*
32
5
12
2
3
22
9
41
Met Coal*
18
2026 LEEP customers by sector
*This includes 5 of 6 material metallurgical coal
customers, representing ~72% of our exposure
at default (EAD) to this sector.
14ANZ 2025 Climate Report
1. ANZ’s support is subject to applicable policies including the S&E Risk Policy and credit policies, as well as climate
targets including ANZ’s sectoral pathways (see pages 32 for further information). Refer to page 7 for information on
ANZ’s transaction escalation process. 2. Certain activities typically refers to those that assist customers to reduce their
carbon emissions or improve environmental outcomes. 3. Decisions are subject to consideration of industry or market
specific challenges that may impact our customers. 4. For example, decline to participate in new credit or certain capital
markets opportunities, reduce limits available to the customer or selldown existing exposures.
High level representation of how transition plan assessments
relate to broader decision making
Level of
support
Transition
phase
category
Emerging
Progressing
Mature
Likely to
support
1
May reduce
support
3,4
Governing transition plan
assessment and customer
engagement
The CRT is the main decision-making
body for customer transition plan
assessment ratings. The CRT also
governs decisions regarding inclusions
or exclusions from LEEP and, for LEEP
customers in the ‘Emerging’ phase
that have account plans, monitors the
implementation of those plans.
The CRT is co-chaired by
representatives from our Climate Risk
and ESG Analytics and Advisory team,
and includes representatives from
the Institutional division, including
Sustainable Finance and relevant
Business Sectors.
The diagram below illustrates, at a
high level, how we are incorporating
our transition plan expectations into
decision-making processes for our
LEEP customers.
Discuss the preliminary review outcome with Relationship
Managers before recommending customer transition plan
ratings to the CRT for review.
Monitor the account plan implementation
from customers in ‘Emerging’ phase.
Complete the Climate Change Risk
Assessment (CCRA), utilising the
latest climate-related disclosures for
the customer and insights from
customer engagement.
Engage customers with support from
Sector Transition Specialists.
Conduct an independent preliminary
review of Relationship Managers’
responses.
Oversee LEEP customers’ transition
plan ratings and engagement.
Make decisions if the CRT escalates
individual customer ratings.
Review proposed customer assessment
ratings.
Approve ratings except those escalated to
the Senior Executives Group due to
consensus not being reached within the CRT.
Track actions taken from the customer
engagement and evaluate progress against
our customer transition plan assessment
framework.
Senior Executives
Group Executive,
Institutional, Group Chief
Risk Officer, Group General
Manager, Climate
CRT
ESG Analytics and
Advisory Team, Climate
Risk, Business Sectors
and Sustainable Finance
Refer to our Sectoral Pathway
Transaction Escalation Process
on page 7 for further detail.
For our large business customers, including
LEEP customers, decision-making is
subject to due diligence as required by
our Social and Environmental (S&E) Risk
Policy and, where applicable, assessment
via our transaction escalation processes
which considers:
• The customer’s transition plan maturity;
• ANZ’s customer account plan (if any); and
• Relevant reputational risks.
Relationship
Managers
ESG Analytics and
Advisory Team
May support
(support more likely for
certain activities)
1,2,3
15
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
1. The total amount of funds raised by a borrower/ issuer on a transaction or deal e.g., if a customer borrows $1 billion via a syndicated loan from 5 banks providing $200 million each,
then the deal size is $1 billion. 2. To preserve confidentiality, the exact size of the single Corporate transaction executed this year is not disclosed.
ANZ is financing a
sustainable transition by
strategically mobilising
and deploying capital to
support our customers
to transition.
Supporting our Institutional
customers to transition
ANZ’s Sustainable Finance team in our
Institutional division helps our customers
identify climate- and nature-related
risks and opportunities and link our
customers’ financing needs to their
sustainability strategies, through the use
of labelled loans, bonds and trade
products. We continue to observe
sustainability strategies being integrated
by customers into lines of business
which is driving ongoing demand for
these labelled products.
During 2025, we participated in 159
labelled sustainable finance deals with a
total deal size
1
of $165 billion, compared
to 145 deals with a total deal size
1
of
$184 billion in 2024. The amount
attributed to ANZ was $23.60 billion, of
which $17.34 billion was executed through
on-balance sheet loans and other credit
lines and $6.26 billion executed via our
distribution capability. In addition, ANZ
acted as Sustainability Coordinator on
30% of the labelled deals we participated
in (48 deals), demonstrating our leadership
in facilitating sustainable finance.
$66b (41 deals) from Resources,
Energy and Infrastructure
$49b (40 deals) from Financial
Institutions Group
$24b (45 deals) from Property
and Health
$21b (23 deals) from Diversified
Industries
$5b (9 deals) from Food,
Beverages and Agribusiness
Less than $1b (1 deal) from Corporate
2
Total deal size
$165b
Sustainable finance total deal size
ANZ share/hold
120
140
160
180
200
100
80
60
40
20
0
20212022
119
11
202320242025
155
17
144
16
184
19
165
24
Sustainable finance total deal
size
1
over time ($b)
(74 deals) from
International
(68 deals) from
Australia
(17 deals) from
New Zealand
$59b
$99b
$7b
Supporting our customers’
transition through financing
This year we supported
Intellihub with approximately
$3 billion in Green Loans to
continue its roll out of smart
meter, solar, battery, EV
charging and swimming pool
efficiency technology. Certified
by the Climate Bond Initiative,
this was the fourth syndicated
Green Loan for Intellihub since
2021. ANZ acted as Green
Loan Coordinator and Agent
for all four loans.
See page 31 for information
on our $100 billion social and
environmental target.
Nature-related financing
We expect the nature finance market to develop over the short to medium term, as
global sustainable finance taxonomies, nature impact and dependency frameworks,
guidance and standardised metrics evolve. This is demonstrated through the
release of the Australian Sustainable Finance Taxonomy this year which encourages
nature-positive investments.
This year, Endeavour Energy secured $2.07 billion in financing through a Sustainability-
Linked Loan (SLL), aligned with the Asia Pacific Loan Market Association's SLL
Principles. Key performance indicators include Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
reduction, operational waste diversion from landfill, and net habitat gain, with a new
Scope 3 emissions target also introduced. ANZ acted as Joint Sustainability
Coordinator, Lender, and Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner.
Ambitions
16ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Business and Retail Products (New Zealand)
ANZ Bank New Zealand offers lending products that may support households and
businesses to transition to a lower-emissions economy.
In addition, ANZ Bank New Zealand continues to offer lending to support customers
impacted by weather related events.
ProductDescription of Product
Business
and Agri
customers
ANZ Agri Uplift
Finance
6
For customers focused on improving farming
practices and increasing business resilience.
Supported by external assurance programs or
best practice. Launched in October 2024.
Good Energy
Agri Loan
7
Supports eligible farm gate agriculture customers
to make energy-efficient upgrades to their
on-farm houses. Launched in March 2025.
Business
Green Loan
8
Allows business and farm gate agricultural
customers to finance (or refinance) eligible assets
or specific projects that demonstrate clear
environmental benefits.
HouseholdsGood Energy
Home Loan
9
For existing eligible home loan customers to
upgrade their homes, including for example: solar
panels, heating and insulation, electric and hybrid
vehicles and chargers.
Healthy Home
Loan Package
10
For eligible customers who are buying, building,
renovating or already own a home with a
6 Homestar rating or higher.
New Zealand retail lending target
Since October 2020 we have supported 23,397 households into healthier homes
and NZ$938.86 million lending through:
• Our Good Energy Home Loan Top Up
• Our Healthy Home Loan package
• Interest-free Insulation Loans
11
Exceeding our target to help New Zealand homeowners improve the sustainability
of their homes and/or reduce their transport emissions through discounted lending
of at least NZ$825 million in aggregate to at least 19,700 households by end 2025.
SDG Bond Program
ANZBGL’s
1
capital and funding
strategy includes issuances
of bonds under ANZBGL’s
Sustainable Development Goal
(SDG) Bond Framework
2
, which
help support our vision to finance
a sustainable transition. This also
assists ANZBGL in maintaining
access to a diverse investor base
across global capital markets.
Since the first ANZ SDG Bond
issued in February 2018, ANZBGL
has issued a total of six ANZ SDG
Bonds amounting to approximately
$8.5 billion, supported by a
$14.5 billion eligible asset pool.
3
Our most recent SDG Bond was
issued in January 2025, raising
EUR 1 billion of Tier 2 capital.
Supporting customers’
decarbonisation
We also support our customers’ transition
through unlabelled financing products
and services. These include relationship
lending, structured lending (such as
project finance or asset finance) and other
banking solutions to finance or facilitate
initiatives that contribute to customers’
decarbonisation.
In 2025, we provided project financing
to fund solar farms and onshore and
offshore wind farms. We also provided
loans to fund sustainable buildings which
meet industry recognised standards or
certifications and guarantee facilities
supporting the sale of energy storage
systems.
For example, we provided $252 million in
project financing and guarantee facilities
to Cubico Sustainable Investments for the
development, construction and operation
of the 252 megawatt Wambo Stage I
and 254 megawatt Wambo Stage II wind
farms in Queensland, Australia.
1. Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited.
2. Issuances are subject to market conditions. 3. Some
ANZ SDG Bonds are no longer outstanding. 4. Safeguard
Mechanism – DCCEEW. 5. Vehicle and Equipment
Finance. 6. ANZ Agri Uplift Finance. 7. ANZ Good Energy
Agri Loan. 8. ANZ Business Green Loan. 9. ANZ Good
Energy Home Loan. 10. ANZ Healthy Home Loan
Package. 11. Product discontinued in July 2022.
Environmental Markets
ANZ plays a role in supporting customers’ participation in carbon and environmental
markets. ANZ’s Environmental Markets team engages with Institutional customers on the
risks and opportunities presented by carbon and environmental markets. This includes
customers subject to compliance obligations under the Safeguard Mechanism
4
and
those seeking to participate in carbon and environmental markets on a voluntary basis.
The team provides insights to help build ANZ’s capability and to support our
customers in understanding climate and nature risks. The team also develops related
specialist financing and market-related solutions for customers on both the demand
and supply side.
Supporting Australian commercial customers’ decarbonisation
ANZ has been working with the Clean Energy Finance Corporation (CEFC) since
2017, supporting Australian businesses to invest in more energy efficient assets.
Under the current program, extended in November 2024, ANZ and CEFC each
contribute a 0.40% discount to the interest rate, providing a total discount of 0.80%,
(increased from the 0.50% discount that applied prior to the extension) to eligible
customers for loans up to $5 million.
Eligible customers are small-to-medium sized businesses investing in a broad range
of renewable energy and energy efficient technologies, industrial and agricultural
equipment, recycling technologies and electric vehicles.
5
During 2025, 257 contracts
were funded for a total of $46.64 million under the program.
17
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Understanding nature
risks and opportunities
Our Climate and Environment Strategy (C&E Strategy) reflects our acknowledgment
of the importance of, and links between, climate and nature. Our approach is
guided by our ambition to build our capability to help customers understand both
climate and nature risks.
1. Including chemicals, construction materials, containers & packaging, metals & mining and paper & forest products. 2. Locate, Evaluate, Assess and Prepare. 3. The ENCORE tool
previously referred to ‘impacts’ and ‘dependencies’, however the tool now refers to ‘pressures’ and ‘dependencies’. 4. TNFD – Sector Guidance (June 2024).
Customer engagement
Since 2021, we have engaged with
some of our largest emitting business
customers on nature-related issues.
This year, we ran a two-tiered approach,
building on a desktop analysis conducted
in 2024. This approach helps us better
understand nature-related impacts,
support broad customer engagement
opportunities and informs our nature risk
management approach.
High level analysis 2025 –
LEEP customers
We sought information through our
Climate Change Risk Assessment (CCRA)
about whether LEEP customers are
establishing or strengthening their
nature-related Board governance, metrics
and targets, and disclosures using
recognised indicators or metrics on nature.
Focused nature
engagement cohort
We also undertook a focused engagement
over a small cohort of customers across
sectors (see chart below). Our bankers
initiated discussions with each customer
Focused nature engagement cohort by sector (%)
in the cohort to understand their approach
to managing nature risks and opportunities.
Our engagement approach is informed by
third party frameworks such as Nature
Action 100, SPRING, Forest 500 and the
Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures (TNFD).
Key themes arising from this
engagement include:
• Nature is a growing strategic priority.
However, most organisations remain
focused primarily on climate, driven by
mandatory climate reporting
requirements.
• Maturity in nature strategies varies
across sectors. For example, Australian
resource sector customers continue to
be more mature in terms of identifying/
disclosing nature-related risks and
opportunities, partly due to heightened
scrutiny on the activities of customers
operating in this sector.
• Some companies have piloted LEAP
2
or are using aspects of the TNFD, while
others have communicated plans for
inaugural disclosures drawing on the
TNFD.
• In terms of the TNFD reporting
framework, some companies are in
the early stages of adoption of TNFD
recommendations.
• Some companies are embedding
processes to consider nature-related
impacts and dependencies across
their business, while others are taking
a project-specific approach.
An overarching theme was the
challenge of data collection and
subsequent comparison of location-
specific data, arising from a lack of
standardised metrics. This leads to
difficulties in quantifying nature-related
impacts and dependencies of relevant
projects.
Portfolio analysis
Nature risks and opportunities
are inherently sector and location
specific. As a result, identifying and
applying a single portfolio-wide
metric or target is challenging.
The Exploring Natural Capital
Opportunities Risks and Exposure
(ENCORE)
3
tool identifies potential sector-
level nature pressures and dependencies.
Having regard to the TNFD’s additional
guidance for financial institutions
4
, we
have reported against one of the core
disclosure metrics for financial institutions
– ‘Exposure to sectors’. This metric
represents exposure to a defined set
of sectors considered to have material
nature-related pressures and
dependencies. The outcomes are
reflected on page 19.
The assessment highlighted the
materials, and food and beverage
sectors as those with higher potential
pressures and dependencies on nature.
Within the sectors assessed, water use
and terrestrial (land-based) ecosystem
use are categorised as having the most
material potential nature-related
pressures. This analysis helped inform
our approach to customer engagement.
Ambitions
32%
24%
12%
12%
8%
4%
4%
4%
Materials
1
Real Estate Development &
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
Consumer Staples Distribution &
Retail & Services (Restaurants)
Consumer Durables & Apperal
(excluding Home Building)
Transportation
Food & Beverage
Utilities and Environment &
Facilities Services
Other
Number of
customers engaged
25
32%
24%
12%
12%
8%
4%
4%
4%
Materials
1
Real Estate Development &
Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)
Consumer Staples Distribution &
Retail & Services (Restaurants)
Consumer Durables & Apperal
(excluding Home Building)
Transportation
Food & Beverage
Utilities and Environment &
Facilities Services
Other
Number of
customers engaged
25
18ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Our approach to deforestation
Our S&E Risk Policy requires
decision makers to assess material
large business customer impacts. In
financing activities of land and forest
customers
5
, decision makers are
expected to have awareness of the
impacts of the land and forest
customers’ proposed activities,
including in relation to deforestation.
ANZ seeks to support large business
customers’ land management
activities that avoid or reduce
negative impacts on land and
forests, restore and regenerate
ecosystems, including reforestation
and improving grazing, water and
soil management.
We expect land and forest customers
engaging in forest management,
palm oil or soy activities to have
public commitments to high
standards via certification or
independent verification. Information
about ANZ’s policy on land and
forest management is available at
anz.com/social-and-
environmental-risk-management.
As part of our focused nature
engagement cohort, in sectors with
potential heightened deforestation
risk, we have included a tailored
focus on deforestation. Where
relevant, we discussed European
Union Deforestation Regulation
preparedness and the impact of
deforestation targets within the
customers' value chains.
We continue to monitor responses
to deforestation from industry
bodies and other stakeholders.
We will also consider ways to
improve our disclosure of potential
exposure to deforestation, informed
by engagement with the
Accountability Framework Initiative
(AFI) or its delivery partners that we
are planning to undertake in 2026.
This engagement is intended to
supplement discussions with our
customers, industry bodies and
other stakeholders about their use
of the AFI and what benefits it may
have achieved.
1. Pressure and dependency ratings were sourced from ENCORE. A score was applied in order to convert ENCORE's
qualitative assessment to a quantitative analysis and scores were aggregated. 2. Including chemicals, construction
materials, containers & packaging, metals & mining and paper & forest products. 3. Suncorp Bank is excluded from the
Policy. Suncorp Bank maintains its own Responsible Banking Policy which outlines its approach to the management of
ESG risks and opportunities across Suncorp Bank. The Responsible Banking Policy applies to Suncorp Bank and all
products and services provided by Suncorp Bank to its customers. 4. We recognise that there may be preference for
descriptions other than Indigenous such as First Nations peoples or Tangata Whenua. We respect preferences as guided
by the United Nations’ Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues. 5. Large business customers that we consider manage
or have the potential to significantly impact areas of land.
We continue to draw on the
TNFD framework to help inform
our disclosures in this report.
Refer to Appendix 3 for our TNFD
Index, outlining our response to
the recommendations.
ENCORE
1
potential pressures and dependencies by sector
Lower
The size of the bubble represents exposure at default ($b EAD) as at June 2025.
Potential dependencies
Potential pressures
Higher
Lower
Higher
Household & Personal Products
Automobiles & Components
Consumer Staples Distribution &
Retail & Services (Restaurants)
Consumer Durables & Apparel
(excluding Home Building)
Food & Beverage
52.9
13.7
22.2
0.5
5.1
5.0
15.2
14.9
2.5
1.4
12.3
99.1
Utilities and Environmental
& Facilities Services
Electronic Equipment (including
semiconductors)
Real Estate Development & REITs
Energy (excluding energy utilities)
Materials
Transportation
Pharmaceuticals & Biotechology
Our approach to
managing nature risk
Nature loss is classified as an
emerging risk to ANZ under our
Risk Management Strategy.
We are seeking to improve our
understanding of the impacts and
dependencies – positive and negative –
nature and biodiversity can have on our
customers, including how customers are
managing and mitigating material risks
and impacts.
We consider that nature and biodiversity
risk can arise from lending to customers
that have material impacts or
dependencies on nature. These risks
can also arise from legal and regulatory
changes, which may impact ANZ directly
or indirectly through our customers.
Failure to manage these risks may lead
to financial and non-financial risks to ANZ.
We seek to understand nature-related
risks from lending to our large business
customers, including through the
application of our Social and Environmental
Risk Policy (S&E Risk Policy)
3
and related
tools and processes (refer to page 23 for
further information).
ANZ will take steps through the use of the
Social and Environmental Screening Tool,
to understand whether large business
customer activities significantly affect
culturally or environmentally sensitive
areas or issues, and will not knowingly
support those activities. Examples of
such activities include those which
threaten, significantly impact or breach,
as the case may be:
• UNESCO World Heritage sites;
• wetlands on the Ramsar list;
• designated national parks and
conservation areas;
• species listed in the Convention on
International Trade in Endangered
Species of Wild Fauna and Flora;
• species listed in the International Union
for Conservation of Nature (ICUN) Red
List of Threatened Species;
• places or objects of Indigenous
4
cultural
heritage without appropriate consent; or
• relevant international and domestic
treaties and agreements.
19
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
We continue to build the capability of our relevant employees, through programs
and training that develop understanding, knowledge and skills in climate and
nature to help them to engage with and support our customers - a core ambition
of our Climate and Environment Strategy (C&E Strategy).
Building internal capability
We offer learning and development on
ESG, including climate and nature risks
and opportunities, through our ESG@ANZ
Mindset 2030 Learning Program. The
optional online program includes our
foundational and specialisation learning
programs, supplemented by webinars
and speaker events.
Since the 10-module foundational
learning program was launched in 2023,
over 6,400 employees have completed
the program. This included over 70% of
employees in our Institutional division,
which the learning program was initially
established to support, exceeding our
training and capability target of 65%. The
most recent feedback showed that 98%
1
of respondents believed the program
improved their knowledge of ESG and how
it relates to ANZ, with 79% using their
knowledge from the program in their role.
An ESG Competency Framework is also
being developed to identify the skills,
knowledge and behaviours needed for
specific roles across ANZ.
Helping our bankers to support our customers
Education is important for the understanding and effective management
of climate and nature risks and opportunities for our large business
customers. This year, we continued to:
Educate relevant employees about our Social and Environmental Risk Policy
(S&E Risk Policy) and Standard, including specific requirements for sensitive
sectors and Climate Risk Standard.
2
Training related to the S&E Risk Policy is
mandatory for employees authorised to make credit decisions relating to large
business customers. Refer to page 22 for further details on our S&E Risk Policy.
Deliver training to uplift the skills and knowledge of relevant employees
to apply the Climate Change Risk Assessment (CCRA), including relationship
managers who are engaging with our LEEP customers. The training includes
how climate risks and opportunities may manifest for our large business
customers, with reference to our internal customer transition plan assessment
framework.
1. Feedback was sought from a representative sample group who completed the program a minimum of six months prior. 2. Excluded Suncorp Bank during the reporting period. The
Climate Risk Standard will include Suncorp Bank in 2026. 3. Farming for the Future is a not-for-profit research and change program that seeks to progress the Australian agricultural
industry’s understanding of on-farm natural capital and its management.
Building our capability to help
our customers understand
climate and nature risks
Refer to page 23 for further details on
the CCRA and page 12 on our LEEP.
Ambitions
Examples of additional training provided in 2025:
A Climate Risk Masterclass was delivered to employees within the
Group Risk function to provide a deeper understanding of ANZ’s approach to
managing climate risk, including how this is supported through our C&E Strategy.
As part of our collaboration with Farming for the Future (FftF)
3
, face-to-face
training was delivered to ANZ Agribusiness employees including bankers, credit
decision makers and support functions. The sessions covered the findings of
research undertaken by FftF and included upskilling employees on environmental
projects on farms, such as carbon, biodiversity and renewable energy projects.
20ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Collaborating with
stakeholders to support
the transition
We continued to engage with stakeholders and leverage partnerships to uplift
our climate and nature capability and contribute to industry guidance and thought
leadership. We periodically review our membership of industry associations,
bodies and partners we work with for alignment with strategy, ANZ’s position
on policy and advocacy, along with other relevant considerations.
Industry associations
and bodies
We are members of a number of industry
associations and bodies. Through these
memberships we contribute to
discussions on industry-wide economic,
social and environmental issues affecting
our customers, shareholders and the
broader community. This includes matters
impacting the sustainable finance market.
We also participate in industry working
groups, including to contribute towards
improving market standards and market
development.
Many of our memberships are connected
to our Institutional business, reflecting
where we believe we can have the most
significant impact as we estimate our
lending to Institutional customers
contribute approximately two-thirds of
our total financed emissions.
Examples of our memberships include:
• New Zealand Banking Association
• Asia Pacific Loan Market Association
(APLMA)
• International Capital Markets Association
(ICMA)
• Australian Sustainable Finance Institute
(ASFI)
• Climate Bonds Initiative
• Green Buildings Council of Australia.
Examples of working groups we
participated in include:
• APLMA Green and Sustainable
Lending Committee
• ICMA Climate Transition Finance
Working Group
• ASFI’s implementation pilot of the
Sustainable Finance Taxonomy
Partners and
thought leadership
We partner with groups and organisations
to support the delivery of our Climate and
Environment Strategy (C&E Strategy) and
play a role in sharing research and insights
that aim to support our customers.
Pollination
This year, we continued to work with
Pollination to support various aspects of
the implementation of the C&E Strategy.
In addition, we contributed to Pollination’s
second edition Nature Finance Focus
report which details some of the models
that are helping to unlock and scale nature
investment, including nature-related debt
finance.
The Aotearoa Circle
ANZ Bank New Zealand is a leading
partner of The Aotearoa Circle
1
, a
voluntary initiative to protect and restore
Aotearoa New Zealand’s natural resources.
During 2025, ANZ Bank New Zealand
contributed to Circle initiatives including
strategic planning.
Putting energy efficiency to work
The Forgotten Fuel series of reports is the
result of a collaboration between ANZ and
the Energy Efficiency Council.
2
In May 2025 the final report in the series,
Putting energy efficiency to work at home
was released. It details the practical steps
Australians can take to improve the energy
efficiency of their homes, and the climate
and financial benefits of making our
households more sustainable.
Government and regulators
We listen to, and seek to engage with,
government, public officials and
regulators including through participation
in government consultations and
parliamentary inquiries, either directly
or through our industry associations.
ANZ Bank New Zealand has participated
in various consultations with the External
Reporting Board on climate-related
disclosures.
Non-government
organisations
We engage with non-government
organisations (NGOs) on topics that relate
to climate and nature. This enables us to
understand perspectives from external
stakeholders and build our knowledge.
This year, we continued to engage
and meet with environmental NGOs in
Australia, and internationally, covering
our climate policies, climate risks and
opportunities and nature. We also
engaged with regulators, government
and NGOs to build the knowledge of
our senior executives across ESG topics.
1. For further information: The Aotearoa Circle. 2. The Energy Efficiency Council is a not-for-profit membership association and is the peak body for Australia’s energy
management sector.
Ambitions
21
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Risk management
ANZ recognises Climate Risk
as a Material Risk within the
Group Risk Management
Framework (RMF). Climate risk
is also considered to be a
driver of other Material Risks
within our RMF.
ANZ continues to integrate and embed
climate risk within our RMF, which is
overseen by a dedicated Climate Risk team.
This is a multi-year journey, acknowledging
the complexities and challenges that arise
from an evolving regulatory landscape;
limitations on the availability of, and access
to, reliable and consistent data; and the
need to uplift systems, tools, and
capability across the Group.
Refer to pages 5-7 for more information on
our governance structure for the oversight of
climate risks and opportunities.
1. Summaries available here: anz.com.au/social-and-environmental-risk-management. 2. The Climate Risk Standard
excluded Suncorp Bank during the reporting period. It will include Suncorp Bank in 2026. 3. Suncorp Bank has retained
their own Responsible Banking Policy which outlines its approach to the management of ESG risks and opportunities
across Suncorp Bank. The Responsible Banking Policy applies to Suncorp Bank and all products and services provided
by Suncorp Bank to its customers.
Our Risk Management
Framework
The RMF comprises three key pillars, the
Group Risk Management Strategy (RMS),
the Group Risk Appetite Statement (RAS)
and the Group Strategic Planning process,
supported by Risk Principles, which helps
guide risk management and foster an
appropriate risk culture across the Group.
Collectively the RMF helps ANZ identify,
measure, evaluate, monitor, report and
control or mitigate our material risks
including climate risk.
The RMS includes a description of climate
risk, how it is governed and our approach to
managing and overseeing it. The RMS also
sets out our Three Lines-of-Defence model,
with defined roles and responsibilities to
support the management of material risks,
including climate risk. Further details on our
RMF, including our Three Lines-of-Defence
Model, is available in the Risk Management
section of our 2025 Annual Report
available at anz.com/annual report.
The RAS includes climate risk and conveys
the maximum level of risk that the Group is
willing to accept. The RAS includes a
high-level qualitative statement as well as
quantitative metrics and tolerances that
align with our policies for lending to
large business customers within certain
sensitive sectors. We will seek to continue
to enhance our risk appetite metrics as we
evolve our work on climate risk or as the
external risk environment evolves.
Our Policy Framework
Social and Environmental
Risk Policy
ANZ Bank Group assesses and manages
potential social and environmental impacts
of our lending decisions to large business
customers through the application of our
Social and Environmental Risk Policy (S&E
Risk Policy), Social and Environmental Risk
Standard (including specific requirements
for sensitive sectors), and Climate Risk
Standard (Standards).
1,2
The Policy and
Standards apply to ANZ Bank Group,
excluding Suncorp Bank.
3
Our S&E Risk Policy outlines ANZ Bank
Group’s approach to the management
and mitigation of social and environmental
risks arising from large business customer
activities, including the impacts of climate
and nature risks. It is applied to other
customers where ANZ perceives that a
customer or their activities may have a
material impact and is otherwise used to
guide decision-making.
The Social and Environmental Risk Standard
provides bankers with more detail on internal
requirements and the expectations we have
of our large business customers, having
regard to ANZ’s more specific policy positions,
as applicable. It includes core requirements
such as consideration of human rights and
the protection of culturally or environmentally
sensitive areas. ANZ will not tolerate land
acquisition and involuntary resettlement that
we consider improper. The core requirements
apply to decisions relating to large business
customers, in addition to the requirements
specific to sensitive sectors (listed below).
Energy Industry
Extractives Industry
Land and Forest Management
Water Management
Military Equipment
More than one set of sensitive sector
requirements may apply to the same
customer/activity under consideration.
Our Climate Risk Standard is principles-
based and seeks to provide a consistent
approach to identifying, assessing and
managing climate risk. This includes key
elements taken into consideration when
making decisions that may result in actual
or potential climate risks and impacts to our
customers or ANZ. The Standard includes
requirements relating to:
Acting in accordance with our
S&E Risk Policy, C&E Strategy and
Climate Change Commitment;
Identifying, assessing and managing
climate risks in our lending portfolios
and capital markets activity; and
Monitoring and reporting of potential
climate risks and impacts to relevant
forums and committees.
This year we focused on:
Further enhancing and embedding
climate risk management
requirements across the Group
through our Climate Risk Standard
and Non-Financial Risk Framework.
Expanding the escalation process to
include material lending transactions
that impact our industry and transport
sectoral pathways (refer to page 7).
Enhancing our Climate Change Risk
Assessment (CCRA) through exploring
the use of generative artificial
intelligence (refer to page 23).
Enhancing our climate scenario
analysis capability, including through:
• the recruitment of specialist
resources;
• identifying and assessing our
material climate risks; and
• undertaking a physical risk
assessment of our Australian home
loan portfolio (refer to pages 28-29).
Delivery of a Group-wide capability
to undertake geospatial climate risk
assessment through ANZ’s Climate
Risks and Opportunities Platform
(CROP), initially focusing on our
Australian home loan portfolio
(refer to pages 28-29).
Ambitions
22ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Tools and processes
The table below outlines examples of key tools and processes that are used within the credit process across different customer cohorts
to help identify, assess and manage climate risks.
Information on ANZ Bank New Zealand tools will be available in the ANZ Bank New Zealand mandatory climate statement no later than
31 January 2026 on ANZ Bank New Zealand's website.
To o l sCustomer Cohort
Agri Viability ToolA screening tool used to assist bankers with their understanding of
agricultural transactions including certain ESG-related risks when
assessing certain agricultural loan application types.
Small to Medium Agricultural
customers within Australia
Commercial division.
Climate Change
Risk Assessment
(CCRA)
An online tool used to help guide customer engagement and assess
and manage climate risks. The CCRA includes an assessment of our
customers’ exposure to potential physical risks and transition risks and
the maturity of the customers’ transition plan, as aligned to our customer
transition plan assessment framework.
The assessment is ordinarily performed when conducting due diligence
on new to bank customers, when reviewing existing customers (annually),
or prior to a material transaction.
In 2025, we explored the development of a generative artificial intelligence
(AI) assistant to support relationship managers in completing the CCRA
assessment. We are seeking to commence using a generative AI assistant
in 2026, starting with LEEP customers with public disclosures.
Select higher emitting
customers of Institutional,
including Project Finance
1
and LEEP customers.
Climate Variability
Analysis
A form of due diligence to help identify the risk of seasonal variability and
the potential impact on customer performance.
We use Australian Bureau of Meteorology data to determine the short-
term (under 12 months) weather outlook, including examining variability
in annual rainfall against farm productivity results in recent years to
understand if rainfall variability may affect the suitability and volatility of
farming in selected regions. The analysis helps inform ANZ’s strategic
decision making and risk appetite. This analysis is ordinarily prepared for
new customers, existing customers buying additional property and any
customer in a region identified by ANZ as affected by serious rainfall
deficiency.
Agricultural customers within
Australia Commercial.
Social and
Environmental
Screening Tool
A tool used to facilitate qualitative risk assessments of social and
environmental risks, including impacts of climate change, that may result
in potential financial and/or non-financial risks to ANZ Bank Group from
our Institutional customers’ activities. It also assists bankers in the
application of the S&E Risk Policy and the S&E Risk Standard.
This assessment is ordinarily performed when conducting due diligence
on new to bank customers, when reviewing existing customers (at least
annually), prior to a material transaction, or when ANZ Bank Group
becomes aware of:
a) a material change to the customer’s activities, or
b) a material impact occurring.
Customers within Institutional
(our large business customers).
1. Project Finance refers to a business unit within our Institutional division.
23
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Climate Scenario Analysis
We recognise the importance of
climate scenario analysis in helping us
understand our material climate risks and
opportunities
1
, including the resilience
of our business model and strategy.
Scenario analysis also supports insights
into sector and portfolio vulnerabilities
and informs risk assessments, strategic
planning and decision-making across
different time-horizons.
In 2025, we used climate scenario
analysis to identify and assess the material
climate risks to our business model and
conducted a quantitative physical risk
assessment of our Australian home loan
portfolio refer to pages 28-29.
2
We
continue to invest in resources, data and
systems to mature our approach to
scenario analysis.
Identification and assessment
of our material climate risks
We used a combination of quantitative
and qualitative factors to identify and
assess the potential impacts of climate
risk drivers on ANZ’s business model to
identify our material climate risks,
including their interaction with the
ANZ’s material risk
3
categories. This
assessment was informed by external
expert advice, climate scenario analysis,
ANZ’s existing RMF and input from more
than 50 internal stakeholders across a
range of functions. Judgement and
assumptions were applied to support
the identification and assessment of
our material climate risks. These were
documented through each stage of the
process, where relevant, for input and
validation by relevant stakeholders.
To assist with maintaining an up-to-date
understanding of our climate risks, we
seek to update this assessment
periodically. The outcomes inform our
ongoing efforts to integrate and embed
climate risk into ANZ’s RMF and
decision-making processes. Details of
the process are outlined on page 25.
The assessment showed the Group is
exposed to climate risk either directly
through its operations, or indirectly
through lending to customers. Our
material climate risks arise from lending
to business and retail customers,
contributing to credit risk. Climate risk
was also identified as a driver of
non-financial risk. See Potential
impacts of climate risk drivers to the
Group’s material risk categories on
pages 26-27 for further details.
The impact of these climate risks may
be widespread, including through
second-order impacts. For example,
the economic impact of a drought may
extend beyond primary producers to
other customers and sectors, including
suppliers to the agricultural sector and
businesses operating within affected
communities. The sectors identified as
being most affected by climate risk
include agriculture, commercial and
residential property and emissions
intensive sectors.
ProcessesCustomer Cohort
Review and
assessment of our
LEEP customer
transition plans
LEEP is ANZ’s signature customer engagement program, which enables
us to gain a deeper understanding of our customers’ transition strategies.
Review and assessment of LEEP customer transition plans are completed
at least annually.
For further information on the LEEP assessment framework,
refer to page 12.
LEEP customers.
Sectoral Pathway
Transaction
Escalation
Process (STEP)
A process for material transactions for customers in ANZ’s energy,
industry and transport sectoral pathways.
Material transactions are referred to internal senior subject matter experts
for review of the proposed transactions. For further information on STEP,
refer to page 7.
Customers in ANZ’s energy,
industry and transport sectoral
pathways.
Equator PrinciplesA risk management framework that determines, assesses, and manages
social and environmental risks when financing large infrastructure and
industrial projects.
More information on the Equator Principles is available at
anz.com/about-us/esg/policies-practices/equator-principles.
Project financing or export
finance provided to ANZ’s
Institutional customers.
1. Our opportunities analysis is ongoing at the time of this report, and we expect to disclose the outcomes of this next year. 2. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) scenarios were selected for the physical risk assessment of our Australian home loan portfolio for their detailed physical climate
projections appropriate to evaluating property-level risks. Refer to Appendix 4 for more details of the inputs and assumptions used in our physical risk assessments.
3. Further details on our risk types is available in the Risk Management section of our 2025 Annual Report available at anz.com/annualreport.
24ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Climate risk identification and assessment process
• Mapped ANZ’s business model and value chain (refer to page 4).
• Identified key financial drivers for each division within the business model.
• Assessed financial materiality for each division to determine the scope of the assessment.
• Selected the appropriate climate scenarios and time horizons.
• Identified key physical and transition risk drivers relevant to each division and mapped
these to corresponding financial drivers.
• Developed a methodology to assess:
i) the severity of climate risks across the selected climate scenarios and time horizons,
ranging from low to very high levels of change; and
ii) the potential financial materiality of these risks, classified as low, medium or high.
Risks identified with minimal variation or no direct climate impact were excluded from
the assessment.
• Assessed inherent financial risks to ANZ using the methodology developed in Step 2.
A risk was assessed as material if it was rated as having “high” or “very high” severity
and “high” potential financial materiality.
• Assessed inherent non-financial risks to ANZ using ANZ’s Non-Financial Risk Framework
(NFR) to evaluate the likelihood and impact of each risk. These were combined using
ANZ’s NFR risk matrix to determine an overall consequence rating. Risks rated with “very
high” consequence were considered material.
Step 1. Business
Model and Value
Chain Mapping
Step 2. Climate Risk
Assessment
Step 3. Financial
Impact and Materiality
Assessment
Scenario selection and time horizon
Our assessment focused on ANZ’s inherent risk, explored through two climate scenarios and multiple time horizons. The scenarios,
selected from the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS), represent divergent climate pathways to help identify where our
material climate risks may arise.
Two NGFS scenarios were chosen as they provide comprehensive coverage of both transition and physical climate risks across
economic sectors.
NGFS Net Zero 2050
(a 1.5°C future):
Represents an orderly and coordinated
global response to achieving net zero
emissions by 2050 and limiting warming
to 1.5°C in line with the Paris Agreement.
It is characterised by consistent and
stringent climate policy action and rapid
adoption of low emission technologies,
leading to a sharp rise in global carbon
prices and a transition from fossil fuels
to renewables and electrification. While
near-term transition costs are higher,
physical climate risks are moderate due
to avoided climate impacts. This scenario
was selected to assess ANZ’s business
model exposure to high transition risk.
NGFS Current Policies
Hot House World (a >3°C future):
Represents the continuation of today’s
climate policies without additional
ambition, resulting in substantial warming
above 3°C. Transition costs are lower but
physical damages increase due to more
frequent and severe extreme weather
events. This scenario was selected to
assess ANZ’s business model exposure
to high physical risks.
Time horizons
In defining our time horizons, we
considered existing internal decision-
making processes, including those
relating to credit risk assessment,
strategic and capital planning processes
and target setting.
Time Horizon Yea rs
Short-term 0-1 (2026)
Medium-term 1-5 (2030)
Long-term 5+ (2050)
25
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Potential impacts of climate risk drivers to the Group’s material risk categories
Climate risk driver
Examples of
potential impacts
ANZ
Material
Risk
Category
ANZ
Severity Rating
Division
1
Managing the risk
NGFS
Net Zero
2050
NGFS
Current
Policies
Economic transition
Impacts to customers
from the shift to a lower
emissions economy,
including in response to
the regulatory and policy
environment in which the
customer operates,
disruption from new
technology and changes
in demand to lower carbon
products and services.
This may affect the ability
of customers to repay debt,
which may result in an
increased probability of
default, or result in
‘stranded assets’,
particularly for customers
operating in
emissions
intensive sectors
.
Credit
Risk
S
M
L
S
M
L
We manage climate-related credit
risks to our customers through the
application of certain policies, tools
and processes within the credit
process. For further details, refer to
page 23.
Delivery of actions under our C&E
Strategy are also expected to help
support our customers’ transition.
Climate litigation
Increasing risk of climate-
related litigation or
enforcement action, which
may lead to potential fines
and reputational impacts.
Greenwashing, including
misrepresentation of
climate risks, business
credentials or strategies,
may expose ANZ to, for
example, legal proceedings,
financial penalties and
reputational damage.
These impacts could, in
turn, lead to a decline in
ANZ’s future earnings.
Non-
Financial
Risk:
Conduct
Risk
S
M
L
S
M
L
We seek to manage this through
transparent disclosure of our
climate-related financial risks, and
through risk management policies
and processes.
Further, we seek to manage the
potential conduct risk in this context
by monitoring our own legal risks
and claims brought against other
organisations to better understand
emerging trends.
Stakeholder perception
Risk of negative external
stakeholder perception
of ANZ’s management of
climate risk, including
through our external
commitments and ANZ’s
C&E Strategy, impacting
reputation.
If external stakeholders
perceive that ANZ is not
effectively managing
climate risk, this may result
in, for example, climate-
related litigation or
reputational impacts.
Non-
Financial
Risk:
Conduct
Risk
S
M
L
S
M
L
ANZ has a collaborative and
proactive approach to building
and maintaining relationships with
stakeholders, including customers
and shareholders.
We also seek to manage this
through transparent disclosure of
our climate-related financial risks,
and through risk management
policies and processes.
Regulatory change
Risk of failure to act in
accordance with laws,
regulations and regulatory
expectations, including
statutory reporting
requirements in the
jurisdictions in which we
operate, in response to
introduction of regulatory
climate requirements.
Non-compliance with
relevant climate and
environmental risk
regulations and legislation
could lead to penalties,
increased regulatory
oversight, capital overlays
and reputational impacts.
Non-
Financial
Risk:
Regulatory
Risk and
Statutory
Reporting
and Tax
Risk
S
M
L
S
M
L
Climate risk is integrated into ANZ’s
NFR framework. Our Climate Risk
team is working with teams in other
jurisdictions, in which we operate,
that are affected by emerging and
maturing climate-related regulations,
to oversee and support them in
developing their approach to
compliance.
ANZ has a Group-wide Climate
Disclosure Program in place to help
us meet our Australian mandatory
climate disclosure requirements.
Transition risk
1. Severity ratings reflect the assessment at the overall ANZ Group level and do not imply uniform impact across all divisions. For example, a 'High' rating does not
indicate high severity for any specific division.
Australia Retail Australia Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific Suncorp Bank Group Centre
Low or Moderate High Very high
S - Short M - Medium L - Long
26ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Limitations and uncertainties in our use of climate scenarios
Climate scenarios include assumptions,
estimates and projections that are not
exact. While scenarios describe a potential
future, these are not a prediction or signal
to future conditions or events, and events
may turn out very differently to the
scenarios considered.
The publicly available source scenarios and
data used to identify and assess material
climate risks and impacts could become
out of date and different methods and
assumptions in the source scenarios may
create inconsistency across results. Climate
risk drivers identified are also uncertain.
Climate risk driver
Examples of
potential impacts
ANZ
Material
Risk
Category
ANZ
Severity Rating
Division
1
Managing the risk
NGFS
Net Zero
2050
NGFS
Current
Policies
Insurability
Impacts to the affordability,
availability and adequacy
of insurance coverage for
customers with assets
exposed to climate-related
physical risks, including as
a result of direct impacts of
extreme weather events.
This may impact a
customer’s ability to repay
debt, increase probability
of default, lead to ‘stranded
assets’ or impact the
amount the Group could
recover due to the value
or liquidity of collateral
security being impaired.
Credit
Risk
S
M
L
S
M
L
This year, we undertook a physical
risk assessment of the Australian
home loan portfolio, including
insurability risk. For further details,
refer to page 28.
Asset damage
Impacts to the value of
assets held as security, as
a result of direct impacts of
extreme weather events.
This may result in damage
to a customer’s physical
assets, increasing the
probability of default or
reducing the Group’s
recovery prospects due
to the value or liquidity of
collateral of security being
impaired.
Credit
Risk
S
M
L
S
M
L
ANZ recognises the role it can play in
supporting affected customers and
acknowledges that this support can
assist ANZ in its management of
associated credit risk. For example,
ANZ supports customers via our
Disaster Relief Package and our
relevant risk policies and
frameworks. For further details, refer
to page 22.
Business disruption
Operational disruption,
including impacts to
customer productivity and
revenue as a result of the
occurrence of extreme
weather events.
Operational disruption may
impact a customer’s ability
to operate, increasing the
probability of default or
reducing the Group’s
recovery due to impaired
collateral value or liquidity.
Extreme weather events
may also result in damage
to the Group’s physical
assets or impact our ability
to serve our customers
and maintain operations.
Credit
Risk,
Non-
Financial
Risk:
Operational
Resilience
Risk and
Physical
Security
Risk
S
M
L
S
M
L
We manage this through the
application of certain policies, tools
and processes within the credit
process. For further details, refer to
page 23.
Physical risks to our operations are
identified, assessed, and managed
through ongoing application of our
NFR Framework. For example, the
Group’s Business Continuity and
Disaster Recovery Plans are in place
to support alternative banking
arrangements for potential
communities affected.
Physical risk
1. Severity ratings reflect the assessment at the overall ANZ Group level and do not imply uniform impact across all divisions. For example, a 'High' rating does not
indicate high severity for any specific division.
Australia Retail Australia Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific Suncorp Bank Group Centre
Low or Moderate High Very high
S - Short M - Medium L - Long
See Appendix 4 for further information
about our approach to climate scenario
analysis, as well as the Disclaimer and
Important Notices on page 1 for
information about forward-looking
statements, and the uncertainties,
challenges and risks associated with
climate-related information.
27
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
We used this capability to visualise
physical risks to the Australian home
loan portfolio for ANZ (including
Suncorp Bank). We also explored the
vulnerability of ANZ’s Australian home
loan assets to physical risks, using
external data to assess home
insurance affordability and exposure
to typically uninsurable perils. We will
continue to seek to better understand
physical risk and the potential impacts
to the Group, which may mean our
approach to understanding this risk
will evolve over time.
Understanding the results
The assessment identified that around
2.7% of ANZ’s portfolio (including
Suncorp Bank) is considered
vulnerable to physical climate perils.
This increases to 3.4% by 2050 under
the RCP2.6 (low emissions) scenario
and 4.5% under the RCP8.5 (high
emissions) scenario.
2
As shown in the table below, the Group’s
exposure is primarily associated with
insurable perils (2.4%), while exposure to
uninsurable perils remains relatively
limited (0.3%).
Proportion of Exposure At Default (EAD) within ANZ’s Australian home
loan portfolio that is assessed to be vulnerable to each climate peril
EAD ($b) as at 30
June 2025
7
% of total
Australian home loan portfolio
8
(including Suncorp
Bank) assessed for physical risk404.7
Home loans assessed as vulnerable to physical risks11.12.7
Physical risk driver – Flood 5.51.4
Physical risk driver – Cyclone2.10.5
Physical risk driver – Storm2.00.5
Physical risk driver – Bushfire0.10.0
Physical risk driver – Uninsurable perils1.40.3
1. Refer to ANZ’s Consumer Lending Terms and Conditions. For Suncorp Bank, the requirement to maintain property insurance is included in the credit contract issued to customers.
2. Refer to Appendix 4 for details on our climate scenario selection, including key inputs, assumptions, and limitations. 3. Refer to 2024 Home Insurance Affordability and Home Loans
at Risk report published by Actuaries Institute in August 2024. 4. Sourced from Finity proprietary method to model estimated annual insurance premiums. 5. Sourced from Australian
Bureau of Statistics (ABS) for Statistical Area Level 1 (SA1) regions – 2021. 6. Sourced from Finity proprietary method. Uninsurable perils are typically not covered by building insurance
in Australia, therefore properties exposed to these perils are considered vulnerable to physical climate risk. 7. Reported as at 30 June 2025, to allow additional time for processing and
review of our EAD and Australian home loan data due to the complex nature of the calculation. 8. The assessment was conducted on approximately 92% of Australian home loan
property portfolio, based on available data.
How ANZ is exposed
to physical risk
An increase in the frequency and
magnitude of extreme weather events,
including bushfires, cyclones, floods and
severe storms and longer-term changes
in climate patterns leading to rising sea
levels, may impact our customers' income,
asset values and the cost, availability and
adequacy of home insurance. This may
result in a financial impact on ANZ
(including Suncorp Bank), which potentially
increases if our customers are affected
by an extreme weather event and are
uninsured or underinsured.
In 2025, our analysis focused on our
Australian home loan portfolio (including
Suncorp Bank) given its size, exposure to
physical risks and availability of data to
conduct the assessment.
ANZ Bank New Zealand assesses
physical risk to its mortgage-secured
lending. For further information on
ANZ Bank New Zealand’s physical risk
assessment, refer to ANZ Bank New
Zealand’s Climate Statement for the year
ended 30 September 2025, which will be
available on ANZ Bank New Zealand's
website no later than 31 January 2026.
Identifying and assessing
potential physical risk –
Australian home loan portfolio
Home insurance plays an important role
in providing financial protection for
customers against a range of risks
including direct loss or damage to their
property following an extreme weather
event. Property insurance is a condition
of ANZ’s home loans (including Suncorp
Bank)
1
, given it also helps to preserve
the value of the property held as
security and reduces the risk of the
customer defaulting in the event of
property loss or damage including
following an extreme weather event.
In 2025, we focused on developing
Group-wide capabilities to undertake
geospatial physical risk assessments
through the development of a Climate
Risk & Opportunity Platform (CROP).
Criteria
The following criteria was used
to assess assets vulnerable to
physical risks:
• Insurable perils (bushfires,
cyclones, floods and storms) were
assessed using a Home Insurance
Affordability metric. The metric
aligns to the Actuaries Institute of
Australia Home Insurance
Affordability Index
3
definition of
'affordability stressed', where
estimated annual insurance
premiums
4
exceed four weeks of
estimated household income.
5
• Uninsurable perils
6
(coastal
erosion and coastal inundation)
were assessed using the
following criteria:
–Coastal erosion: Properties
located within 70 metres of
the coastline, with high
shoreline erodibility and low
elevation (less than 10 metres
above sea level).
–Coastal inundation: Properties
identified as being at high risk
due to sea level rise scenarios,
oceanography factors, shoreline
erodibility, property elevation
and distance from coastline
(within 500 metres).
28ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Geographic distribution of ANZ’s
properties across Australia identified
in the physical risk assessment
Our approach to supporting
customers impacted by
natural disasters
Through our Disaster Relief Package
1
,
ANZ supports customers by providing
a range of relief and measures which
may include:
Short-term payment relief on
home loans, credit cards, personal
loans and some business loans
(we may still charge interest during
that period).
Waiving fees for restructuring
business loans.
Waiving fees for early access to
term deposits.
Customers with ANZ Home
and Contents Insurance may be
eligible for emergency funds and
temporary accommodation.
Our relief measures seek to enable an
efficient, coordinated and proportionate
response to disasters. These
encompass a range of measures
including charitable donations, hardship
assistance, financial advice, and
employee volunteering to support
community rebuilding efforts.
States and
territories
Total number of ANZ’s properties (including Suncorp Bank)
vulnerable to climate perils (‘000)
Queensland15.3
New South Wales4.9
Victoria1.9
Western Australia1.8
Others1
To t a l24.9
Assumptions and
limitations
Forward-looking assessments
present challenges due to the
uncertainty of climate models
and inherent limitations in data
quality, coverage, and reliability.
This challenge is common to
many organisations seeking to
understand the potential impacts
of climate risk on their activities.
This is expected to persist until
greater maturity is achieved
within ANZ and across external
datasets that support climate
risk assessments.
The physical risk assessment was
conducted on approximately 92% of
Australian home loan accounts, based on
available data. This coverage reflects the
portion of our mortgage book with a valid
Geocoded National Address File (GNAF).
The Home Insurance Affordability
metric is considered a proxy for physical
climate risk, assessing exposure where
estimated annual premiums exceed four
weeks of household income. It is based
on estimates derived from external data
sources, including the Australian Bureau
of Statistics and does not reflect actual
income of ANZ home loan customers or
actual insurance premiums paid. We
recognise some customers may be
exposed to physical climate perils but
are not captured in this assessment due
to the affordability threshold applied.
We assess the physical risk to the
Group by assuming that the entire
lending exposure is vulnerable if at
least one associated property is
assessed as vulnerable to climate
perils. To avoid duplication, where a
property is exposed to multiple climate
perils, we apply a hierarchy of risk:
uninsurable perils, followed by
insurable perils with the highest Annual
Average Loss (AAL) contribution to the
estimated insurance premium.
The physical risk assessment only
considers inherent risk exposure and
does not account for potential residual
risk exposure to properties where
climate adaptation and/or mitigation
measures have been implemented.
A high proportion of properties identified in this assessment (around 60%) are
located in Queensland, followed by New South Wales (around 20%) with the rest
spread across other states and territories in Australia.
ANZ properties (including Suncorp Bank) vulnerable to climate perils
ACT
SA
NT
VIC
WA
QLD
NSW
TAS
1. Our Disaster Relief Package does not extend to Suncorp Bank. Suncorp Bank currently supports customers impacted by natural disasters through its own policies and processes.
Following the acquisition on 31 July 2024, Suncorp Bank commenced a phased transition to adopt the policies and processes of ANZ. During the transition period Suncorp Bank will be
subject to a combination of ANZ and Suncorp Bank policies, outlined on page 2.
29
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
1. EAD excludes amounts for the ‘Securitisation’
Basel class. Data provided is on a post Credit Risk
Mitigation (CRM) basis, net of credit risk mitigation
such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and
financial collateral.
EAD breakdown for carbon exposed sectors 2025 ($b/%)
EAD trends for climate exposed sectors ($b)Subsector trends in EAD ($b)
$80
$100
$120
$60
$40
$20
0
Agriculture
EnergyTransportationMaterials and buildings
202320242025
$12
$16
$20
$8
$4
0
CoalElectric
utilities
Oil and gas
202320242025
16% Carbon-exposed sector EAD
84% Other sector EAD
9% Materials and
buildings
4% Agriculture
2% Energy
1% Transportation
We continue to disclose our Exposure at Default (EAD)
1
against four of the key sectors identified by the TCFD to
highlight potential concentrations of carbon-related assets
most exposed to climate-related risks.
Our overall exposure to these four emissions intensive
sectors remains approximately 16% of the Group’s EAD.
This is consistent with 2024 and is down from
approximately 17% in 2023.
We are disclosing 2024 and 2025 EAD data as at 30 June,
with 2023 EAD data reflecting the position as at
30 September. The 2025 data includes Suncorp Bank
EAD for each sector.
These sectors are:
Energy
Transportation
Materials and Buildings
Agriculture, Food and
Forest Products
Metrics and targets
TCFD-related metrics and industry exposures
Refer to Appendix 6 for a breakdown
of climate exposed sub-industries.
30ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Funding, facilitating and direct
investments in social and environmental
activities through our $100 billion target
This year, we continued to make good
progress towards our target to fund
and facilitate at least $100 billion by
end 2030 in social and environmental
activities through customer transactions
and direct investments by ANZ.
As at 30 September 2025, we have contributed
$84.72 billion in total towards the target since
it commenced on 1 April 2023. The total
comprises funding and facilitating $81.05
billion across 412 customer transactions and
directly investing $3.67 billion through 61
labelled green, social and sustainability bond
purchases held on ANZ’s balance sheet.
1
This includes activities that aim to help lower
emissions, protect or restore nature, increase
access to affordable housing and promote
financial wellbeing.
This year, we exceeded our 2025 goal to
contribute at least $18.5 billion towards our
target, with $45.75 billion added across
186 customer transactions and 61 bond
purchases.
2
This comprised:
• $21.86 billion attributed to ANZ’s on-
balance sheet loans and other credit lines;
• $20.22 billion facilitated by ANZ; and
• $3.67 billion via direct investments
(labelled bond purchases) held on ANZ’s
balance sheet.
In order to count towards the $100 billion
target, customer transactions and direct
investments are assessed against the criteria
for eligible banking activities and eligible social
and/or environmental activities specified in the
methodology for the target. They may include:
• labelled sustainable finance;
• unlabelled banking activities; and
• ANZ’s direct investments.
Some labelled sustainable finance and
unlabelled transactions detailed on pages
16-17 may not meet the above criteria and,
if that is the case, are not eligible for
inclusion in the target.
1. This is the first year we have included direct investment contributions towards our target. To limit complexity,
we have not included those made prior to 8 November 2024 (publication of the latest version of the target
methodology) and those on or after 8 November 2024 where the overlapping facilitation amount in relation to the
relevant bond issuance was included towards the target under the version of the target methodology that applied
before 8 November 2024. 2. 2025 includes transactions validated as eligible for inclusion in the target from
21/09/2024 to 19/09/2025. 3. Funded $42.09 billion includes deals in “Waste” and “Water” which have deal values
less than $0.10 billion. 4. Note that for the purposes of this reporting, Sustainability-Linked transactions (i.e., where
the economic characteristics (e.g., pricing outcomes) of the financial instrument are linked to predetermined
sustainability performance objectives) are reported as a separate category. 5. Includes activities which cover both
environmental and social categories. 6. Includes renewable energy, energy efficiency, clean transportation, green
buildings, and other environmental activities. Other environmental activities include activities which cover multiple
environmental categories and/or activities such as waste, sustainable water and waste water management, and
climate change adaptation. 7. Includes construction or operation of buildings or portfolios of buildings that deliver
positive environmental outcomes, which meet, or renovation or retrofitting of buildings, so that they can meet
regional, national or internationally recognised standards or certifications (e.g., under the Australian NABERS rating
system). 8. Includes affordable housing and other social activities. Other social activities include activities which
cover multiple social categories and/or activities such as socioeconomic advancement and empowerment.
Progress towards our $100 billion social and environmental
sustainability target – 1 April 2023 to 30 September 2025
Funded
$42.09
billion
3
1.35
% Social and Environmental
$0.57b Other social and environmental
5
1.45
% Sustainability-Linked and Environmental
$0.61b Sustainability-Linked and Environmental
40.32% Sustainability-Linked
4
$16.97b Sustainability-Linked
8.51
% Social
8
$2.04b Aordable housing
$1.54b Other social
$1.93b Clean Transport
$8.83b Energy
$7.95b Green building
7
$1.55b Other environment
48.37% Environmental
6
Facilitated
$38.96
billion
Direct
investments
$3.67
billion
14.93% Social and Environmental
$5.82b Other social and environment
5
27.90% Sustainability-Linked
4
$10.87b Sustainability-Linked
51.22% Environmental
6
$1.49b Clean Transport
$
10.72b Energy
$
4.35b Other environment
$
3.40b Green building
7
5.94% Social
8
$0.20b Aordable housing
$
2.12b Other social
$0.73b Green
$0.47b Social
$2.47b Sustainability
For further detail on ANZ’s approach
for assessing the eligibility of customer
transactions and direct investments
for inclusion towards the target, refer
to the ANZ Social and Environmental
Sustainability Target Methodology
available at anz.com/esgreport
31
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Our approach to sectoral pathways
Decision useful metrics
For eight of our higher emitting sectors
(which includes three sub-sectors in
transport), we have identified relevant
metrics and set specific targets. These
targets help guide our businesses to
make financing decisions about
customers operating in these sectors.
These pathways are an important input
in our decision making.
In some instances, our choice of an
emissions intensity target recognises that
certain sectors are likely to be essential
for the economy, and that global activity
in other sectors is expected to increase.
For some sectors, we have disclosed
additional or complementary metrics.
The move in 2025 to a target range for our
non-energy sectoral pathways (excluding
Australian large-scale commercial real
estate) reflects that emissions in these
sectors are hard-to-abate or the sector
is subject to other transition challenges.
Other metrics and targets
ANZ has not committed to an emissions
reduction target for home loans or
Agribusiness. We are currently reporting
other metrics or targets relevant to those
sectors’ decarbonisation trajectory.
These are:
• measuring the emissions intensity of
ANZ’s Australian residential home loan
portfolio, and
• reporting progress against our data
coverage target for a cohort of
Agribusiness customers where the
availability and quality of emissions
data remains a challenge and impacts
our ability to estimate emissions.
Actions to achieve our targets
Achieving our targets will partly depend
on our success in engaging with our
customers to improve their transition
plans, including seeking Paris-aligned
targets. Our success will also depend on
whether our customers are on-track to
meet their existing targets.
We acknowledge that in some cases,
the emissions intensity of our portfolio
may increase for a period of time, in
part reflecting the non-linear nature of
transition plans of our customers. In these
circumstances, we consider this is
appropriate as part of supporting
emissions reduction over the longer term,
provided those customers have, or are in
the process of developing, robust and
credible transition plans.
Key elements of our approach
to sectoral pathways
Appendix 5 outlines our Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology, which
sets out our approach to:
• establishing sectoral pathways or
metrics, including criteria for
determining in-scope customers;
• measuring the emissions profile of
relevant portfolios and certain activities
in capital markets; and
• setting 2030 sectoral pathway financed
and facilitated emissions reduction
targets, and the scenarios that we have
benchmarked these targets against.
For the purposes of our sectoral pathways
on pages 34-47:
• Reference to ‘in-scope’ customers
means those customers within the
cohort for the relevant pathway. In some
instances, references are to a subset
of in-scope customers (e.g., where the
statement relates to customers
in-scope in relation to financed
emissions only, excluding customers
in-scope regarding facilitated
emissions).
• Reference to ‘Exposure at Default’ (EAD)
relates to financing activities only (i.e.,
excludes facilitated emissions from
capital market activities).
This section explains
our progress towards
transitioning our lending
portfolio to net zero
financed emissions by
2050 in line with the goals
of the Paris Agreement.
2025 review
In 2025, we reviewed our sectoral
pathway targets, including aviation
which was suspended in 2024.
The review resulted in some material
changes being made to pathways,
including targets and our historical
performance.
The review was undertaken for the
following reasons:
• To include facilitated emissions
associated with syndicated loans
and bonds informed by the UN
Guidance for Climate Target Setting
for Banks and the Partnership for
Carbon Accounting Financial (PCAF)
guidance.
• To assess whether customers of
Suncorp Bank met our in-scope
criteria for inclusion in our pathways
and metrics.
• To use more recent reference
scenarios where we considered
appropriate, including the
consideration of a target range.
• To reflect the UN Guidance for
Climate Target Setting for Banks
recommendation that targets
are reviewed at a minimum every
5 years.
• To consider the opportunity to use
an emissions intensity metric for the
shipping pathway.
Among other changes, the review
resulted in changes to our baseline
year performance and 2030 interim
targets for some pathways.
32ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Boundaries
When calculating our financed and
facilitated emissions the following data
collection and calculation dates are used:
• EAD: 2019 to 2023 measured as at
30 September of the relevant year. 2024
and 2025 measured as at 30 June of
the relevant year.
• Capital markets activity: 2019 to 2023
deals occurring between 1 October and
30 September of the relevant year. 2024
deals occurring between 1 October and
30 June as we transitioned to a 30 June
year end reporting period in line with the
EAD change. 2025 deals occurring
between 1 July and 30 June.
• Customer emissions data: We typically
preference the use of the latest available
customer emissions data. We typically
apply the following data hierarchy when
sourcing customer emissions data:
i. public customer disclosures;
ii. regulatory disclosures;
iii. credible third-party vendors; and as
a last resort
iv. sector averages.
• We have applied a 30 September 2025
cut off for reporting by our customers of
their emissions data for 2025 reporting
purposes.
• Australian residential home loans
outstanding loan amount: 2023 and
2024 are measured as at 31 May for the
relevant year. 2025 is measured as at
30 June.
Use of EAD
When assessing which customers are
in-scope for our sectoral pathways, we
use an EAD threshold (see pages 62-70
for sector specific thresholds). It is
estimated that cumulative customer
EAD below this threshold represents an
immaterial part of our overall financing
activities in the respective sector, meaning
we consider that the threshold does not
materially affect the financed emissions
included in scope. We assess customers
against the EAD threshold each year to
determine if they are in-scope for the
relevant year.
ANZSIC Codes
ANZ aims to ensure in-scope customers
are representative of our exposure to
each sector. Refer to our Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology in
Appendix 5 for more details.
Interpreting our sectoral pathways
Performance relative
to pathway
Performance relative
to baseline
ANZ baseline
Global averageGlobal average
ANZ current
performance
ANZ 2030
target range
ANZ 2030
target pathway
Year
Emissions
Performance relative
to pathway
Performance relative
to baseline
ANZ baseline
ANZ current
performance
Year
Emissions
2030 target reduction (target range)2030 target reduction (1.5°)
33
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Graph 1.1: Performance
Targeting a 54% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030
1
Power Generation
Energy
Global average emissions intensity
Actual performance against our target2030 target pathway (54% reduction)
20302021202220232024202620272028202920252020
GHG intensity (kg CO
2
-e
/MWh)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
power generation customers has
decreased by 51% from our 2020 baseline
to 120 kgCO₂/-e MWh. This is below the
2023 global average of 458 kgCO₂/-e
MWh.
3
We are on-track to meet our 2030 target
of reducing the emissions intensity of our
pathway portfolio by 54%.
1
As at 30 June 2025, 84% of our in-scope
EAD to the power generation pathway
portfolio financed generation from
renewables and other lower-emissions
energy sources (Graph 1.4). This is a
16-percentage point increase since
2020 with $11.9 billion of our in-scope
EAD financing renewable and other
lower-emissions energy production,
which includes nuclear and waste-to-
energy projects.
The net $6.7 billion growth in our in-scope
power generation EAD since 2020 has
primarily financed customers that generate
electricity from renewable and other
lower-emission energy sources, while our
in-scope EAD to customers generating
electricity from fossil fuels reduced by
more than $167m over the same period.
ANZ exposure (EAD) ($b)
202320242025
0
2
4
6
8
16
14
10
12
Coal
Gas
Oil
Wind
Solar
Hydropower
Geothermal
Ocean power
Power storage
Fossil fuels
related
Renewables
Biomass
Renewables
Bioenergy
Nuclear power
Waste-to-energy
Fossil
fuels
Other low
emissionsRenewables
Graph 1.4: ANZ pathway EAD to electricity
generation fuel and technologies
ffififfittffififfiff
ft ft
ffififfi
fi
ffi
ff
fi
ffi
ff
fi
ffi
fiffifi
ffi
fiffi
ffi
Graph 1.3: Breakdown of ANZ’s power
generation pathway EAD
1. In 2025, we completed a review of our Power Generation sectoral pathway emissions intensity target to, among other things, include facilitated emissions and to update the
reference scenario to use the latest science. This resulted in a change to the overall headline power generation target from 50% to 54% by 2030. Refer to our Financed and Facilitated
Emissions Methodology in Appendix 5 for further details. 2. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024. Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) scenario. 3. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024.
Graph 1.2: Emissions intensity
movements
GHG intensity (kgCO₂-e/MWh)
TotalDecreaseIncrease
ANZ
2024
156
Customers’
climate
performance
(2.7)
ANZ
2025
120
Portfolio
change
(32.8)
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2020
Emissions
Scope 1
Scenario
IEA WEO
NZE (2024)
2
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$14.1b
% Group
EAD
1.03%
Status
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
(33%)
Performance
vs baseline
(51%)
34ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and important notices, pages
50-51 for the power generation sectoral pathway performance
summary, page 32 for Our Approach to Sectoral Pathways, and
Appendix 5 for our Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology.
1. For lending relating to project finance, we have considered the entity that has operational control over the project. In prior years we excluded project finance. 2. Relates to mines
with production or reserves greater than 35% thermal coal. 3. Applies to lending products only, i.e., excludes transaction banking, credit cards, and performance guarantees, meaning
that only lending products that will help customers ‘fund’ their activities would be excluded. 4. In 2024, we reduced this threshold from 50% to 35%. We will progressively reduce the
35% threshold so that by 30 September 2030 we will seek a diversification strategy from mining, transport and power generating Institutional customers with more than 25% thermal
coal exposures.
How is ANZ supporting the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, 18 customers contributing 21% of EAD and 84% of the debt-weighted
financed and facilitated emissions intensity of our power generation pathway were captured
within our LEEP. Refer to page 12 for more details on the program including how we select
LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
ANZ’s project finance activities, where most of our power generation exposures are to
renewables and energy storage projects, increased by $5.0 billion since September 2020.
ANZ’s exposure to pathway customers producing power at an average emissions intensity
of less than 200 kgCO
2
-e/MWh increased $1.5 billion since September 2020 (Graph 1.3).
• % EAD of power generation customers in-scope for financed emissions that have set
interim emissions reduction targets
1
: 78%
• % EAD of power generation customers in-scope for financed emissions that have
publicly committed to net zero 2050
1
: 77%
Specific policies in place to steer
our lending decisions
We will:
• Not directly finance any new coal-fired power plants, expansions of existing coal-fired
power plants or extensions to operating life. Existing direct financing to coal-fired power
generation will run off by 30 September 2030.
2,3
• Continue to support existing diversified customers but will not provide lending to new
customers that derive more than 10% revenue, installed capacity or power generation
from thermal coal.
3
• Engage with existing large business customers who have more than 35%
4
thermal coal
exposure by revenue, installed capacity or power generation to support diversification
plans. Refer to page 12 for further detail on LEEP.
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Increase in renewable energy capacity.
• Investment in enabling infrastructure and technology, such as transmission/distribution
networks and energy storage.
• Energy efficiency improvements.
35
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Energy
The absolute emissions of our in-scope
oil and gas customers has decreased
by 62% from our 2020 baseline to
5.24 MtCO₂-e.
We remain below our pathway reduction
target and are on-track to meet our 2030
target of reducing the absolute emissions
of our pathway portfolio by 32%.
1
Our EAD to oil and gas customers
in-scope for financed emissions declined
by $1.6 billion from the prior year and
$5.9 billion since September 2020.
5
This
reduction is partially due to actions we
have taken to reduce our exposure to
customers who have less mature
transition plans.
Around $2.3 billion of this decline since
2020 was associated with independent oil
and gas companies whose activities are
focused on the upstream segment of the
oil and gas value chain (Graph 2.3).
In 2023, we set an additional target to
reduce our Group EAD to oil and gas
extraction customers
3
by 40% by 30
September 2025 from a 2020 baseline.
4
We have successfully met this target,
having reduced our EAD by 56%
5
as at
30 September 2025.
6
1. In 2025, we completed a review of our oil and gas sectoral pathway absolute emissions target to, among other things, include facilitated emissions and to update the reference
scenario to use the latest science. This resulted in a change to the pathway overall headline oil and gas target from 26% to 32% by 2030. Refer to our Financed and Facilitated
Emissions Methodology in Appendix 5 for further details. 2. IEA - World Energy Outlook 2024. Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) scenario. 3. Oil and gas extraction includes exposure
to exploration and extraction only as the focus is on resources (mining) exposure in line with industry groupings. 4. On an FX adjusted basis. 5. Some of the reduction in EAD since
September 2020 is a result of the APRA Basel IV rule changes which came into effect 1 January 2023. The new rules altered the way EAD is calculated. When applied to ANZ’s oil and
gas EAD, the revised calculation resulted in a lower EAD amount compared with the original EAD calculation which was based on the old method. 6. A portion of our overall 56%
reduction against this target is attributed to the changes to our EAD calculation methodology brought on by the APRA Basel IV rule changes.
ANZ exposure (EAD) ($bn)
2025
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
MajorIndependent
NOC
INOCs
202420232022
Graph 2.3: Breakdown of ANZ’s oil
and gas pathway EAD
Graph 2.1: Performance
Targeting a 32% reduction in absolute financed and facilitated emissions by 2030
1
2030 target pathway (32% reduction)
20302022202420262028202120202023202520272029
ANZ financed and facilitated emissions (MtCO
2
-e)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
16
14
Actual performance against our target
Oil and Gas
Graph 2.2: Absolute emissions
movements
GHG emissions (MtCO
2
-e)
TotalDecreaseIncrease
8.06
(0.06)
5.24
(2.77)
ANZ
2024
Customers’
climate
performance
ANZ
2025
Portfolio
change
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2020
Emissions
Scope 1, 2 and 3
(category 11 only)
Scenario
IEA WEO NZE
(2024)
2
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$4.3b
$% Group
EAD
0.32%
Status
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
(55%)
Performance
vs baseline
(62%)
36ANZ 2025 Climate Report
1. For lending relating to project finance, we have considered the entity that has operational control over the project. In prior years we excluded project finance. 2. ANZ defines
renewables as wind, solar photovoltaics (PV), concentrating solar power (CSP), hydropower, geothermal and marine (tide and wave) energy that is used for electricity and heat
generation. 3. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2023.
How is ANZ supporting the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, 13 customers contributing 88% of EAD and 89% of the absolute
financed and facilitated emissions of our oil and gas pathway were captured within our LEEP.
Refer to page 12 for more details on the program including how we select LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
• % EAD of oil and gas customers in-scope for financed emissions that have set interim
emissions reduction targets
1
:
– Scope 1 and Scope 2: 93%
– Scope 3: 45%
• % EAD of oil and gas customers in-scope for financed emissions that have publicly
committed to net zero 2050
1
:
– Scope 1 and Scope 2: 88%
– Scope 3: 45%
Specific policies in place to steer
our lending decisions
Gas helps firm renewables
2
, assists the exit of thermal coal and is a critical feedstock for the
industrial, manufacturing and agricultural sectors.
We continue to assess the role of gas within the context of the broader energy market, public
policy developments, and stakeholder and shareholder expectations. We will:
• Not directly finance new or expansion upstream gas projects (including new liquefied
natural gas (LNG) liquefaction plants, floating production storage and dedicated offloading
infrastructure); and
• Not on board any new to bank upstream gas customers.
Should national energy security issues arise and our assistance is sought, we will consider
exceptions on a case-by-case basis.
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
• Minimise methane leaks through leak detection and repair programs and upgrading
leaky equipment.
3
• Avoidance of non-emergency flaring and venting.
• Electrification of upstream operations.
• Carbon capture, utilisation and storage (CCUS).
Scope 3 emissions
• Reducing the amount of oil and gas sold.
• Reweighting overall production to natural gas.
• Supporting the use of CCUS by their customers.
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and important notices, pages
50-51 for the oil and gas sectoral pathway performance summary,
page 32 for Our Approach to Sectoral Pathways, and Appendix 5
for our Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology.
37
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Energy
The absolute emissions of our in-scope
thermal coal customers has decreased
by 96% from our 2020 baseline to 0.35
MtCO₂-e. We remain on-track to exit our
exposures (subject to limited exceptions
2
)
to thermal coal mining ahead of our
2030 target.
A small number of customers (less than
10) make up our exposures within this
pathway. The remaining direct exposures
are largely attributable to existing
customers with mining rehabilitation
bonds to enable them to fulfil their
responsibilities relating to rehabilitation
and exiting of mine sites.
3
Given the small
remaining exposure to in-scope thermal
coal mining customers, the financed
emissions of our thermal coal pathway
will be sensitive to minor customer
movements as we continue to wind
down support to thermal coal miners.
We continue to have other indirect
exposures to thermal coal, through
metallurgical coal miners and diversified
mining customers that produce thermal
coal. Some of these customers are
amongst the world’s largest producers
of transition metals and minerals. These
exposures are not within scope of the
pathway. Further, facilitated emissions
from capital markets activities for
customers outside of our thermal coal
pathway are not included. We will continue
to provide finance to and to facilitate,
through capital markets activities,
metallurgical coal miners and diversified
miners, subject to our policies.
In 2023, applying the same EAD criteria
and threshold as our pathway at that time,
we quantified the breakdown of our
financed emissions to each customer
type, shown in Table 3.3 on page 39.
1. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024. Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) scenario. 2. We will continue to provide rehabilitation bonds for those existing customers with thermal coal
exposure to ensure their rehabilitation responsibilities at existing mine sites can be fulfilled. Transaction banking/markets 3-day settlement limits are excluded from this cap. 3. The
purpose of a rehabilitation bond is related to environmental remediation and not financing of the coal mining activity itself. As at 30 June 2025, rehabilitation bonds were $70.6m, which
equates to 41.6% of our exposure to thermal coal mining under ANZSIC code 1102 (from an ANZ perspective, customers allocated to this code are those which predominantly produce
coal for power generation).
Graph 3.1: Performance
Targeting a 100% reduction in absolute financed and facilitated emissions by 2030
Actual performance against our target
2030 target pathway (100% reduction)
20302022202420262028202120202023202520272029
Absolute financed and facilitated emissions (MtCO
2
-e)
0
2
1
4
3
6
8
7
5
9
10
Thermal Coal
Graph 3.2: Absolute emissions
movements
GHG emissions (MtCO
2
-e)
TotalDecreaseIncrease
0.26
(0.01)
0.35
0.10
ANZ
2024
Customers’
climate
performance
ANZ
2025
Portfolio
change
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2020
Emissions
Scope 1, 2 and 3
(category 11 only)
Scenario
IEA WEO
NZE (2024)
1
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$0.10b
% Group
EAD
0.01%
Status
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
(92%)
Performance
vs baseline
(96%)
38ANZ 2025 Climate Report
1. Applies to lending products only, i.e., excludes transaction banking, credit cards, performance guarantees, meaning that only lending products that will help customers ‘fund’ their
activities in a material way would be excluded. 2. A large business customer of ANZ involved in exploration, mining and/or primary mineral processing; oil or gas exploration and
production, development, extraction, processing, storage and transport; associated facilities including major infrastructure; mining contracting and haulage; or smelters and metals
refineries but excludes customers that only operate downstream secondary metals processing (other than in the case of smelters). 3. Any project or investment that would increase
the production capacity, geographic footprint, or operational lifespan of an existing thermal coal mine, or establish a new thermal coal mining operation. 4. We will continue to provide
rehabilitation bonds for those existing customers with thermal coal exposure to ensure their rehabilitation responsibilities at existing mine sites can be fulfilled. Transaction banking/
markets 3-day settlement limits are excluded from this cap. 5. In 2024, we reduced this threshold from 50% to 35%. We will progressively reduce the 35% threshold so that by
30 September 2030, we will seek a diversification strategy from mining, transport and power generating customers with more than 25% thermal coal exposures.
How is ANZ supporting the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, customers contributing 39% of EAD and 21% of the absolute financed
and facilitated emissions of our thermal coal pathway were captured within our LEEP. Refer to
page 12 for more details on the program including how we select LEEP customers.
Specific policies in place to steer
our lending decisions
We will:
• Not provide lending
1
to new to bank extractives customers
2
that derive more than
10% revenue from thermal coal mining.
• Not directly finance any new thermal coal mine, or expansions or extensions to the
operating life of existing mines.
3
In each case, this refers to mines with production or
reserves greater than 35% thermal coal. Existing lending will run off by 2030.
4
• Engage with existing large business customers that have more than 35%
5
thermal
coal exposure by revenue to support diversification plans.
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
While our emissions reduction target is to reduce our financed and facilitated emissions to
in-scope pathway customers by 100% by 2030 from a 2020 baseline, there are still actions
that mining companies that produce thermal coal can take to reduce their Scope 1 and
Scope 2 emissions, including:
• Reducing fugitive coal mine methane emissions.
• Use of biofuels and electric powered alternatives to replace diesel use in
mining equipment.
• Renewable energy investments.
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and important notices, pages
50-51 for the thermal coal sectoral pathway performance
summary, page 32 for Our Approach to Sectoral Pathways, and
Appendix 5 for our Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology.
Table 3.3: 2023 Total thermal coal financed emissions by customer type (MtCO₂-e)
Customer type2023Thermal coal target
Mining companies whose predominant activity is thermal coal production (ANZSIC code 1102)0.38Included
Metallurgical coal miners that produce thermal coal by-product*1.44Not included
Diversified miners that produce thermal coal*
1.44
Not included
* Contributing 5% revenue or more
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
39
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
light duty passenger auto manufacturing
customers has decreased by 33% from
our 2022 baseline to 94 gCO₂-e/vehicle
kilometre (vkm). This is below the 2024
global average of 202 gCO₂-e/vkm.
3
We are on-track to meet our 2030 target
of reducing the emissions intensity of our
pathway portfolio by 18-33%.
1
In 2023, we set a powertrain financed
emissions reduction target for our auto
manufacturing pathway cohort of 10%
hybrid and 15% electric vehicle (EV)
production by end of 2025. This target
was designed to show support for and to
monitor the strong progress our in-scope
customers were showing in their sales of
hybrid and electric vehicles. We have
achieved a combined hybrid/EV portfolio
mix of 41%. We exceeded the EV portion of
the target, as well as the combined target
outcome, notwithstanding that our
financing of hybrid production is
1-percentage point below the 10% target.
We do not intend to set a further powertrain
target, however we will continue to monitor
and disclose our powertrain financing mix.
ttfi ffftffi1₂ffiffi
ttfi
ff₂1₂
ttfffi
₂1ffffi₂ffiffff
1
Graph 4.3: Auto manufacturing pathway
powertrain financing mix
1. In 2025, we completed a review of our auto manufacturing sectoral pathway emissions intensity target to, among
other things, include facilitated emissions, update the reference scenario to use the latest science, and to change from
a 1.5°C aligned target to a 1.5°C – 1.7°C aligned target range. The adoption of a target range recognises recent
challenges with EV adoption and market development, including trade disruptions and changes in government policies.
This resulted in a change to the pathway overall headline auto manufacturing target from 28% to a range of 18% to 33%
by 2030. Refer to our Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology in Appendix 5 for further details. 2. IEA – World
Energy Outlook 2024. Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS). 3. IEA
– World Energy Outlook 2024. 4. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2023. 5. IEA – Tracking Clean Energy Progress 2023.
Graph 4.1: Performance
Targeting a 18-33% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030
1
Actual performance against our target
Global average emissions intensity
2030 target pathway (18% to 33% reduction)
203020242026202820232022202520272029
GHG intensity (gCO
2
-e/vkm)
0
50
100
150
200
250
Auto manufacturing
Graph 4.2: Emissions
intensity movements
GHG intensity
(gCO₂-e/vkm)
Total
Decrease
Increase
107
0.6
94
(13.3)
ANZ
2024
ANZ
2025
Customers’
climate
performance
Portfolio
change
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2022
Emissions
Scope 3
(category 11 only)
Scenario
IEA WEO NZE
and APS (2024)
2
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$2.41b
% Group
EAD
0.18%
Status
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
(28%)
Performance
vs baseline
(33%)
How is ANZ supporting
the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, customers
contributing 92% of EAD and 90%
of the debt-weighted financed and
facilitated emissions intensity of our
auto manufacturing pathway were
captured within our LEEP. Refer to
page 12 for more details on the
program including how we select
LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
• % EAD of auto manufacturing
customers in-scope for financed
emissions that have set interim
emissions reduction targets: 100%
• % EAD of auto manufacturing
customers in-scope for financed
emissions that have publicly
committed to net zero by 2050:
100%
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Electrification of light duty vehicles
through transition to battery electric
vehicles (BEVs) and fuel cell electric
vehicles (FCEVs).
4
• Electricity supply decarbonisation.
4
• Improving fuel efficiency.
5
• Exploring alternative fuels (biofuels,
synthetic fuels).
5
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and
important notices, pages 50-51 for the
auto manufacturing sectoral pathway
performance summary, page 32 for
Our Approach to Sectoral Pathways,
and Appendix 5 for our Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology.
Transport
40ANZ 2025 Climate Report
We have set a new aviation target after the
suspension of our previous target in 2024.
Our customers in the aviation sector face
significant challenges in further reducing
their emissions intensity due to delays in
fleet renewal and limited Sustainable
Aviation Fuel (SAF) supply.
When setting our target range, we applied
the IEA reference pathways
3
for aviation.
As at 30 September, it is unclear whether
the IEA reference pathways for aviation
include freight emissions. We have
assumed that the IEA pathways do not
include freight emissions.
However, if the IEA reference pathways
for aviation do include freight emissions,
our aviation pathway may not align with
the IEA reference pathways’ 1.5°C – 1.7°C
trajectory.
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
aviation customers has decreased by
0.1% from our 2019 baseline to 870
gCO₂-e/ revenue tonne kilometre (RTK).
This is below the 2024 global average of
1,150 gCO₂-e/RTK.
4
Due in part to an increase in some
customers’ emissions intensity and
changes in portfolio composition, we are
close to on-track to meet our 2030 target
of reducing the emissions intensity of our
pathway portfolio by 16-26%.
1
Our pathway includes in-scope
customers’ emissions from passenger
and freight activity, noting that passenger
operations make up most of the activity
of our in-scope aviation customers.
1. In 2025, we set an aviation sectoral pathway emissions intensity target range, recognising the hard-to-abate nature
of the sector, which includes financed and facilitated emissions. Refer to our Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology in Appendix 5 for further details. 2. A 2019 baseline was chosen to reflect a year that was not distorted by
COVID-19. Aviation activity did not return to pre-pandemic levels until February 2024. 3. IEA – World Energy Outlook
2024. Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS). 4. IEA – World Energy
Outlook 2024. 5. I ATA – Aircraft Technology Net Zero Roadmap (2023).
Graph 5.1: Performance
Actual performance against our target
Global average emissions intensity
2030 target pathway (16% to 26% reduction)
203020242026202820232022202120202019202520272029
GHG intensity (gCO
2
-e/RTK)
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
Graph 5.2: Emissions
intensity movements
GHG intensity
(gCO₂-e/RTK)
797
15.7
870
57.1
Total
Decrease
Increase
ANZ
2024
ANZ
2025
Customers’
climate
performance
Portfolio
change
How is ANZ supporting
the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, customers
contributing 100% of EAD and 100%
of the debt-weighted financed and
facilitated emissions intensity of our
aviation pathway were captured within
our LEEP. Refer to page 12 for more
details on the program including how
we select LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
• % EAD of aviation customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have set interim emissions
reduction targets: 33%
• % EAD of aviation customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have publicly committed to
net zero by 2050: 78%
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Development and uptake of SAF
4
,
including through engagement with
industry and government.
• Fleet renewal to use new generation
aircraft which are more fuel efficient.
4
• Development of alternative
propulsion technology including
electric and hydrogen powered
aircraft.
5
Targeting a 16-26% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030
1
Aviation
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2019
2
Emissions
Scope 1
Scenario
See text
below
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$3.15b
% Group
EAD
0.23%
Status
Close to
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
9%
Performance
vs baseline
0%
Transport
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and
important notices, pages 50-51 for the
aviation sectoral pathway performance
summary, page 32 for Our Approach to
Sectoral Pathways, and Appendix 5 for
our Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology.
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
41
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
shipping customers has decreased by 3%
from our 2022 baseline to 11.13 gCO₂-e/t
km. This is above the 2024 global average
of 6.62 gCO₂-e/t km.
3
We are close to on-track to meet our
2030 target of reducing the emissions
intensity of our pathway portfolio by
23-30%.
1
This is due to the hard-to-abate
nature of the sector and our highly
concentrated portfolio which includes
customers operating vessel types that are
more emissions intensive than the global
average (e.g., car carriers, small general
cargo vessels).
A small number of customers (less than
10) make up our exposure in this pathway.
In 2025, we updated our methodology
to replace our shipping absolute
emissions target with an emissions
intensity target range. This change to an
emissions intensity metric recognises that
global shipping activity is expected to
increase
4
and has been prompted by an
improvement in customer data availability
which has enabled us to adopt an
intensity metric.
1. In 2025, we completed a review of our shipping sectoral pathway target. In addition to moving from an absolute
emissions target to an emission intensity range, the review was undertaken to, among other things, include facilitated
emissions and to update the reference scenario to use the latest science. This resulted in a change to the pathway
overall headline Shipping target from 10% to a range of 23% to 30% by 2030. Refer to our Financed and Facilitated
Emissions Methodology in Appendix 5 for further details. 2. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024. Net Zero Emissions by
2050 (NZE) scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS). 3. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024. 4. IEA – World
Energy Outlook 2024. Under the APS scenario shipping activity is expected to increase. Under the NZE scenario
shipping activity is expected to decrease by ~3% between 2023 and 2030. 5. IEA – International shipping.
Graph 6.1: Performance
Targeting a 23-30% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030
1
Shipping
Graph 6.2: Emissions
intensity movements
GHG intensity
(gCO₂-e/tkm)
12.35
(0.19)
11.13
(1.03)
Total
Decrease
Increase
ANZ
2024
ANZ
2025
Customers’
climate
performance
Portfolio
change
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2022
Emissions
Scope 1
Scenario
IEA WEO NZE
and APS (2024)
2
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$0.50b
% Group
EAD
0.04%
Status
Close to
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
6%
Performance
vs baseline
(3%)
How is ANZ supporting
the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, customers
contributing 67% of EAD and 89%
of the debt-weighted financed and
facilitated emissions intensity of our
shipping pathway were captured
within our LEEP. Refer to page 12 for
more details on the program including
how we select LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
• % EAD of shipping customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have set interim emissions
reduction targets: 77%
• % EAD of shipping customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have publicly committed to
net zero by 2050: 100%
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Efficiency improvements including
slow steaming, voyage optimisation
and retrofitting vessels (e.g., with
wind-assistance technology).
5
• Development and uptake of lower
emissions fuels such as biofuels,
hydrogen and ammonia.
5
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer
and important notices, pages 50-51
for the shipping sectoral pathway
performance summary, page 32 for
Our Approach to Sectoral Pathways,
and Appendix 5 for our Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology.
Transport
Actual performance against our target
Global average emissions intensity
2030 target pathway (23% to 30% reduction)
203020242026202820232022202520272029
GHG intensity (gCO
2
-e/t km)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
ANZ 2025 Climate Report42ANZ 2025 Climate Report
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
aluminium customers has decreased by
14% from our 2021 baseline to 5.88
tCO₂-e/t aluminium. This is below the
2024 global average of 9.47 tCO₂-e/t
aluminium (primary and secondary
production).
4,5
We are on-track to meet our 2030 target
of reducing the emissions intensity of our
pathway portfolio by 17-30%.
1
A small number of customers (fewer than
10) make up our exposure in this pathway.
Previously, we relied on company level
data where asset level data was
unavailable. We now use asset level third
party data. This change results in a
worsening of our data quality score
however it better reflects the emissions
intensity of our finance.
1. In 2025, we completed a review of our aluminium sectoral pathway emissions intensity target to, among other things,
include facilitated emissions and to change from a 1.5°C aligned target to a 1.5°C – 1.75°C aligned target range to
recognise the hard-to-abate nature of the sector. This resulted in a change to the pathway overall headline aluminium
target from 30% to a range of 17% to 30% by 2030. Refer to our Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology in
Appendix 5 for further details. 2. International Aluminium Institute – 1.5 Degrees Scenario and B2D Scenario (2021).
3. Reduction driven by structural changes (e.g., mergers, acquisitions and divestments of customers within the relevant
pathway). 4. International Aluminium Institute – Global Aluminium Industry Greenhouse Gas Emissions Intensity
Reduction Continues, with Total Emissions Below 2020 Peak. 5. Aluminium that is produced from recycled aluminium
originating from various forms of aluminium scrap. 6. A furnace used for scrap-based aluminium production, where the
metal is heated by means of an electric arc.
Graph 7.1: Performance
Graph 7.2: Emissions
intensity movements
GHG intensity
(tCO
2
-e/t aluminium)
8.31
(0.39)
5.88
(2.04)
Total
Decrease
Increase
ANZ
2024
ANZ
2025
Portfolio
change
3
Customers’
climate
performance
How is ANZ supporting
the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, customers
contributing 100% of EAD and 100%
of the debt-weighted financed and
facilitated emissions intensity of our
aluminium pathway were captured
within our LEEP. Refer to page 12 for
more details on the program including
how we select LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
• % EAD of aluminium customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have set interim emissions
reduction targets: 100%
• % EAD of aluminium customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have publicly committed to
net zero by 2050: 91%
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Decarbonisation of electricity supply
used in aluminium production.
• Limiting the use of aluminium in final
products via ‘lightweighting’ and
efficiency in design.
• Investment in the commercialisation
of currently expensive technologies
such as carbon-free anodes.
• Increased secondary production
5
of
aluminium via electric arc furnace
6
,
noting this is limited by scrap
availability.
Targeting a 17-30% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030
1
Aluminium
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2021
Emissions
Scope 1 and 2
Scenario
IAI 1.5°C and
IAI B2DS
2
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$0.46b
% Group
EAD
0.03%
Status
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
(7%)
Performance
vs baseline
(14%)
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer
and important notices, pages 50-51
for the aluminium sectoral pathway
performance summary, page 32 for
Our Approach to Sectoral Pathways,
and Appendix 5 for our Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology.
Industry
Actual performance against our target
Global average emissions intensity
2030 target pathway (17% to 30% reduction)
2030202420262028202320212022202520272029
GHG intensity (tCO
2
-e/t aluminium)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
43
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
1. In 2025, we completed a review of our cement sectoral pathway emissions intensity target to, among other things,
include facilitated emissions, update the reference scenario to use the latest science, and to change from a 1.5°C
aligned target to a 1.5°C – 1.7°C aligned target range to recognise the hard-to-abate nature of the sector. This resulted
in a change to the pathway overall headline cement target from 20% to a range of 13% to 25% by 2030. Refer to our
Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology in Appendix 5 for further details. 2. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024.
Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS). 3. In line with SBTI - Cement
Science Based Target Setting Guidance (2022) and our understanding of industry practices, when we refer to our
intensity target in tCO₂-e/t cement, we have set an intensity target per tonne of ‘cementitious product’ rather than per
tonne of ‘cement’. 4. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024. 5. Intermediary product in cement production, production of
which is emissions intensive. 6. Fly ash is a waste product from coal-fired power generation that can be used as a
supplementary cementitious material. 7. IEA – Net Zero Road Map (2023).
Graph 8.1: Performance
Graph 8.2: Emissions
intensity movements
GHG intensity
(tCO
2
-e/t cement)
0.62
(0.02)
0.620.02
Total
Decrease
Increase
ANZ
2024
ANZ
2025
Customers’
climate
performance
Portfolio
change
How is ANZ supporting
the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, customers
contributing 100% of EAD and 100%
of the debt-weighted financed and
facilitated emissions intensity of our
cement pathway were captured within
our LEEP. Refer to page 12 for more
details on the program including how
we select LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
• % EAD of cement customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have set interim emissions
reduction targets: 100%
• % EAD of cement customers
in-scope for financed emissions
that have publicly committed to
net zero by 2050: 45%
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Substituting clinker
5
for
supplementary cementitious
materials (e.g., fly ash
6
granulated
slag, limestone, and calcined clay).
• Alternate fuels for kilns (e.g.,
biomass instead of fossil fuels).
• Decarbonisation of electricity
supply.
• Plant and end-user efficiencies.
• CCUS technologies.
7
Targeting a 13-25% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030
1
Cement
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2021
Emissions
Scope 1 and 2
Scenario
IEA WEO NZE
and APS (2024)
2
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$0.18b
% Group
EAD
0.01%
Status
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
(1%)
Performance
vs baseline
(7%)
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
cement customers has decreased by 7%
from our 2021 baseline to 0.62 tCO₂-e/t
cement.
3
This is below the 2024 global
average of 0.66 tCO₂-e/t cement.
4
We are on-track to meet our 2030 target
of reducing the emissions intensity of our
pathway portfolio by between 13-25%.
1
A small number of customers (fewer than
10) make up our exposure in this pathway.
The limited availability of cost-effective
technologies to reduce hard-to-abate
emissions of cement production provides
greater uncertainty in the pathway
towards our target, relative to other
sectors. However, customer engagements
to date have been positive, indicating that
the sector is investing in research and
development of decarbonisation initiatives.
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and
important notices, pages 50-51 for the
cement sectoral pathway performance
summary, page 32 for Our Approach to
Sectoral Pathways, and Appendix 5 for
our Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology.
Industry
Actual performance against our target
Global average emissions intensity
2030 target pathway (13% to 25% reduction)
2030202420262028202320212022202520272029
GHG intensity (tCO
2
-e/t cement)
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
44ANZ 2025 Climate Report
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
steel customers has decreased by 21%
from our 2021 baseline to 1.66 tCO₂-e/t
steel. This is below the 2024 global
average of 2.04 tCO₂-e/t steel.
3
We are on-track to meet our 2030 target
of reducing the emissions intensity of our
pathway portfolio by 11-22%.
1
A small number of customers (fewer than
10) make up our exposure in this pathway.
Given the significant technological
advances required to enable
commercialisation of lower emissions steel
making, the decarbonisation of the steel
sector will likely be slow moving. However,
we are seeing adoption of efficiency
measures and investment into research
and development in the steel sector,
including by some of our customers.
Metallurgical Coal
As at 30 June 2025, our EAD to
metallurgical (coking) coal mining
(ANZSIC code 1101) was $0.51 billion.
4
We acknowledge that there are no
readily available and commercially viable
substitutes for the use of metallurgical
coal in steel production at-scale. We
continue to support our metallurgical coal
mining customers. There are several
metallurgical coal customers included in
our LEEP, and we are engaging with those
LEEP customers to encourage them to
strengthen their low carbon transition plans.
1. In 2025, we completed a review of our Steel sectoral pathway emissions intensity target to, amongst other things,
include facilitated emissions, update the reference scenario to use the latest science, and to change from a 1.5°C
aligned target to a 1.5°C – 1.7°C aligned target range to recognize the hard-to-abate nature of the sector. This resulted
in a change to the pathway overall headline steel target from 28% to a range of 11% to 22% by 2030. Refer to our
Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology in Appendix 5 for further details. 2. IEA – World Energy Outlook 2024.
Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS). 3. IEA – World Energy Outlook
2024. 4. The EAD calculation for this metric differs to the sectoral pathway as it includes all ANZ EAD attributed to
ANZSIC code 1101, rather than in-scope steel sectoral pathway customers.
Graph 9.1: Performance
Graph 9.2: Emissions
intensity movements
GHG intensity
(tCO
2
-e/t steel)
1.93
(0.02)
1.66
(0.25)
Total
Decrease
Increase
ANZ
2024
ANZ
2025
Customers’
climate
performance
Portfolio
change
How is ANZ supporting
the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, customers
contributing 85% of EAD and 92%
of the debt-weighted financed and
facilitated emissions intensity of our
steel pathway were captured within
our LEEP. Refer to page 12 for more
details on the program including how
we select LEEP customers.
Prioritisation of customers with
lower emissions assets, stronger
emissions reduction targets and/or
diversification strategies
• % EAD of steel customers in-scope
for financed emissions that have set
interim emissions reduction targets:
87%
• % EAD of steel customers in-scope
for financed emissions that have
publicly committed to net zero by
2050: 100%
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Decarbonisation of electricity
supply, combined with Electric
Smelting Furnace and Electric Arc
Furnace technologies.
• Direct-reduced iron and utilisation
of low-grade ores.
• Plant and end-user efficiencies.
• CCUS technologies.
Targeting a 11-22% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030
1
Steel
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2021
Emissions
Scope 1 and 2
Scenario
IEA WEO NZE
and APS (2024)
2
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$0.67b
% Group
EAD
0.05%
Status
On-track
Performance
vs pathway
(17%)
Performance
vs baseline
(21%)
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and
important notices, pages 50-51 for the
steel sectoral pathway performance
summary, page 32 for Our Approach to
Sectoral Pathways, and Appendix 5 for
our Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology.
Actual performance against our target
Global average emissions intensity
2030 target pathway (11% to 22% reduction)
2030202420262028202320212022202520272029
GHG intensity (tCO
2
-e/t steel)
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
Industry
45
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Buildings
The emissions intensity of our in-scope
Australian large-scale commercial real
estate (CRE) customers’ office buildings
has decreased by 73% from our 2019
baseline to 21.52 kgCO₂-e/m
2
NLA. This
is below the 2025 Australian average of
40.51 kgCO₂-e/m
2
NLA.
3
Similarly, the emissions intensity of our
in-scope CRE customers’ shopping
centres has decreased by 57% from our
2019 baseline to 38.43 kgCO₂-e/m
2
NLA.
This is below the 2025 Australian average
of 39.92 kgCO₂-e/m
2
NLA.
3
1. Target is specific to Australian large business customers. 2. The International Energy Agency Beyond 2°C scenario presented in the IEA – Energy Technology Perspectives (2017)
report puts service buildings on a pathway to achieve net zero emissions by 2050, with most of these savings to be achieved before 2030. The 2050 convergence to net zero emissions
for service buildings closely reflects the IEA – Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (2021). 3. Australian base building averages, NABERS Annual Report.
We are on-track to meet our 2030 target
of reducing the emissions intensity of our
pathway portfolio by 60%.
Our current CRE target does not directly
reflect ANZ’s financial exposures as they
relate to customers’ emissions. Rather, we
calculate emissions intensity using the
combined net lettable area (NLA) of all
office buildings and shopping centres that
are owned or operated by our in-scope
customers. Our target also excludes some
emissions arising from energy use in
building tenancies, or emissions
embodied in building materials.
Graph 10.1: Performance (Offices)Graph 10.2: Performance (Shopping centres)
Targeting a 60% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030 – office buildings and shopping centres
1
Australian large-scale commercial real estate
Ta rg e t
Baseline
2019
Emissions
Scope 1 and 2
from building operational
energy use
Scope 3
category 3 – fuel and
energy related emissions
Scenario
IEA B2D
2
Status
On-track
EAD as at
30 June 2025
Current metric is not
tied to our lending
Performance
vs pathway
Offices (60%)
Shopping
Centres (36%)
Performance
vs baseline
Offices (73%)
Shopping
Centres (57%)
Actual performance against our target
2030 target pathway (60% reduction)
203020242026202820232022201920202021202520272029
GHG intensity (kgCO
2
-e/m
2
NLA)
0
20
10
40
30
50
60
70
80
90
Actual performance against our target
2030 target pathway (60% reduction)
203020242026202820232022201920202021202520272029
GHG intensity (kg CO
2
-e/m
2
NLA)
0
20
10
40
30
50
60
70
80
90
100
Limitations on the availability of data in
the sector has impacted the review of our
CRE sectoral pathway approach, including
exploring the potential use of alternative
reference scenarios. We may consider
adjusting our approach as the availability
of data increases.
46ANZ 2025 Climate Report
How is ANZ supporting the transition?
Customer engagement
via our LEEP
As at 30 June 2025, 5 of our CRE pathway customers were captured within our LEEP.
Refer to page 12 for details on the program including how we select LEEP customers.
Specific policies in place to steer
our lending decisions
ANZ will only finance the construction of new large-scale office buildings
1
if they
achieve an ‘as designed’
2
NABERS energy rating of at least 5 stars
3
(or equivalent
international rating).
Potential options for our customers
to reduce their emissions
• Electrification and transition to lower emissions electricity sources.
• Implementing energy efficiency measures.
1. Large scale is an office building with a NLA > 10,000 sqm located within a major CBD. 2. ‘As designed’ refers to a rating that is calculated during the design phase of a building, before
it is actually constructed. 3. As of July 2025, the “as designed” NABERS rating requirement for the construction of new large-scale office buildings increased to 5.5 stars (or equivalent
international rating). This change impacts new lending post-July 2025.
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer and important notices,
pages 50-51 for the Australian residential home loan
portfolio performance summary, page 32 for Our Approach
to Sectoral Pathways, and Appendix 5 for our Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology.
47
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Other metrics
The emissions intensity of our Australian
residential home loan portfolio in 2025
was 4.10 tCO
2
-e per dwelling, 4% below
2024. This is slightly lower than the
Australian average emissions intensity of
4.64 tCO
2
-e per dwelling. Suncorp Bank
is included within scope. Our emissions
intensity calculation utilises an outstanding
loans balance that is not indicative of
ANZ's entire Australian Residential Home
Loan book. Refer to our Financed and
Facilitated Emissions Methodology in
Appendix 5 for further details on
applicable eligibility criteria.
ANZ has not committed to an emissions
target for its Australian residential home
loan portfolio.
We project that the emissions intensity
of ANZ’s Australian residential home loan
portfolio would need to reduce by at least
53% by 2030
3
(from 2023) to align with
the goal to limit global warming to 1.5°C
above pre-industrial levels. This reduction
to our portfolio emissions is unlikely to be
linear considering our customers’ Scope 2
emissions profile from home energy use is
significant.
In Australia, this is mostly influenced by
the electricity grid’s reliance on coal-fired
generation. However, as power stations
are gradually replaced by lower emitting
sources of generation, we expect that
there will be reductions in the emissions
Graph 11.1: Australian residential home loan portfolio emissions intensity
1
Australian residential home loans
Potential opportunities for
emissions reduction in the sector
ANZ
• Supporting the higher
penetration of renewable
and other lower emissions
sources of electricity in
Australia through our lending
and facilitation activities in
the debt capital markets.
• Continuing to provide
financing to build new homes
and explore potential
opportunities to support the
retrofitting of existing homes
to improve energy efficiency.
Governments and
regulatory bodies
• Facilitating the increased
penetration of renewables
into Australia’s electricity grids
and improving the energy
efficiency of homes through
policy developments.
Customers
• Improving the energy
efficiency of their homes.
• Electrification of home
equipment (e.g., hot water
systems, space heating and
gas appliances).
• Increasing the use of rooftop
solar supported by batteries.
Outstanding loans
2
at
30 June 2025
$371.58b
2025 emissions intensity
(tCO₂-e per dwelling)
4.10
Emissions included
Scope 1 and 2
Natural gas and liquified petroleum
gas (LPG) & electricity use sourced
from grid
intensity of electricity supplied to our
customers’ homes. See the power
generation section on page 34 for details
on ANZ’s role in financing renewable
electricity generation.
In 2025, we supported customers
through our participation in the Australian
Government’s trial of the Nationwide
House Energy Rating Scheme (NatHERS)
for existing homes. The trial provides
select ANZ customers the opportunity
to identify energy efficiencies and
cost-savings for their property through a
free physical evaluation and home energy
rating trial certificate.
4
We have also progressed customer
education programs through the Forgotten
Fuel series, created in partnership with
the Energy Efficiency Council. It presents
practical steps Australians can take to
improve the energy efficiency of their
homes and the financial benefits of
making households more sustainable.
5
1. The national average for Australia has been calculated using dwelling data from ABS – Total Value of Dwellings
(June 2025), energy data from DCCEEW – Australian Energy Update 2025 and emissions factors from DCCEEW
– Australian National Greenhouse Accounts Factors (2025). 2. This is not indicative of ANZ's entire Australian
Residential Home Loan book. Refer to our Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology in Appendix 5 for further
details on applicable eligibility criteria. 3. IEA – Net Zero Emissions by 2050 World Scenario (2023). 4. ANZ - ANZ joins
government trial to help homeowners save on energy bills (23 May 2025). 5. ANZ and Energy Efficiency Council
- Putting Energy Efficiency to Work at Home (May 2025).
Emissions per dwelling
(tCO
2
-e)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
ElectricityGas
2024
2023
LPGNational average
2025
%
0
20
40
60
80
100
VicNSW
Qld
WA
SA
ACT
NT
Tas
% of financed
emissions
% of customer
homes
38%
23%
29%
25%
23%
23%
9%
12%
3%
2%
1%
1%1%
2%
2%
7%
Refer to page 1 for our disclaimer
and important notices, pages 50-51
for the Australian residential home loans
portfolio performance summary,
page 32 for Our Approach to Sectoral
Pathways, and Appendix 5 for our
Financed and Facilitated Emissions
Methodology.
48ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Agribusiness data
coverage cohort
Targeting 100% of the Agribusiness data coverage cohort
to disclose Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions at a standard
equivalent to the ‘Australian National Greenhouse Account
Factors’
1
by the end of financial year 2027.
ANZ has not committed to an emissions
reduction target for our Institutional
Agribusiness sector or sub-sectors,
concluding that it remains premature to
set a target while the availability and
quality of emissions data remains
challenging. Data availability and quality
impacts our ability to accurately estimate
financed and facilitated emissions.
For this reason, we remain focused on
seeking enhanced disclosures from the
large Agribusiness customers in our data
coverage cohort. ANZ’s data coverage
target aims to encourage and support
the provision of high quality and
comparable emissions data by the
customers in our cohort.
The agribusiness data coverage cohort
comprises large Institutional Agribusiness
customers who either have significant
operations in Australia or are
headquartered in Australia
3
and own
assets or operate in one or more of the
following parts of the agribusiness
value chain:
• Farm input providers (e.g., fertiliser
manufacturers)
• Producers (e.g., of beef, lamb, grain,
poultry, and aquaculture products)
• Processors (e.g., bulk-handlers, meat
processors)
• Retailers (e.g., supermarkets)
• Quick-service restaurants (e.g., large
fast-food chains)
Currently, 61% of our agribusiness data
coverage cohort customers are disclosing
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions to an
Australian National Greenhouse Account
Factors (NGA) standard or equivalent, a
decrease of 2% compared with last year.
These customers disclosed their
emissions publicly or to the Australian
Clean Energy Regulator through the
National Greenhouse and Energy
Reporting Scheme.
4
The decrease was
due to some customers not seeking
assurance of their Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions data in the current reporting
year (but having done so in the previous
reporting year).
Overall, the number of cohort customers
publicly reporting emissions increased
from 81% to 87% in 2025, however some
of these disclosures were not subject to
assurance and therefore did not meet our
data coverage target criteria. We will
continue to engage with the agribusiness
data coverage cohort customers who do
not report Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions, or do not report in accordance
with the data coverage target criteria, to
understand and encourage their progress
towards disclosure and assurance.
1. DCCEEW – Australian National Greenhouse Accounts Factors. 2. To the Australian National Greenhouse Account Factors (NGA) standard or equivalent e.g., audited emissions
disclosure. 3. Cohort is made up of a selection of large Institutional Agribusiness customers as at October 2023. ANZ does not intend to add new customers to the cohort to replace
customers that are no longer in the cohort (e.g., because they no longer have the required nexus with Australia or are no longer an ANZ customer), but may do so if it considers it
appropriate in the circumstances. As a result, Suncorp Bank is not considered within scope of this metric cohort. 4. National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (Measurement)
Determination 2008 (Cth). The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER) Scheme is a national framework for reporting company information about greenhouse gas
emissions, energy production, and energy consumption.
EAD as at
30 June 2025
$5.62b
% Group
EAD
0.41%
% of Agribusiness data coverage
cohort disclosing their Scope 1 and
Scope 2 emissions
2
61%
49
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Sectoral pathway performance summary
Exposure at Default (EAD)
Baseline
year
EAD $b (% of Group EAD)
Sector
1,2
Baseline202320242025
Power generation20207. 4 69.35 (0.81%)9.36 (0.80%)14.14 (1.03%)
Oil and gas202010.207.35 (0.63%)5.93 (0.51%)4.34 (0.32%)
Thermal coal20200.430.09 (0.01%)0.08 (0.01%)0.10 (0.01%)
Auto manufacturing20222.132.03 (0.18%)1.73 (0.15%)2.41 (0.18%)
Aviation20193.292.79 (0.24%)2.51 (0.22%)3.15 (0.23%)
Shipping20220.840.72 (0.06%)0.64 (0.05%)0.50 (0.04%)
Aluminium20210.670.69 (0.06%)0.72 (0.06%)0.46 (0.03%)
Cement20210.390.28 (0.02%)0.21 (0.02%)0.18 (0.01%)
Steel
20211.021.15 (0.10%)1.01 (0.09%)0.67 (0.05%)
Australian residential
home loans
3
--280.17299.15371.58
Absolute financed emissions (MtCO₂-e)
Sector
1,2
Baseline yearScopeBaseline202320242025
Power generation20201Not Reported5.304.484.53
Oil and gas20201 and 21.431.010.870.67
311.227. 8 66.844.50
Thermal coal20201 and 20.240.010.010.01
38.600.370.250.34
Auto manufacturing202231.871.621.321.78
Aviation201912.541.011.281.86
Shipping202210.240.250.230.20
Aluminium20211 and 20.530.390.520.31
Cement20211 and 22.241.520.910.63
Steel20211 and 21.261.621.230.87
Australian residential
home loans
-1 and 2-1.691.651.87
1. Relates to customers identified as within-scope of our sectoral pathway portfolio cohorts as defined within our Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology. For further detail on
the emissions scope, inclusion and exclusion criteria, and any limitations, refer to the methodology located at Appendix 5. 2. The datapoints disclosed within these tables use varying
collection and calculation dates. Refer to page 33 and Appendix 5 for further details on the boundaries applied for our Financed and Facilitated Emissions. 3. The exposure figures
reflects the total loans outstanding for homes within ANZ’s Australian home loan book that are within scope for the financed emissions metric.
50ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Absolute facilitated emissions (MtCO₂-e)
Sector
1,2
Baseline yearScopeBaseline202320242025
Power generation20201Not Reported0.140.170.65
Oil and gas20201 and 20.150.060.050.01
31.130.400.300.07
Thermal coal20201 and 20.000.000.000.00
30.150.000.000.00
Auto manufacturing202230.05 0.05 0.04 0.03
Aviation201910.130.020.040.03
Shipping202210.010.010.000.00
Aluminium20211 and 20.040.020.040.06
Cement20211 and 20.000.000.000.07
Steel20211 and 20.040.000.000.00
Emissions intensity
Sector
1,2
Baseline yearUnitsBaseline202320242025
Power generation2020kgCO₂-e/MWh245171156120
Oil and gas2020kgCO₂-e/GJ produced71696870
Thermal coal2020kgCO
2
-e/t produced2.502.442.532.52
Auto manufacturing2022gCO₂-e/vkm140121 107 94
Aviation2019gCO₂-e/RTK871906797870
Shipping2022gCO₂-e/t km11.4912.2512.3511.13
Aluminium2021tCO₂-e/t aluminium6.818.698.315.88
Cement2021tCO₂-e/t cement0.660.650.620.62
Steel2021tCO₂-e/t steel2.102.001.931.66
Australian large-scale
commercial real
estate – offices
2019kgCO
2
-e/m
2
NLA80.2140.8624.4921.52
Australian large-scale
commercial real
estate – shopping
centres
2019kgCO
2
-e/m
2
NLA89.7560.3044.9838.43
Australian residential
home loans
-tCO₂-e/dwelling-4.444.294.10
1. Relates to customers identified as within-scope of our sectoral pathway portfolio cohorts as defined within our Financed and Facilitated Emissions Methodology. For further details
on the emissions scope, inclusion and exclusion criteria, and any limitations, refer to the methodology located at Appendix 5. 2. The datapoints disclosed within these tables use varying
collection and calculation dates. Refer to page 33 and Appendix 5 for further details on the boundaries applied for our Financed and Facilitated Emissions.
51
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Operational emissions
Operational emissions are greenhouse
gas (GHG) emissions associated with
operating our business. Scope 3 financed
emissions and facilitated emissions (see
page 32) and emissions associated with
ANZ’s investments are not included as
part of operational emissions.
In previous years, we reported our
operational emissions for the period
1 July to 30 June. In 2025, we updated
our operational emissions reporting period
to align with ANZ’s financial year end of
30 September in preparation for ANZ’s
first mandatory climate reporting period,
commencing 1 October 2025. In this
transition year, we have disclosed
operational emissions for both reporting
periods ending 30 June 2025 and
30 September 2025. Data in respect of
prior years remains reported for the period
1 July to 30 June. Both the operational
targets, detailed on page 53, and the
year-on-year comparisons made below
will also remain by reference to the periods
ending 30 June.
For further information on our
measurement approach, refer to ANZ’s
Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3
Operational GHG emissions reporting
methodology at Appendix 7.
The decrease to combined Scope 1 and
Scope 2 (location-based) emissions in
2025 was primarily due to the reduction
in gas consumption in our Melbourne
headquarters and reduced electricity and
diesel consumption across our
international offices.
The decrease to combined Scope 1 and
Scope 2 (market-based) emissions in
2025 was primarily due to ANZ procuring
97% of our electricity needs from
renewable sources, up from 57% in 2024.
In 2025, ANZ signed a second Power
Purchase Agreement (PPA) with Mortlake
South Wind Farm, complementing the
Murra Warra Wind Farm PPA established in
2019. In addition, ANZ has deployed 16
rooftop solar systems through a retail solar
PPA program since its commencement in
2023.
Internationally, ANZ sources renewable
energy through a portfolio of measures
tailored to each region. In New Zealand,
100% renewable electricity was achieved
through the purchase and surrender of
New Zealand Energy Certificate’s (NZECs)
from our electricity supplier. For other
international operations, where energy
demand is comparatively lower, we source
renewable electricity through retail
products or unbundled renewable energy
certificates – tradable instruments that
represent renewable electricity but are
sold separately from the physical
electricity itself. The portfolio of measures
allows us to source renewable electricity
based on market availability and our
electricity needs.
Value chain emissions
In 2025, ANZ’s reported Scope 3
(location-based) operational emissions
were 80,146 tCO
2
-e, 16% higher than
2024. In 2025, we continued to work with
our suppliers to better understand our
impact and identify opportunities to
reduce emissions.
Emissions by Scope
2025
1
2024
Emissions (tCO
2
-e) Location-based
1 Oct to
30 Sep
1 Jul to
30 Jun
1 Jul to
30 Jun
Scope 1 emissions6,3146,2695,958
Scope 2 emissions74 , 5 5 674 , 9 5 576,020
Scope 3 measured operational emissions7 7, 1 7 380,14668,845
Total emissions (location-based)158,043161,370150,823
Emissions (tCO
2
-e) Market-based
Scope 1 emissions6,3146,2695,958
Scope 2 emissions2,1382,27236,076
Scope 3 measured operational emissions
70,41073,35866,992
Total emissions (market-based)
78,86281,899109,026
Emissions (tCO
2
-e) by region (Scope 1 and Scope 2 location-based)
Australia
61,83861,63360,638
New Zealand
3,6843,5673,351
Asia Pacific, Europe and America
15,34816,0231 7, 9 9 0
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 (location-based)
80,87081,22481,978
Emissions (tCO
2
-e) by region (Scope 1 and Scope 2 market-based)
Australia
4,6754,59232,458
New Zealand
1,5241,5611,918
Asia Pacific, Europe and America
2,2532,3887, 6 5 8
Total Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market-based)
8,4528,54142,034
Emissions (tCO
2
-e) Scope 3
Category 1: Purchased goods and services9,2159,2886,489
Category 2: Capital goods7999083,118
Category 3: Fuel and energy related activities12,00812,2579,907
Category 4: Upstream transportation and
distribution
4,4094,4064,156
Category 5: Waste generated in operations686660834
Category 6: Business travel22,17924,90420,459
Category 7: Employee commuting27, 71627, 5 6 222,008
Category 8: Upstream leased assets1611611,873
1. Includes Suncorp Bank.
52ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Climate-related
operational targets
Since setting our current range of
operational targets in 2022, we have made
strong progress across the business to
support us in meeting our ambitions.
Several of our targets, detailed below,
expired as at 30 June this year. As a result,
this year we have chosen not to restate
the baseline years and performances
towards our targets from 30 June to a
30 September reporting period, to align
with our banking financial year-end.
Similarly, existing targets have not been
restated for the Suncorp Bank acquisition.
1
Future targets including our revised target
below aligned with our financial reporting
year of 1 October to 30 September and
Suncorp Bank will be included in scope as
relevant to the target.
Refer to our Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope
3 Operational GHG emissions reporting
methodology in Appendix 7 for further
details.
Reducing waste to landfill
4
by
40% by 2025 (against 2017
baseline)
ANZ exceeded its 2025 waste reduction
target, achieving a 79% decrease in waste
to landfill against its 2017 baseline year.
This result was driven by the continuation
of zero waste principles in new retail
branch fit outs across New Zealand,
recycling of e-waste and office furniture,
and employee engagement through
internal campaigns and audits.
1. Although the Suncorp Bank acquisition represented
a notable structural change, it did not meet the 5%
materiality threshold for our baseline to be restated.
There is also an absence of available of Suncorp Bank
data for the 2015 baseline year. 2. Self-generated
renewable electricity, direct procurement from offsite
grid connected generators e.g. Power Purchase
Agreement (PPA), retail products, unbundled renewable
energy certificates and default delivered renewable
electricity from the grid. 3. Total potable water consumed
from ANZ’s global properties. 4. Total waste to landfill
generated from ANZ’s global properties.
Non-emissions targets
Reducing water consumption
3
by
40% by 2025 (against 2017
baseline)
ANZ exceeded its 2025 water reduction
target, achieving a 61% decrease in
consumption against its 2017 baseline
year. This was largely achieved by
rightsizing the property portfolio; achieving
a 3.5-star NABERS water rating at the
Melbourne headquarters; and ongoing
monitoring to maintain usage even as
employee attendance increased.
tCO
2
-e
20152016201720182019202020212022202320242025
200
150
100
50
0
2025 target
Scope 1 and Scope 2 operational
emissions: Performance against target
Revised target: Reducing combined
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by
85% by 2030 against a 2024 baseline
Having achieved our 2030 target of a 90%
reduction (against a 2015 baseline) earlier
than expected, we have revised our
combined Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions reduction target with a more
ambitious baseline year of 2024. Our
target has been revised to an 85%
reduction in combined Scope 1 and
Scope 2 emissions against a 2024
baseline and to also include Suncorp Bank
commencing 1 October 2025.
Reducing paper consumption (both
office and ANZ originated customer
paper use) by 70% by 2025 (against
2015 baseline)
ANZ exceeded its 2025 paper reduction
target, achieving a 77% decrease in
consumption against its 2015 baseline
year. This result was driven by the
expansion of eSign usage which saved
over 500,000 printed documents, the
digitisation of brochures and customer
statements across the branch network
and the streamlining of internal workflows
to reduce reliance on printed materials.
Reducing combined Scope 1 and
Scope 2 emissions by 85% by
2025 and 90% by 2030 against
2015 baseline
Objective
Scope 1 and Scope 2
emissions reduction
(market-based)
ScopeANZ’s global footprint
under operational control
Ta rg e t Ty p eAbsolute quantitative
target
AlignmentInformed by the Paris
agreement
(1.5
0
C degree alignment)
Performance
ANZ exceeded its 2025 target to reduce
combined Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market-
based) emissions by achieving a 96%
reduction, driven principally from an
increase in renewable electricity. A reduction
of diesel cars from the New Zealand fleet
and the reduction of natural gas use at the
Sydney and Melbourne commercial offices
also contributed to the reduction.
Being powered by the
equivalent of 100% renewable
electricity by 2025
2
ObjectiveRenewable energy
procurement
ScopeANZ global footprint under
operational control
Ta rg e t Ty p e% of renewable energy
purchased
Alignment
Not applicable
Performance
As of 30 June 2025, 97% of ANZ’s
electricity needs were from renewable
sources, just falling short of our target of
100% renewable electricity by 2025. This
was principally due to the absence of
recognised schemes or renewable
electricity infrastructure in Papua New
Guinea and Pacific countries.
53
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
1. Glasgow Financial Alliance for Net Zero (GFANZ) Financial Institution Net zero Transition Plans – Fundamentals, Recommendations, and Guidance (2022).
2. Transition Plan Task Force Disclosure Framework (2023).
TPT ElementsPage referenceGFANZ ComponentPage reference
FoundationsFoundations
1.1 Strategic ambition8 -11Objectives and priorities8-11, ESG Targets – see our
2025 ESG Report located at
anz.com/esgreport
1.2 Business model and
value chain
Not met - see details of our business
model and value chain on page 4
1.3 Key assumptions and
external factors
Not met - see details of our C&E
strategy and approach to transition
planning on pages 8-11
Implementation StrategyImplementation Strategy
2.1 Business operations12-15, 26-27, 52-53Products and services12-21, 31
2.2 Products and services16-17, 21, 31Activities and decision-making22-24
2.3 Policies and conditions19, 22-24, 32-51Policies and conditions19, 22, 32-51
2.4 Financial planningNot met
Engagement StrategyEngagement Strategy
3.1 Engagement with value chain12-18, 31, 52Clients and portfolio
companies
12-18, 31, 52
3.2 Engagement with industry21Industry21
3.3 Engagement with
government, public sector,
communities and civil society
21Government and public sector21, ESG Targets – see our
2025 ESG Report located
at anz.com/esgreport
Metrics and TargetsMetrics and Targets
4.1 Governance, engagement,
business, and operational
metrics and targets
12-15, 30 - 53Metrics and targets10-11, 30-53, ESG Targets
and Performances – see our
2025 ESG Report located at
anz.com/esgreport
4.2 Financial metrics and targets31
4.3 GHG metrics and targets32-53
4.4 Carbon credits77
GovernanceGovernance
5.1 Board oversight and reporting5 -7Roles, responsibilities and
remuneration
5 -7
5.2 Management roles,
responsibilities and accountabilities
5 -7
5.3 Culture5, 20Skills and culture5, 20
5.4 Incentives and remunerationPartially met - see page 7
5.5 Skills, competencies and training5, 20
The index below provides section references of this report to the relevant GFANZ and TPT transition planning guidance framework.
1,2
Our disclosures do not purport to be comprehensive or to satisfy all aspects of GFANZ or TPT’s framework.
Appendix 1: GFANZ and TPT index
54ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Appendix 2: Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) Index
TCFD categoryTCFD disclosure recommendationANZ response – page
Governance
Disclose the organisation’s governance
around climate-related risks and
opportunities.
a.Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks
and opportunities.
5 -7
b.Describe management’s role in assessing and managing
climate-related risks and opportunities.
6 -7
Strategy
Disclose the actual and potential impacts
of climate-related risks and opportunities
on the organisation’s businesses, strategy,
and financial planning where such
information is material.
a.Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified over the short, medium, and
long term.
24-27
b.Describe the impact of climate-related risks and
opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy,
and financial planning.
26-29
c.Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy,
taking into consideration different climate-related
scenarios, including a 2°C or lower scenario.
28-29
Risk Management
Disclose how the organisation identifies,
assesses, and manages climate-related
risks.
a.Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying
and assessing climate-related risks.
22-27
b.Describe the organisation’s processes for managing
climate-related risks.
22-27
c.Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and
managing climate-related risks are integrated into the
organisation’s overall risk management.
22-27
Metrics and Targets
Disclose the metrics and targets used
to assess and manage relevant climate-
related risks and opportunities where
such information is material.
a.Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess
climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its
strategy and risk management process.
12-15, 28-29, 30-52, 76
b.
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and the related risks.
32-52
c.Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage
climate-related risks and opportunities and performance
against targets.
10 -11, 31- 53
55
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Appendix 3: Task Force on Nature-related
Financial Disclosures (TNFD) Index
TNFD categoryTNFD disclosure recommendationANZ response – page
Governance
Disclose the organisation’s
governance
of nature-related dependencies,
impacts, risks and opportunities.
a.Describe the board’s oversight of nature-related dependencies,
impacts, risks and opportunities.
7
b.Describe management’s role in assessing and managing nature-
related dependencies, impacts, risks and opportunities.
7, 18-19, 22
c.Describe the organisation’s human rights policies and engagement
activities, and oversight by the board and management, with respect
to Indigenous Peoples, Local Communities, affected and other
stakeholders, in the organisation’s assessment of, and response to,
nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks and opportunities.
Partially met – see
our Climate Change
Commitment, available
here prior to our AGM
Strategy
Disclose the effects of nature-
related dependencies, impacts,
risks and opportunities on the
organisation’s business model,
strategy and financial planning
where such information is
material.
a.Describe the nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks and
opportunities the organisation has identified over the short,
medium and long term.
Partially met –
see pages 18-19
b.
Describe the effect nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks
and opportunities have had on the organisation’s business model,
value chain, strategy and financial planning, as well as any
transition plans or analysis in place.
18 -19
c.Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy to nature-
related risks and opportunities, taking into consideration different
scenarios.
Partially met – see initial
steps we are taking
utilising the ENCORE
tool on pages 18-19
d.Disclose the locations of assets and/or activities in the
organisation’s direct operations and, where possible, upstream
and downstream value chain(s) that meet the criteria for priority
locations.
Not met
Risk Management
Describe the processes used
by the organisation to identify,
assess, prioritise and monitor
nature-related dependencies,
impacts, risks and opportunities.
a.(i) Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying, assessing
and prioritising nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks and
opportunities in its direct operations.
Not met
a.(ii) Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying, assessing
and prioritising nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks and
opportunities in its upstream and downstream value chain(s)
22-24
b.Describe the organisation’s processes for managing nature-
related dependencies, impacts, risks and opportunities.
18 -19, 22
c.Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, prioritising and
monitoring nature-related risks are integrated into and inform the
organisation’s overall risk management processes.
18 -19, 22
Metrics and Targets
Disclose the metrics and targets
used to assess and manage
material nature-related
dependencies, impacts, risks
and opportunities.
a.Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess and
manage material nature-related risks and opportunities in line with
its strategy and risk management process.
Not met
b.Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess and
manage dependencies and impacts on nature.
Not met
c.Describe the targets and goals used by the organisation to manage
nature-related dependencies, impacts, risks and opportunities and
its performance against these.
Not met
56ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Appendix 4: Climate Scenario
Analysis Methodology
Disclaimer and important notices
The information in this methodology should be read together with Disclaimer and Important Notices on page 1 which contains information
about forward-looking statements, and the uncertainties, challenges and risks associated with climate-related information.
The purpose of this section is to outline our approach to climate scenario analysis.
Further to scenario descriptions set out on pages 24-29 of this report, this section provides additional detail on the scenario-based
assumptions that supported our assessment.
Time horizons
The table below details the considerations that we took into determining the time horizons.
Summary of our scenario time horizons
Short-term
0-1 year (2026)
Medium-term
1-5 years (2030)
Long-term
5+ years (2050)
• Aligns with our annual business cycle• Aligns with our stress testing horizons,
group-level strategy cycle and our Internal
Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
(ICAAP)
• Aligns with our Climate-related
intermediate targets
• Aligns with the transition of our
lending portfolio to net zero financed
emissions by 2050
• Maximum 30-year tenor of home
loans
Inputs and assumptions
Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS) Scenarios
ANZ selected two scenarios from the NGFS that represent divergent climate pathways to identify material climate risk. NGFS scenarios
were chosen as they provide comprehensive coverage of both transition and physical climate risks across economic sectors.
NGFS scenario architectures
1
Net Zero 2050 – Orderly TransitionCurrent Policies – Hot House World
SourceBoth scenarios are sourced from the NGFS Climate Scenarios
(November 2024 Phase V release).
Diversity of range of climate-related
scenario used
The two scenarios selected represent divergent climate pathways to support the
assessment of ANZ’s business model in response to low
physical risk and moderate
transition risks (Net Zero 2050) and high physical risks (Current Policies). These are
plausible scenarios that help us to understand where our most material climate risks
may arise.
Climate-related transition risk or
climate-related physical risks
Low physical and moderate transition risk
w i t h ~1 . 5
o
C warming by 2100.
High and escalating physical risk with >3
o
C
warming by 2100.
Minimal transition risk.
Alignment with the latest international
agreement on climate change
Aligned to the goals of the Paris
Agreement, which include:
• limiting the global temperature increase
to well below 2
o
C above pre-industrial
levels, with efforts to limit it to 1.5
o
C; and
• achieving global net zero
greenhouse
gas emissions by the second half of the
century.
N/A
Scope of operations used in the analysisThe assessment considered the potential impact of climate risks to ANZ’s business
model, including the interaction with our Material Risk categories.
Value chain considered in the analysisUpstream: capital providers and suppliers.
Downstream: investments, customers, employees, and other stakeholders.
1. Sourced from NGFS Climate Scenarios Technical Documentation and NGFS long-term scenarios for central banks and supervisors.
57
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Net Zero 2050 – Orderly TransitionCurrent Policies – Hot House World
Climate-related policies in the
jurisdictions in which ANZ operates
• Policy action such as carbon pricing,
subsidies for renewable energy are
introduced early and become gradually
more stringent.
• Only currently implemented climate
policies are preserved with no
strengthening of policy ambition.
• No additional climate measures
introduced.
Macroeconomic trends• Immediate transition costs with rising
carbon pricing create short-term
economic headwinds.
• Australian and New Zealand Gross
Domestic Product (GDP) impacts peak
by 2030 and then stabilise over time.
• Modest interest rate increases support
orderly adjustment.
• Lower transition costs but accelerating
physical climate damages cause severe,
worsening economic deterioration.
• GDP decline intensifies over time
without policy intervention.
• Mounting productivity losses and
reduced economic resilience.
National- or regional- level variables Macroeconomic variables were derived from the NGFS NiGEM
1
dataset which includes
Australia-specific variables. We selected the Global Change Analysis Model (GCAM) as
our primary integrated assessment model due to its higher granularity in modelling
Australia and New Zealand as a single distinct entity.
Energy usage and mix• Rapid decarbonisation of energy
systems with accelerated deployment
of renewables.
• Significant carbon pricing incentivising
clean energy transition.
• Continued reliance on fossil fuels.
• Energy mix evolution continues through
market-driven optimization and existing
policy frameworks.
Developments in technology• Rapid technological advancement and
innovation drive the transition.
• Fast deployment of renewable energy
technologies.
• Slow technological change with existing
climate policies maintained.
• Technology development constrained
by current policy frameworks.
• Continued reliance on existing energy
mix.
Reporting period
Scenario analysis was carried out in the 2025 reporting period
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Scenarios
ANZ utilised IPCC Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) scenarios for assessing climate risks to our Australian home loan residential
mortgage portfolio (refer to pages 28-29). IPCC RCP scenarios were selected for their detailed physical climate projections essential for
evaluating property-level risks such as flooding and extreme weather events.
IPCC scenario architectures
2
RCP 2.6 – Strong MitigationRCP 8.5 – High Emissions
Global temperature increase by 21000.9°C – 2.3°C above pre-industrial levels3.2°C – 5.4°C above pre-industrial levels
Sea level rise by 21000.3 – 0.6 metres0.5 – 0.8 metres
Extreme weather eventsModerate increase in frequency and
intensity
Significant increase in frequency and
intensity
Precipitation patternsRegional variability with some areas
experiencing increased drought and flooding
Substantial changes with more frequent
droughts and intense precipitation events
Coastal flooding riskElevated risk in low-lying areasSevere and widespread coastal flooding
Bushfire/wildfire riskModerately increased fire weather
conditions
Substantially increased fire weather and
extended fire seasons
Reporting periodScenario analysis was carried out in the 2025 reporting period
1. A global econometric model used by NGFS for economic forecasting, scenario analysis and stress testing. 2. Sourced from IPCC AR5 Reports.
58ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Limitations
Limitation Description
Scenario Data and Modelling
Climate scenario analysis relies on external data sets and models that have several
limitations. These may include:
• Limited Detail by Region and Sector:
Scenarios often lack the granular detail needed to assess risks specific to certain
industries and/or locations.
• Simplified Physical Risk Modelling:
The models distinguish between acute risks, which are short-term, high-impact
events (e.g., cyclones, bushfires), and chronic risks, which are longer-term, gradual
changes (e.g., rising temperatures, sea level rise). However, they may not fully reflect
the severity or frequency of acute risks, particularly when multiple events occur
close together or interact in complex ways.
• Idealised Transition Pathways:
Transition scenarios often assume smooth policy implementation and cooperation,
which may not reflect real-world political and/or economic challenges.
• Linear Assumptions on Technology and Behaviour:
Models typically assume gradual changes in technology and consumer behaviour,
limiting the ability to explore disruptive shifts and/or innovations.
• Lag in Scenario Updates:
Scenarios are updated periodically and may not reflect the latest science or policy
changes, especially in fast-moving environments.
• Framework-Specific Limitations:
– NGFS Scenarios focus on macroeconomic and transition risks but may
underrepresent physical climate impacts and tail risks.
– IPCC Scenarios model physical climate outcomes based on emissions pathways
but exclude socio-economic and policy assumptions.
Aggregating and Cascading Risks
Climate risks often occur together or in sequence, but current models assess risks
in isolation. This makes it difficult to understand the full impact when multiple risks
interact or cascade through systems such as how a flood might disrupt supply chains
and then affect financial markets.
Identifying Capital Risk Capital risk, that is, where ANZ might not hold enough capital to meet regulatory
requirements, is challenging to assess using current climate risk assessment
methodology. This is because capital adequacy depends on the combined impact of
many financial and non-financial risks, which are not fully captured in scenario analysis.
Identifying Tail Risk Current models focus on certain scenarios which are useful for exploring plausible
futures but may miss rare, high-impact events (“tail risks” or “black swans”) that fall
outside the scope of these scenarios.
59
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Appendix 5: Financed and Facilitated
Emissions Methodology
Disclaimer and important notices
The information in this methodology should
be read together with our Disclaimer and
Important Notices on page 1 which
contains information about forward-looking
statements, and the uncertainties,
challenges and risks associated with
climate-related information.
The purpose of this appendix is to
outline the methodologies that ANZGHL
has used to establish targets for the
reduction of financed and facilitated
emissions and to measure the emissions
profile of the relevant portfolios and
capital markets activities.
In some instances, ANZ has not set an
emissions reduction target for a sector but
has established a metric. Where that is the
case, this methodology explains how the
metric has been designed.
Our approach to sectoral
pathway targets
ANZ has set sectoral pathway targets
with the ambition to transition our
lending portfolio to net zero financed
emissions by 2050 in line with the goals
of the Paris Agreement.
2025 review
In 2025, we reviewed our sectoral pathway
targets, including aviation which was
suspended in 2024. The review has
resulted in some material changes being
made to pathways, including targets and
our historical performance.
The review was undertaken for the
following reasons:
• To include facilitated emissions
associated with syndicated loans and
bonds informed by UN Guidance for
Climate Target Setting for Banks and
the Partnership for Carbon Accounting
Financial (PCAF) guidance
• To assess whether customers of
Suncorp Bank met our in-scope criteria
for inclusion in our pathways and
metrics
• To update to use more recent reference
scenarios where we considered
appropriate, including the consideration
of a target range
• To reflect the UN Guidance for
Climate Target Setting for Banks
recommendation that targets are
reviewed at a minimum every 5 years
• To consider the opportunity to use
an intensity metric for the shipping
pathway
Amongst other changes, the review
resulted in changes to our baseline
year performance and 2030 targets for
some pathways.
See Sectoral pathway targets detailed
method on pages 62-73 which outlines
key changes from 2024 for each sector.
As part of the development of our
financed and facilitated emissions sectoral
pathways, we engaged a third-party to
undertake a limited-scope technical
review of some of our sectoral pathway
targets. The review assessed the
consistency of power generation and
oil and gas target pathways with the IEA
World Energy Outlook 2024 Net Zero
Emissions by 2050 reference scenario,
and the aviation target pathway with the
IEA World Energy Outlook 2024 Net Zero
Emissions by 2050 and Announced
Pledges scenarios.
Restatement approach
ANZ’s general approach is to restate
climate-related data where we identify
that a restatement is appropriate. For
example, to correct for errors in prior
reporting periods (such as calculation
mistakes, misinterpretations and errors in
applying the methodology) that we assess
as having a material impact on the
reported data or to adjust climate-related
data for any of the following events when
it results in a material impact:
• Changes in calculation methodology;
• Structural changes (e.g., mergers,
acquisitions and divestments of
customers within the relevant pathway);
and
• Changes in data availability (e.g.,
replacing estimates with actuals).
Materiality is assessed based on both
qualitative and quantitative factors,
including the impact of the change on
users of the data and our ability to track
and accurately report on performance
against our targets. Where undertaken, a
5% materiality threshold is used as a guide
for the quantitative assessment, but
where the threshold is not met, ANZ may
still make a restatement based on
qualitative factors. In some circumstances,
a restatement may have a consequential
impact on related information. If that is the
case, we may make other adjustments to
the related information to reflect the
restated position.
The materiality threshold for financed and
facilitated emissions metrics reflects the
complexity and significant uncertainty in
calculating Scope 3 emissions. When a
restatement results in a change to a
sectoral pathway baseline, we will
consider the impact on the
appropriateness of our target.
As a result of the 2025 review described
above, we have made changes to the oil
and gas, power generation, thermal coal,
auto manufacturing, shipping, aluminium,
cement and steel sectoral pathways this
year. In some instances, changes from the
2025 review may result in a consequential
change that meets the restatement
criteria, e.g., to reflect updated customer
emissions data, correct for errors (such as
calculation mistakes, misinterpretations
and errors in applying the methodology),
and to improve data granularity. Where
that is the case, we have not separately
identified the restatement.
60ANZ 2025 Climate Report
ANZSIC codes
ANZ aims to ensure in-scope customers
are representative of our exposure to
each sector. However, the approach is
somewhat manual in nature and
constrained by certain limitations.
The first step in assessing whether a
customer is in-scope for our sectoral
pathway targets is reviewing its assigned
Australia and New Zealand Standard
Industrial Classification (ANZSIC) code.
ANZ applies the 1993 ANZSIC codes,
which ANZ may adapt where it considers
appropriate, to allocate customers to
industry sectors. The ANZSIC codes are
allocated in ANZ’s system by customer-
facing employees or customer on-
boarding back-office functions. The
allocation is intended to reflect the
primary business activity of the customer
in terms of revenue. Where a customer
operates in more than one industry, ANZ
uses the ANZSIC code of the industry
that generates most of the revenue.
Where the customer is a parent
company of subsidiaries operating in
more than one industry, ANZ uses the
ANZSIC code of the industry that
generates most of their revenue. If the
customer is a subsidiary, ANZ uses the
ANZSIC code of the industry that
generates most of the revenue of the
subsidiary. Due to the manual nature of
code application there is a possibility of
error in assigning ANZSIC codes at the
time of customer onboarding or other
discrepancies due to changes in
customer activities over time. Each
customer allocated to the ANZSIC code
relevant to the scope of the sectoral
pathways is considered for the purpose
of determining whether the customer is
in-scope of that sectoral pathway.
Through this process, a customer may
not be included in the pathway, if they
otherwise do not meet the pathway
criteria. See pages 62-73 for sector
specific inclusion and exclusion criteria.
Boundaries
When calculating our financed and
facilitated emissions the following data
collection and calculation dates are used:
Exposure
at default
2019 to 2023 as at
30 September of the
relevant year. 2024 and
2025 as at 30 June of
the relevant year.
Capital
markets
activity
2019 to 2023 deals
occurring between
1 October and 30
September of the
relevant year.
2024 deals occurring
between 1 October and
30 June as we
transitioned to June end
to the reporting period
in line with the EAD
change. 2025 deals
occurring between
1 July and 30 June
Customer
emissions
data
We typically preference the
use of the latest available
customer emissions data.
We typically apply the
following data hierarchy
when sourcing customer
emissions data: public
customer disclosures,
regulatory disclosures,
credible third-party
vendors and as a last
resort, sector averages.
We have applied a 30
September 2025 cut off for
reporting by our customers
of their emissions data for
2025 reporting purposes.
Australian
residential
home loans
outstanding
loan amount
2023 and 2024 as at
31 May of the relevant year.
2025 as at 30 June.
Exposure at Default
We have taken a more conservative
approach in calculating our financed
emissions by using Exposure At Default
(EAD) rather than the outstanding amount
of loans and investments. EAD represents
the exposure to the sector based on
APRA’s calculation formula which includes
total committed loans (drawn plus a
proportion of off-balance sheet exposures
as specified by APRA). This is a departure
from the PCAF approach, which
recommends including the outstanding
amount of loans and investments i.e.
excluding undrawn amounts. While our
approach means that we are attributing
a higher proportion of our customers’
emissions to ANZ, we consider this
provides a more accurate representation
of our support to our customers and the
transition risks that we are potentially
exposed to. Our choice to also include
a proportion of undrawn loan amounts,
rather than just the outstanding amount,
also helps reduce the risk of volatility in
customer drawdowns that may impact
the achievement of our targets.
When assessing which customers are
in-scope for our sectoral pathways we
use an EAD threshold (see pages 62-70
for sector specific thresholds). We assess
customers against the EAD threshold
each year to determine if they are
in-scope for the relevant year. It is
estimated that cumulative customer
EAD below this threshold represents an
immaterial part of our overall financing
activities in the respective sector meaning
we consider that the threshold does not
materially affect the financed emissions
included in-scope.
Use of offsets
Our sectoral pathways targets and
reported financed and facilitated
emissions are prepared on a gross basis
and therefore do not currently consider
the use of any offsets our customers
use or may use to reduce their emissions.
We recognise that many customers are
proposing to use offsets to achieve their
own emissions reduction targets. Given
the ‘hard-to-abate’ nature of some
emissions sources within some of these
sectors, there may be residual and
unavoidable emissions in 2050, if
technology to eliminate those emissions
does not exist, is in early stages of
development or is not financially viable.
We will look to further develop our position
on customers’ use of offsets in the coming
years, however we apply a general
principle that emissions should first be
avoided by our customers, with offsetting
used only to compensate for residual and
unavoidable emissions.
61
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Sectoral pathway targets detailed method
Power generation – targeting a 54% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030, from a 2020 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• Update of reference scenario to use the 2024 IEA World Energy Outlook
• Inclusion of facilitated emissions
Target baseline 245 gCO₂-e/ MWh Target in 2030114 gCO₂-e/MWh
Target metric
Portfolio weighted emissions intensity was chosen as the demand for electricity is expected to remain steady
or increase under a 1.5°C aligned scenario.
Reference pathwayThe Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) Scenario presented in the IEA’s World Energy Outlook (2024) was
chosen as a credible and well-recognised decarbonisation scenario.
Target setting methodSectoral decarbonisation approach aligned with a 1.5°C transition pathway.
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
Institutional, Commercial and Suncorp Bank customers allocated to or meeting the criteria for ANZ industry code 3611 – electricity
generation. For ANZ’s purposes, ANZ industry code 3611 is an adaptation of 1993 ANZSIC code 3610 (electricity supply) to capture
customers engaged in the generation of electricity as their predominant activity. ANZ’s industry code 3611 does not include
customers whose predominant activity by revenue is the transmission or distribution of electricity.
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 1 emissions from electricity generation activities.
• We prioritise use of CO₂-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available we use CO
2
emissions.
• We prioritise the use of customer data based on the operational control approach, where not available we use the equity
accounting approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
Financed Where our lending to the customer could be used for the development and/or operation of power generation
asset(s) and the EAD is greater than $1m.
Facilitated
Where ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• A 2020 baseline was chosen to align the baselines across our energy sector pathways. 2020 predominantly relies on company
emissions and production data from the 2019 calendar year (which wasn’t impacted by COVID-19).
• Unless reported differently by our customers, assets that were based on nuclear, bioenergy, hydro or renewables technologies
were all assumed to have an emissions intensity of zero.
• Unless reported differently by our customers, for greenfield projects that ANZ directly finances and that are still in the construction
phase, ANZ applies the estimated emissions intensity of the asset from its expected operational date.
• We exclude emissions relating to electricity that our power generation customers may purchase from third-party generators either
as part of a power purchase agreement or on the spot market unless they have operational control of the same asset(s).
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Australian Clean Energy Regulator, Asset Impact, International Energy Agency
Supporting metrics reported
• Absolute financed emissions and absolute facilitated emissions in-scope of the pathway (see page 75).
• ANZ EAD to electricity generation fuel types and technologies: for each power generation customer in-scope for financed
emissions, ANZ has apportioned our total EAD to that customer across different generation types based on the same proportion of
generation last reported by the customer. ANZ then aggregates these generation weighted exposures across the power generation
customers in-scope for financed emissions to determine our pathway generation weighted exposure.
• Breakdown of ANZ’s power generation pathway: ANZ has reported a breakdown of our EAD to power generation customers
in-scope for financed emissions across five categories. For the corporate finance categories ANZ has assessed each customer
based on their reported emissions intensity, which is calculated by dividing their total emissions from generation (kgCO
2
-e) by their
total electricity generation (MWh).
62ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Oil and gas – targeting a 32% reduction in absolute financed and facilitated emissions by 2030,
from a 2020 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• Update of reference scenario to use the 2024 IEA World Energy Outlook
• Inclusion of facilitated emissions
Target baseline 13.9 MtCO₂-e Target in 2030 9.4 MtCO₂-e
Target metric
The choice of an absolute emissions reduction target recognises that 1.5°C aligned scenarios – such as those
published by the IEA – show the need for an absolute reduction in the production and use of fossil fuels.
Reference pathwayThe Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) Scenario presented in the IEA’s World Energy Outlook (2024) was
chosen as a credible and well-recognised decarbonisation scenario.
Target setting methodAbsolute contraction approach aligned with a 1.5°C transition pathway.
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
Institutional customers allocated to ANZSIC code 1200 - oil and gas extraction.
We exclude customers that do not otherwise have an equity share in upstream producing assets or LNG production including dedicated
refinery operators, fuel wholesale and distribution companies (including pipelines), fuel retailers and petrochemical producers.
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market-based) emissions associated with oil and gas production and Scope 3 Category 11 use of sold
products emissions.
• We prioritise the use of CO₂-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available we use CO₂ emissions.
• We prioritise the use of customer data based on the equity accounting approach, where not available we use the operational control
approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
FinancedWhere our cumulative EAD to entities within a corporate group exceeds $10M and includes EAD to ANZSIC
code 1200 – oil and gas extraction. For the purpose of calculating cumulative EAD, in addition to ANZSIC code
1200, we consider ANZSIC codes 1511 – petroleum exploration; 1512 – petroleum exploration service; 2510
– petroleum refining; and 4521 – petroleum product wholesaling.
Facilitated
Where ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• A 2020 baseline was chosen to align the baselines across our energy sector pathways. 2020 predominantly relies on company
emissions and production data from the 2019 calendar year (which wasn’t impacted by COVID-19).
• Although many of our customers now report Scope 3 emissions from the use of their sold energy products, boundaries are applied
inconsistently by customers. Therefore, ANZ calculates the downstream Scope 3 emissions associated with the use of sold products
for all customers on a consistent basis, using their publicly reported net production data (production available for sale where available)
and which reflects their working interest or equity share in the producing asset. We acknowledge that this may present an over-
estimation of our customers’ emissions where a proportion of their production is used for non-energy purposes.
• For calculated financed emissions in 2020, 2021 and 2022 we have applied an adjustment factor to account for the estimated
average reduction in financed emissions associated with the APRA Capital reforms that took effect on 1 January 2023. The
introduction of the APRA Basel IV rules altered the way EAD is calculated. For our oil and gas portfolio, the aggregate impact of this
change was a material reduction in EAD, which means a lower proportion of our customers’ Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 emissions
is attributed to us. Therefore, we apply the adjustment factor to improve comparability of emissions pre and post APRA reform.
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Wood Mackenzie, Rystad Energy, International Energy Agency, American Petroleum
Institute, 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories
Supporting metrics reported
• Absolute financed emissions and absolute facilitated emissions in-scope of the pathway (see page 75)
• Breakdown of ANZ’s Oil and Gas Pathway: ANZ has reported a breakdown of our EAD to oil and gas customers in-scope for financed
emissions across the following four categories:
1. Majors – large companies listed on stock markets in the United States and Europe
2. Independents – smaller fully integrated companies or independent upstream operators. Also includes some diversified international
conglomerates with upstream activities
3. National Oil Companies (NOCs) – companies that have been given legal mandates to exploit national oil and gas resources, with
most of their assets located in their home country’s upstream operations
4. International National Oil Companies (INOCs) – similar to NOCs in their ownership and governance, but have substantial upstream
investments outside their home country.
Some of the reduction in EAD since September 2020 is a result of the APRA Basel IV rule changes which came into effect 1 January
2023. The new rules altered the way EAD is calculated. When applied to ANZ’s oil and gas EAD, the revised calculation resulted in a
lower EAD amount compared with the original EAD calculation which was based on the old method.
63
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Thermal coal – targeting a 100% reduction in absolute financed and facilitated emissions by 2030,
from a 2020 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• Inclusion of facilitated emissions
Target baseline 9.00 MtCO₂-e Target in 20300 MtCO₂-e
Target metric
The choice of an absolute emissions reduction target recognises that 1.5°C aligned scenarios – such as those
published by the IEA – show the need for an absolute reduction in the production and use of fossil fuels.
Reference pathwayThe Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) Scenario presented in the IEA’s World Energy Outlook (2024) was
chosen as a credible and well-recognised decarbonisation scenario.
Target setting methodAbsolute contraction approach aligned with a 1.5°C transition pathway.
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
Institutional customers allocated to ANZSIC code 1102 - Brown coal mining. ANZ considers the end-use of coal when allocating an
ANZSIC code. If a customer’s predominant activity is producing coal used for power generation, they are assigned to ANZSIC code
1102. This includes customers that predominantly produce black coal, when it is apparent to ANZ that the end use of the black coal is
for power generation. ANZ excludes metallurgical coal miners and diversified miners that produce thermal coal from ANZSIC 1102 and
therefore they are not included in our pathway.
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market-based) emissions from thermal coal mining and Scope 3 category 11 – use of sold products (thermal
coal only).
• We prioritise the use of CO
2
-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available, we use CO
2
emissions.
• We prioritise the use of customer data based on the equity accounting approach, where not available, we use the operational control
approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
Financed Where our EAD (excluding rehabilitation bonds and transaction banking/markets 3-day settlement limits) to
the customer is greater than $1m.
Facilitated
Where ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• A 2020 baseline was chosen to align the baselines across our energy sector pathways. 2020 predominantly relies on company
emissions and production data from the 2019 calendar year (which wasn’t impacted by COVID-19).
• The UN Guidance for Climate Target Setting for Banks states that any client with more than 5% of their revenues coming directly from
thermal coal mining and coal-powered electricity generation activities should be included in the scope of targets (including dominant
metallurgical coal mines that produce a thermal coal product). ANZ’s thermal coal target includes customers that ANZ allocates to
ANZSIC code 1102, (i.e., those customers for whom thermal coal mining is their predominant activity.) The target does not include
diversified miners or metallurgical coal miners that produce thermal coal (i.e., customers that ANZ does not classify as ANZSIC code
1102). Analysis of this 5% revenue threshold found that diversified miners and metallurgical coal miners that produce thermal coal
may fall in or out of the target boundary in any given year because of fluctuations in commodity prices. This creates challenges in
both reporting and setting a target. For this reason, we have elected not to follow the Guidance in applying the 5% revenue threshold.
• Although many of our customers now report Scope 3 emissions from the use of their sold energy products, we found that boundaries
are applied inconsistently by customers. Therefore, ANZ calculates the Scope 3 emissions associated with the use of sold products
for all customers on a consistent basis, using their publicly reported net production data (production available for sale where
available). We acknowledge that this may present an over-estimation of our customers’ emissions where a proportion of their
production is used for non-energy purposes.
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Wood Mackenzie, AME, 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas
Inventories, Australian Clean Energy Regulator, International Energy Agency
Supporting metrics reported
• Absolute financed emissions and absolute facilitated emissions in scope of the pathway (see page 75)
• Thermal coal financed emissions by customer: a breakdown of estimated financed emissions of three different customer types based
on 2023 data. Includes emissions from customers included in our thermal coal target i.e. ANZSIC code 1102 (the predominant activity
is producing coal for power generation), and certain customers not included in our thermal coal target i.e. metallurgical coal miners
and diversified miners, in each case, where more than 5% of revenue comes directly from thermal coal mining.
64ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Auto manufacturing – targeting a 18-33% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030, from a 2022 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• Update of reference scenario to use the 2024 IEA World Energy Outlook
• Inclusion of facilitated emissions
• Change from 1.5°C aligned target to 1.5°C – 1.7°C aligned target range recognising recent challenges with
EV adoption and market development, including trade disruptions and changes in government policies.
Target baseline 140 gCO₂-e/
vehicle kilometre (vkm)
Target in 2030 94-115 gCO₂-e/vkm
Target metric
Portfolio weighted emissions intensity was chosen as the demand for the output of the sector is expected to
remain steady or increase under a 1.5°C aligned scenario.
Reference pathwayThe Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) Scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS) presented in the
IEA’s World Energy Outlook (2024) were selected as credible and well-recognised decarbonisation scenarios.
Target setting methodSectoral decarbonisation approach aligned with 1.5°C to 1.7°C transition pathways.
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
Institutional customers allocated to ANZSIC code 2811 – Motor vehicle manufacturing. ANZ’s pathway cohort only includes
customers that undertake light duty vehicle manufacturing (passenger cars).
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 3 category 11 emissions from the use of sold products, the estimated lifetime emissions associated with newly manufactured
passenger vehicles on a tank-to-wheel basis (excluding electricity related emissions from EV charging).
• We prioritise the use of CO
2
-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available, we use CO
2
emissions.
• We prioritise the use of customer data based on the operational control accounting approach, where not available, we use the equity
accounting approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
Financed Where our EAD to the customer is greater than $10m. ANZ excludes exposures not related to light vehicle
manufacturing, e.g., manufacturing of trucks or customer leasing activities.
Facilitated
Where ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• A 2022 baseline was chosen as it was the most recent year prior to the first reported year (2023).
• When calculating customers’ Scope 3 category 11 emissions from the use of sold products (tank-to-wheel, which excludes
electricity related emissions from EV charging) intensity associated with the lifetime use of new vehicle sales, we assume that a
passenger vehicle will travel 200,000 kms during its lifetime.
• For auto manufacturing entities’ assets that ANZ directly finances and that are still in the construction phase (i.e. have not
commenced vehicle production), ANZ applies an estimated emissions intensity based on the vehicles to be produced at the asset.
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Transition Pathways Initiative
Supporting metrics reported
• Absolute financed emissions and absolute facilitated emissions in-scope of the pathway (see page 75)
• Powertrain mix indicator: tracks the powertrain mix of our auto manufacturing customers’ in-scope for financed emissions new
vehicle sales broken down by technology type, namely internal combustion engines, hybrid (including plug in hybrid) and battery
electric vehicles (or hydrogen fuel cell) (represented in % of vehicles produced).
65
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Aviation – targeting a 16-26% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030, from a 2019 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• New target range in 2025 which includes facilitated emissions.
Target baseline 871 gCO₂-e/
revenue tonne kilometre (RTK)
Target in 2030 642-732 gCO₂-e/RTK
Target metric
Portfolio weighted emissions intensity was chosen as the demand for the output of the sector is expected to
remain steady or increase under a 1.5°C aligned scenario.
Reference pathwayThe Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) Scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS) presented in the IEA’s
World Energy Outlook (2024) were selected as credible and well-recognised decarbonisation scenarios. When
setting our target range we applied the IEA WEO 2024 reference pathways for aviation. It is unclear whether
the IEA WEO 2024 reference pathways for aviation include freight emissions. We have assumed that the IEA
WEO 2024 reference pathways for aviation do not include freight emissions but as at 30 September, the
position is unclear. However, if the IEA WEO 2024 reference pathways for aviation do include freight emissions,
our aviation pathway may not align with the IEA WEO 2024 reference pathways’ 1.5°C – 1.7°C trajectory.
Target setting methodSectoral decarbonisation approach
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
Institutional customers allocated to ANZSIC codes 6401 - scheduled international air transport, 6402 – scheduled domestic air
transport, or 6403 – non-scheduled air and space transport, that undertake commercial passenger air transport.
We exclude customers who only undertake freight air transport, aircraft owners and lessors who don’t operate aircraft, other aircraft
operation (e.g., helicopters, search and rescue, military, scenic flights).
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 1 emissions from aircraft operation.
• We prioritise the use of CO₂-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available we use CO₂ emissions.
• We prioritise the use of company reported emissions on an operational control basis, where not available we use the equity
accounting approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
Financed Where our EAD to the customer is greater than $10m.
Facilitated
Where ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• A 2019 baseline was chosen to reflect a year that was not distorted by COVID-19. Aviation activity did not return to pre-pandemic
levels until February 2024.
1
• We include emissions and activity data from passenger and freight operations undertaken by our in-scope customers. Passenger
operations make up most of the activity of our in-scope customers. However, some customers also undertake freight operations.
Data limitations mean we are currently unable to allocate emissions between our customers’ passenger and freight activities,
noting that a significant portion of freight is carried as belly cargo on passenger flights.
• A conversion factor of 100kg per passenger is used to convert from revenue passenger kilometres to revenue tonne kilometres.
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Cirium
Supporting metrics reported
• Absolute financed emissions and absolute facilitated emissions in scope of the pathway (see page 75).
1. I ATA - Global Outlook for Air Transport (2024)
66ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Shipping – targeting a 23-30% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030, from a 2022 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• Move from absolute to emissions intensity reduction target
• Inclusion of facilitated emissions
• Update of reference scenario to use the 2024 IEA World Energy Outlook
• Change from 1.5°C aligned target to 1.5°C – 1.7°C aligned target range to reflect the hard-to-abate
nature of the sector.
Target baseline 11.49 gCO₂-e/ tonne kilometre (t km) Target in 20308.08-8.79 gCO₂-e/t km
Target metric
Portfolio weighted emissions intensity was chosen as the demand for the output of the sector is expected to
remain steady or increase under a 1.5°C aligned scenario.
Reference pathwayThe Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) Scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS) presented in the
IEA’s World Energy Outlook (2024) were selected as credible and well-recognised decarbonisation scenarios.
Target setting methodSectoral decarbonisation approach aligned with 1.5°C to 1.7°C transition pathways.
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
ANZ Division
Institutional customers allocated to ANZSIC codes 6301 - international sea transport, 6302 – coastal water
transport, or 6303 – inland water transport.
We exclude customers that predominately operate passenger vessels, vessel owners and lessors that don’t
operate vessels, companies in respect of which the predominant activity isn’t shipping (e.g., manufacturing
customers with a small number of vessels for moving their own products).
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 1 emissions from operation of vessels.
• We prioritise the use of CO
2
-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available we use CO
2
emissions.
• We prioritise the use of company reported emissions on an operational control basis, where not available we use the equity
accounting approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
Financed Where our EAD to the customer is greater than $10m.
FacilitatedWhere ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• Our original shipping absolute emissions reduction target had a 2022 baseline, as it was the most recent year prior to the first
reported year. We have maintained this baseline year for our new intensity target.
• For some customers to which our exposure is low and their emissions intensity data is not available we have used emission
intensity estimates based on the UK Department for Energy Security and Net Zero - Greenhouse gas reporting: conversion factors.
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Transition Pathways Initiative, UK Department for Energy Security and Net Zero -
Greenhouse gas reporting: conversion factors
Supporting metrics reported
• Absolute financed emissions and absolute facilitated emissions in-scope of the pathway (see page 75).
67
OverviewGovernanceStrategyRisk managementMetrics and targetsAppendices
Independent Assurance
Statement
Aluminium – targeting a 17-30% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030, from a 2021 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• Inclusion of facilitated emissions
• Change from 1.5°C aligned target to 1.5°C – 1.75°C aligned target range to reflect the hard-to-abate
nature of the sector.
Target baseline 6.81 tCO₂-e/ t aluminium producedTarget in 2030 4.77-5.65 tCO₂-e/ t aluminium produced
Target metric
Portfolio weighted emissions intensity was chosen as the demand for the output of the sector is expected to
remain steady or increase under a 1.5°C aligned scenario.
Reference pathwayInternational Aluminium Institute (IAI) 1.5°C and International Aluminium Institute (IAI) B2Ds-Aligned (1.75°C)
scenarios were selected as credible and sector specific decarbonisation scenarios.
Target setting methodSectoral decarbonisation approach aligned with 1.5°C to 1.75°C transition pathways.
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
Institutional customers allocated to ANZSIC codes 2721 – alumina production, or 2722 – aluminium smelting. ANZ also includes other
customers for which alumina production or aluminium smelting is a material part of their business (assessed using the customer’s
reported revenue). In some cases this includes customers not identified in ANZSIC codes 2721 and 2722 due to the diversified nature
of their business.
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market-based) emissions from alumina production and aluminium smelting.
• We prioritise the use of CO₂-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available we use CO₂ emissions.
• We prioritise the use of customer data based on the equity accounting approach, where not available we use the operational
control approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
Financed
Where our EAD to the customer is greater than $1m. In calculating the EAD, ANZ excludes exposure related to
the trade and mining of raw inputs, e.g., bauxite.
For diversified customers included in the pathway which do not undertake alumina production or aluminium
smelting as a predominant activity, we adjust our general corporate financing EAD to the customer based on
the percentage revenue they derive from these activities for use in our calculations.
Facilitated
Where ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• A 2021 baseline was chosen due to data availability.
• Where customers purchase semi-finished products such as alumina, emissions associated with the production of this alumina are
not included within our emissions intensity target as these are considered our customers’ Scope 3 emissions.
• In line with aluminium industry practice, the total emissions intensity represents the combination of refining and smelting operations
indexed to metric tons of primary aluminium production. This is applied at a ratio of approximately 2.0 metric tons of alumina to 1.0
metric tons of smelted aluminium.
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Wood Mackenzie, Transition Pathways Initiative, International Aluminium Institute
Supporting metrics reported
• Absolute financed emissions and absolute facilitated emissions in-scope of the pathway (see page 75)
68ANZ 2025 Climate Report
Cement – targeting a 13-25% reduction in emissions intensity by 2030, from a 2021 baseline
Key changes
from 2024
• Update of reference scenario to use the 2024 World Energy Outlook
• Inclusion of facilitated emissions
• Change from 1.5°C aligned target to 1.5°C – 1.7°C aligned target range to reflect the hard-to-abate
nature of the sector.
Target baseline 0.66 tCO₂-e/ t cement produced
1
Target in 20300.50-0.58 tCO₂-e/ t cement produced
Target metric
Portfolio weighted emissions intensity was chosen as the demand for the output of the sector is expected to
remain steady or increase under a 1.5°C aligned scenario.
Reference pathwayThe Net Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE) Scenario and Announced Pledges Scenario (APS) presented in the
IEA’s World Energy Outlook (2024) were selected as credible and well-recognised decarbonisation scenarios.
Target setting methodSectoral decarbonisation approach aligned with 1.5°C to 1.7°C transition pathways.
In-scope customers (subject to meeting the criteria for In-scope lending or capital markets activity)
Institutional customers allocated to ANZSIC code 2631 – cement and lime manufacturing. ANZ also includes other customers for
which cement and lime production from raw materials is a material part of their business (assessed using the customer’s reported
revenue). In some cases, this includes customers not allocated to ANZSIC code 2631 due to the diversified or vertically integrated
nature of their business. We exclude customers that do not produce cement from raw materials as their predominant activity, eg,
customers that import or purchase clinker.
Customer in-scope emissions
• Scope 1 and Scope 2 (market-based) emissions from cement manufacturing.
• We prioritise use of CO₂-e data inclusive of all relevant GHGs, where not available we use CO₂ emissions.
• We prioritise the use of customer data based on the equity accounting approach, where not available we use the operational
control approach.
In-scope lending and capital markets activity
Financed
Where our EAD to the customer is greater than $1m. In calculating the EAD, ANZ excludes exposures related
to trade or mining of raw inputs, (e.g., limestone).
For diversified customers included in the pathway that do not undertake cement or lime production as a
predominant activity, we adjust our general corporate financing EAD to the customer based on the
percentage revenue they derive from these activities for use in our calculations.
Facilitated
Where ANZ is a lead bookrunner for a syndicated loan to the customer or bond issued by the customer. No
financial threshold is applied. Note that financed emissions of the customer are not included in the pathway
unless the ‘financed’ requirement above is met.
Sector specific method
• A 2021 baseline was chosen due to data availability.
• Our cement emissions include emissions from combustion of waste derived fuels, considered ‘gross’ emissions by the industry.
Data sourcesCustomer disclosures, Asset Impact, I
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.